r LIBRARY
UNIVERSITY OF
CALIFORNIA
SAN DIEOO
V
THE TOVN OF NJVN50UL
THE
HOLY WAR,
MADE BY
SIIADDAI UPON DIABOLUS,
FOR
®Ju rrgnining nf tjjr 3Bitrnjraltfl of tjj? Wnxll;
OK,
THE LOSING AND TAKING AGAIN OF THE
TOW OF MANSOUL.
BY JOHN BUNYAN.
■4 •+ » ♦■ *—
JtlUtilxa.U'b % Umigiafctegg,
« * • m
" I have used similitudes." — Hosea xii. 10.
PHILADELPHIA:
AMERICAN BAPTIST PUBLICATION SOCIETY,
118 ARCH STREET.
ADVERTISEMENT.
The Pilgrim's Progress, as Dr. Johnson remarks, is one of the
few books, which we wish were longer. As if in prophetic antici-
pation of this feeling, Bunyan himself wrote two other volumes,
one as the counterpart, and the other as the companion, of his
Pilgrim, viz., The Sinners Progress and The Holt War.
Both these have been issued by the American Baptist Publication
Society, in corresponding size and type, and the three together
make up the series of BUNYAN'S ALLEGORICAL WORKS.
They are stamped with the impress of the same inimitable genius,
and in diiferent methods seek to accomplish the same great end
— the salvation of lost sinners by Jesus Christ.
The Society has also issued BUNYAN'S PRACTICAL WORKS,
classified and arranged in eight volumes, with original Introduc-
tions and Notes. The several volumes, according to the nature
of the subjects, are styled Awakening, Inviting, Devotional,
Directing, Searching, Consoling, Doctrinal, and Experi-
mental. These volumes contain forty distinct works of Bunyan,
and the whole together form a body of the richest and sound-
est practical divinity. Each volume is complete in itself, and
is sold separately for seventy-five cents. Bound in a beautiful uni-
form style, the whole eight volumes containing 3,474 pages, are
placed by the Society at the very low price of five dollars. What
Christian family will not wish to possess them ?
No writer has succeeded so well as Bunyan in presenting the
deepest and sublimest truths of the Gospel in a familiar and en-
gaging style. They have already been a blessing to thousands,
and will be yet to hundreds of millions.
J. N. B.
Philadelphia, September 28, 1852.
INTRODUCTION.
In issuing a new edition of Bunyan's Holy War, in the
style, and as a companion to the Society's edition of the
Pilgrim's Progress, a short introductory notice is deemed
necessary.
John Bunvan was an extraordinary man. Born in ob-
scurity, reared in ignorance, a ragged urchin, boisterous, rough
and uncouth in his behaviour, and in his boyhood the very imp
of fun and mischief; who, that then saw him leaping hedges
and ditches, robbing orchards, and, as he says of himself,
"cursing, swearing and lying," could have supposed he was
destined for great and singular usefulness ? But, " the way
of man is not in himself; — it is not in man that walketh to
direct his steps." (Jer. x. 23.) Occasionally God has made
singular and extraordinary displays of his mercy.
Amidst all his early wickedness, Bunyan had seasons of
alarm and horror. The scenes of the last judgment, and the
retributions of eternity weTe the subjects of his dreams at
night. Ungodly as he describes himself, he read the Bible,
and had a most vivid perception of whatever was magnificent
and appalling in eternal things.
Of his own experience he says, " Even in my childhood,
♦he Lord did scare and affrighten me with fearful dreams, and
did terrify me with frightful visions. For often, after I had
spent this and the other day in sin, I have in my bed been
greatly afflicted while asleep, with the apprehension of devils
and wicked spirits, who still, as I then thought, laboured to
draw me away with them ; of which I could never be rid."
He possessed an imagination singularly vivid and suscepti-
ble of such impressions. His mind was of a peculiar tempera-
ment, and well fitted for the part he performed in life. It made
him the Inimitable Dreamer. At the age of seventeen we
find him in the parliamentary army, and at the battle of Naseby
and in the siege of Leicester. As a soldier in the civil war of
that period, Bunyan gained that knowledge of military tactics,
which, in his creative imagination, has been so instructively
employed in his description of the wars of Shaddai for tho
conquest of Mansoul.
IV INTRODUCTION.
Raised by divine grace from a state of ignorance, vice and
obscurity, without any other education than the product of his
own indefatigable industry, he became a useful minister of the
gospel and an eminent writer. The motive that induced him
to write, was the benefit of his flock, while be was confined in
the prison of Bedford for preaching the gospel of Jesus Christ.
In all his imaginings he never dreamed of the popularity and
distinction to which he has attained, nor of the extent to which
his writings have circulated.
The Pilgrim's Progress, in one hundred and seventy-five
years, has been translated into more languages, and read by
more people, than any other book, save the Bible. The design
of that work is to exhibit, under the allegory of a journey, the
diversities of Christian experience.
In the Holy War, we have the same subject in a military
form. The last state of man by sin, and his recovery through
grace, are set forth by two remarkable revolutions in the town
of Mansoul. This manner of treating the subject is in accord-
ance with the figures of Holy Writ. Paul represents the course
of the Christian as a warfare, and his end as a conquest. Christ
is the great Captain of our salvation, the believer is a soldier
of Christ, the preaching of the gospel are weapons of warfare,
and the Christian virtues as the product of the Holy Spirit, are
parts of the heavenly armour. Bunyan had learnt by experience
the arts and hardships of war, and, with his peculiar turn of
mind, was singularly skilful in conducting this allegory.
In the Holy War the doctrine of grace, — the leading truths
of the gospel, occupy a prominent position. They stand out
in bold relief. Throughout the book the author displays accu-
rate knowledge of the Bible and its distinguishing truths, his
deep acquaintance with the heart of man, its desperate wick-
edness, the hostility of the carnal mind against the gospel, and
the indispensable agency of the Holy Spirit in renewing the
soul, and in inducing the sinner to repent of sin and believe in
the Lord Jesus Christ. The hope is indulged that this book
will prove equally acceptable to the churches as the Pilgrim's
Progress. J. M. P.
Philadelphia, July 25th, 1844.
TO THE READER.
'T is strange to me, that they that loved to tell
Things done of old, yea, and that do excel
Their equals in historiology,
Speak not of Mansoul's wars, but let them lie
Dead, like old fables, or such worthless things,
That to the reader no advantage brings :
"When men, let them make what they will their cvvn,
Till they know this, are to themselves unknown.
Of stories, I well know, there's divers sorts,
Some foreign, some domestic ; and reports
Are thereof made as fancy leads the writers.
(By books a man may guess at the inditers.)
Some will again of that which never was,
Nor will be, feign (and that without a cause)
Such matter, raise such mountains, tell such things
Of men, of laws, of countries, and of kings ;
And in their story seem to be so sage,
And with such gravity clothe every page,
That though their frontispiece says all is vain,
Yet to their way disciples they obtain.
VI TO THE READER.
But, readers, I have somewhat else to do,
Than with vain stories thus to trouble you ;
What here I say, some men do know so well,
They can with tears and joy the story tell.
The town of Mansoul is well known to many,
Nor are her troubles doubted of by any
That are acquainted with those Histories
That Mansoul and her wars anatomize.
Then lend thine ear to what I do relate,
Touching the town of Mansoul and her state :
How she was lost, took captive, made a slave;
And how against him set, that should her save;
Yea, how by hostile ways she did oppose
Her Lord, and with his enemy did close.
For they are true : he that will them deny,
Must needs the best of records vilify.
For my part, I myself was in the town,
Both when 'twas set up, and when pulling down,
I saw Diabolus in his possession,
And Mansoul also under his oppression.
Yea, I was there when she own'd him for lord,
And to him did submit with one accord.
When Mansoul trampled upon things dLvine,
And wallowed in filth as doth a swine;
When she betook herself unto her arms,
Fought her Emmanuel, despised his charms ;
Then I was there, and did rejoice to see
Diabolus and Mansoul so agree.
Let no men, then, count me a fable-maker,
Nor make my name or credit a partaker
Of their derision : what is here in view,
Of mine own knowledge, I dare say is true.
I saw the Prince's armed men come down
By troops, by thousands, to besiege the town ;
I saw the captains, heard the trumpets sound,
And how his forces covered all the ground.
Yea, how they set themselves in battle-'ray,
I shall remember to my dying day.
TO THE READER. Vll
I saw the colours waving in the wind,
And they within to mischief how combined
To ruin Man soul, and to make away
Her primum mobile without delay.
I saw the mounts cast up against the town,
And how the slings were placed to beat it down ;
I heard the stones fly whizzing by mine ears,
(What longer kept in mind than got in fears ?)
I heard them fall, and saw what work they made,
And how old Mors did cover with his shade
The face of Mansoul ; and I heard her cry,
« Wo worth the day, in dying I shall die !"
I saw the battering-rams, and how they play'd
To beat ope Ear-gate ; and I was afraid
Not only Ear-gate, but the very town
Would by those battering-rams be beaten down.
I saw the fights, and heard the captains shout,
And in each battle saw who faced about;
I saw who wounded were, and who was slain ;
And who, when dead, would come to life again.
I heard the cries of those that wounded were,
(While others fought like men bereft of fear,)
And while the cry, " Kill, kill," was in mine ears,
The gutters ran, not so with blood as tears.
Indeed, the captains did not always fight,
But then they would molest us day and night;
Their cry, " Up, fall on, let us take the town."
Kept us from sleeping, or from lying down.
I was there when the gates were broken ope,
And saw how Mansoul then was stripp'd of hope;
I saw the captains march into the town,
How there they fought, and did their foes cut down.
I heard the Prince bid Boanerges go
Up to the castle, and their seize his foe ;
And saw him and his fellows bring him down,
In chains of great contempt quite through the town.
I saw Emmanuel, when he possess'd
His town of Mansoul ; and how greatly blest
Vlll TO THE READER.
A town his gallant town of Mansoul was,
When she received his pardon, loved his laws.
When the Diabolonians were caught,
When tried, and when to execution brought,
Then I was there ; yea, I was standing by
When Mansoul did the rebels crucify.
I also saw Mansoul clad all in white,
And heard her Prince call her his heart's delight.
I saw him put upon her chains of gold,
And rings, and bracelets, goodly to behold.
What shall I say 1 I heard the people's cries,
And saw the Prince wipe tears from Mansoul's eyes.
I heard the groans, and saw the joy of many :
Tell you of all, I neither will, nor can I.
But by what here I say, you well may see
That Mansoul's matchless wars no fables be.
Mansoul, the desire of both princes was:
One keep his gain would, t'other gain his loss.
Diabolus would cry, " The town is mine !"
Emmanuel would plead a right divine
Unto his Mansoul : then to blows they go,
And Mansoul cries, "These wars will me undo."
Mansoul ! her wars seem'd endless in her eyes :
She's lost by one, becomes another's prize ;
And he again that lost her last would swear,
" Have her I will, or her in pieces tear."
Mansoul ! it was the very seat of war ;
Wherefore her troubles greater were by far
Than only where the noise of war is heard,
Or where the shaking of a sword is fear'd ;
Or only where small skirmishes are fought,
Or where the fancy fighteth with a thought.
She saw the swords of fighting men made red,
And heard the cries of those with them wounded:
Must not her frights, then, be much more by far
Than theirs that to such doings strangers are 1
Or theirs that hear the beating of a drum,
But not made fly for fear from house and home 1
TO THE READER. IX
Mansoul not only heard the trumpet's sound,
But saw her gallants gasping on the ground:
Wherefore we must not think that she could rest
With them whose greatest earnest is but jest :
Or where the blust'ring threat'ning of great wars
Do end in parleys, or in wording jars.
Mansoul ! her mighty wars, they did portend
Her weal or wo, and that world without end :
Wherefore she must be more concern'd than they
Whose fears begin, and end the selfsame day ;
Or where none other harm doth come to him
That is engaged, but loss of life or limb,
As all must needs confess that now do dwell
In Universe, and can this story tell.
Count me not, then, with them that, to amaze
The people, set them on the stars to gaze,
Insinuating with much confidence,
That each of them is now the residence
Of some brave creatures : yea, a world they will
Have in each star, though it be past their skill
To make it manifest to any man,
That reason hath, or tell his fingers can.
But I have too long held thee in the porch,
And kept thee from the sunshine with a torch.
Well, now go forward, step within the door,
And there behold five hundred times much more
Of all sorts of such inward rarities
As please the mind will, and will feed the eyes
With those, which, if a Christian, thou wilt see
Not small, but things of greatest-moment be.
Nor do thou go to work without my key;
(In mysteries men soon do loose their way ;)
And also turn it right, if thou wouldst know
My riddle, and wouldst with my heifer plough :
It lies there in the window. Fare thee well,
My next may be to ring thy passing-bell.
John Bcxyan
AN ADVERTISEMENT
TO THE
READER,
Some say the " Pilgrim's Progress" i* not mine,
Insinuating as if I would shine
In name and fame by the worth of another,
Like some made rich by robbing of their brother.
Or that so fond I am of being sire,
I'll father bastards ; or, if need require,
I'll tell a lie in print to get applause.
I scorn it : John such dirt-heap never was,
Since God converted him. Let this suffice
To show why I my " Pilgrim" patronize.
It came from my own heart, so to my head,
And thence into my fingers trickled ;
Then to my pen, from whence immediately
On paper I did dribble it daintily.
Manner and matter, too, was all mine own ;
Nor was it unto any mortal known,
Till I had done it; nor did any then
By books, by wits, by tongues, or hand, or pen,
Add five words to it, or wrote half a line
Thereof: the whole, and every whit is mine.
xi
XW ADVERTISEMENT.
Also for -mis, thine eye is now upon,
The matter in this manner came from none
But the same heart, and head, fingers, and pen,
As did the other. Witness all good men ;
For none in all the world, without a lie,
Can say that this is mine, excepting I.
I write not this of any ostentation,
Nor cause I seek of men their commendation;
I do it to keep them from such surmise,
As tempt them will my name to scandalise
Witness my name, if anagram'd to thee,
The letters make — " Nu hony in a B."
John Bunyati.
A RELATION
OP
THE HOLY WAR.
In my travels, as I walked through many regions and
countries, it was my chance to happen into that famous con-
tinent of Universe. A very large and spacious country it is :
it lieth between the two poles, and just amidst the four points
of the heavens. It is a place well watered, and ricldy adorned
with lulls and valleys, bravely situate, and for the most part,
at least where I was, very fruitful, also well peopled, and a
very sweet air.
The people are not all of one complexion, nor yet of one
language, mode, or way of religion, but differ as much as, it
is said, do the planets themselves. Some are right, and
some are wrong, even as it happeneth to be in lesser regions.
In this country, as I said, it was my lot to travel ; and
there travel I did, and that so long, even till I learned much
of their mother tongue, together with the customs and man-
ners of them among whom I was. And, to speak truth, I
was much delighted to see and hear many things which I
saw and heard among them ; yea, I had, to be sure, even
lived and died a native among them, (so was I taken with
them and their doings,) had not my master sent for me home
to his house, there to do business for him, and to oversee
business done.
2
14 THE HOLY WAR.
Now, there is in this gallant country of Universe a fair
anil delicate town, a corporation called Mansoul ; a town for
its building so curious, for its situation so commodious, for
its privileges so advantageous, (I mean with reference to its
origin,) that I may say of it, as was said before of the conti-
nent in which it is placed, There is not its equal under tne
whole heaven.
As to the situation of this town, it lieth just between the
two worlds ; and the first founder and builder of it, so far as
by the best and most authentic records I can gather, was one
■ SHADDAI ; and he built it for his own delight. He made
it the mirror and glory of all that he made, even the top-piece,
beyond anything else that he did in that country. Yea, so
goodly a town was Mansoul when first built, that it is said
by some, the gods, at the setting up thereof, came down to
see it, and sang for joy. And as he made it goodly to behold,
so also mighty to have dominion over all the country round
about. Yea, all were commanded to acknowledge Mansoul
for their metropolitan, all were enjoined to do homage to it.
Aye, the town itself had positive commission and power from
her King to demand service of all, and also to subdue any
that anyways denied to do it.
There was reared up in the midst of this town a most
Yimous and stately palace ; for strength, it might be called a
castle ; for pleasantness, a paradise ; for largeness, a place so
copious as to contain all the world. This place the King
Shaddai intended but for himself alone, and not another with
him ; partly because of his own delights, and partly because
lie would not that the terror of strangers should be upon the
town. This place Shaddai made also a garrison of, but
committed the keeping of it only to the men of the town.
The walls of the town were well built, yea, so fast and
• The Hebrew word translated Almighty in the Old Testament.
THE HOLY WAR. 15
firm were they knit and compact together, that, had it not
been for the townsmen themselves, they could not have been
shaken or broken for ever. For here lay the excellent wisdom
of him that builded Mansoul, that the walls could never be
broken down nor hurt by the most mighty adverse potentate,
unless the townsmen gave consent thereto.
This famous town of Mansoul had five gates, in at which
to come, out at which to go ; and these were made likewise
answerable to the walls, to wit, impregnable, and such as
could never be opened nor forced but by the will and leave
of those within. The names of the gates were these : Ear-
gate, Eye-gate, Mouth-gate, Nose-gate, and Feel-gate.
Other things there were that belonged to the town of Man-
soul, which if you adjoin to these, will yet give farther de-
monstration to all, of the glory and strength of the place. It
had always a sufficiency of provision within its walls ; it had
the best, most wholesome, and excellent law, that then was
extant in the world. There was not a rascal, rogue, or
traitorous person then within its walls : they were all true
men, and fast joined together ; and this, you know, is a great
matter. And to all these, it had always, (so long as it had
the goodness to keep true to Shaddai the King,) his counte-
nance, his protection, and it was his delight.
Well, upon a time, there was one Diabolus, a mighty giant,
made an assault upon this famous town of Mansoul, to take
it, and make it his own habitation. This giant was king of
the blacks, and a most raving prince he was. We will, if
you please, first discourse of the origin of this Diabolus, and
then of his taking of this famous town of Mansoul.
This Diabolus is indeed a great and mighty prince, and
yet both poor and beggarly. As to his origin, he was at first
one of the servants of King Shaddai, made, and taken, and
put by liim into most high and mighty place ; yea, was put
1G THE HOLY WAR.
into such principalities as belonged to the best of his terri-
tories and dominions. This Diabolus was made "son of
the morning," and a brave place he had of it : it brought him
much glory, and gave him much brightness, an income that
might have contented his Luciferian heart, had it not been
insatiable, and enlarged as hell itself.
Well, he seeing himself thus exalted to greatness and
honour, and raging in his mind for higher state and degree,
what doth he, but begins to think with himself how he might
be set up as lord over all, and have the sole power under
Shaddai. (Now that did the King reserve for his Son, yea,
and had already bestowed it upon him.) Wherefore he
first consults with himself what had best to be done ; and
then breaks his mind to some other of his companions, to
the which they also agreed. So, in fine, they came to this
issue, that they should make an attempt upon the King's
Son to destroy him, that the inheritance might be theirs.
Well, to be short, the treason, as I said, was concluded, the
time appointed, the word given, the rebels rendezvoused,
and the assault attempted. Now the King and his Son
being all and always eye, could not but discern all passages
in his dominions ; and he, having always love for his Son as
for himself, could not, at what he saw, but be greatly pro-
voked and offended : wherefore what does he, but takes
them in the very nick and first trip that they made towards
their design, convicts them of the treason, horrid rebellion,
and conspiracy that they had devised, and now attempted to
put into practice, and casts them altogether out of all place
of trust, benefit, honour, and preferment. This done, he
banishes them the court, turns them down into the horrible
pits, as fist bound in chains, never more to expect the least
favour from his hands, but to abide the judgment that he had
appointed, and that for ever.
THE HOLY WAR. 17
Now they being thus cast out of all place of trust, profit,
and honour, and also knowing that they had lost their prince's
favour for ever, (being banished his court, and cast down to
the horrible pits,) you may be sure they would now add to
their former pride, what malice and rage against Shaddai,
and against his Son, they could. Wherefore, roving and
ranging in much fury from place to place, if, perhaps, they
might find something that was the King's, by spoiling of that
to revenge themselves on him ; at last they happened into
this spacious country of Universe, and steer their course
towards the town of Mansoul ; and considering that that
town was one of the chief works and delights of King
Shaddai, what do they but, after counsel taken, make an
assault upon that. I say, they knew that Mansoul belonged
unto Shaddai ; for they were there when he built it and
beautified it for himself. So, when they had found the place,
they shouted horribly for joy, and roared on it as a lion upon
the prey, saying, " Now we have found the prize, and how
to be revenged on King Shaddai, for what he hath done to
us." So they sat clown and called a council of war, and
considered with themselves what ways and methods they
had best eno-age in for the winning to themselves this famous
town of Mansoul, and these four things were then propound-
ed to be considered of.
First. Whether they had best all of them to show them-
selves in this design to the town of Mansoul.
Secondly. Whether they had best to go and sit down
against Mansoul in their now ragged and beggarly guise.
Thirdly. Whether they had best show to Mansoul their
intentions, and what design they came about, or whether to
assault it with words and ways of deceit.
Fourthly. Whether they had not best to some of their
"ompanions to give out private orders to take the advantage,
2*
19 THE HOLY WAR.
if they see one or more of the principal townsmen, to shoot
them, if thereby they shall judge their cause and design
will the better be promoted.
1. It was answered to the first of these proposals in the
negative, to wit, that it would not be best that all should
show themselves before the town, because the appearance
of many of them might alarm and frighten the town ;
whereas a few or but one of them was not so likely to do
it. And to enforce this advice to take place, it was added
further, that if Mansoul was frightened, or did take the
alarm, " It is impossible," said Diabolus, (for he spake
now,) " that we should take the town : for that none can
enter into it without its own consent. Let, therefore, but
few, or but one, assault Mansoul ; and in mine opinion,"
said Diabolus, " let me be he." Wherefore to this they all
agreed.
2. And then to the second proposal they came, namely,
whether they had best to go and sit down before Mansoul
in their now ragged and beggarly guise. To which it was
answered also in the negative, By no means ; and that be-
cause, though the town of Mansoul had been made to know,
and to have to do, before now, with things that are invisible,
they did never as yet see any of their fellow-creatures in so
sad and rascally condition as they ; and this was the advice
of that fierce Alecto. Then said Apollyon, "The advice is
pertinent ; for even one of us appearing to them as we are
now, must needs both beget and multiply such thoughts in
them as will both put them into a consternation of spirit,
and necessitate them to put themselves upon their guard.
And if so," said he " then, as my Lord Diabolus said but
now, it is in vain for us to think of taking the town." Then
said that mighty giant Beelzebub, " The advice that already
is given is safe ; for though the men of Mansoul have seen
THE HOLY WAR. 19
such things as we once were, yet hitherto they did never
behold such things as we now are ; and it is best, in mine
opinion, to come upon them hi such a guise as is common
to, and most familiar among them." To this when they had
consented, the next thing to be considered was, hi what
shape, hue, or guise Diabolus had best to show himself
when he went about to make Mansoul his own. Then one
said one thing, and another the contrary. At last Lucifer
answered, that, in his opinion, it was best that his lordship
should assume the body of some of those creatures that
they of the town had dominion over ; " for," quoth he,
" these are not only familiar to them, but being under them,
they will never imagine that an attempt should by them be
made upon the town ; and to blind all, let him assume the
body of one of those beasts that Mansoul deems to be wiser
than any of the rest." This advice was applauded of all :
so it was determined that the giant Diabolus should assume
the dragon, for that he was in those days as familiar with
the town of Mansoul, as now is the bird with the boy ; for
nothing that was in its primitive state was at all amazing to
them. Then they proceeded to the third thing, which
was,
3. Whether they had best to show their intentions, or
the design of his coming to Mansoul, or no. This also was
answered in the negative, because of the weight that was
in the fonner reasons, to wit, for that Mansoul were a strong
people, a strong people in a strong town, whose wall and
gates were impregnable, (to say nothing of their castle,) nor
can they by any means be won but by their own consent.
" Besides," said Legion, (for he gave answer to this,) " a
discovery of our intentions may make them send to their
king for aid ; and if that be done, I know quickly what time
of day it will be with us. Therefore let us assault them in
20 THE HOLY AVAR.
all pretended fairness, covering our intentions with all m;>n
ner of lies, flatteries, delusive words ; feigning things that
never will be, and promising that to them that they shall
never find. This is the way to win Mansoul, and to make
them of themselves open their gates to us ; yea, and to de-
sire us too to come in to them. And the reason why I think
that this project will do is, because the people of Mansoul
now are, every one, simple and innocent, all honest and
true ; nor do they as yet know what it is to be assaulted
with fraud, guile, and hypocrisy. They are strangers to
lying and dissembling lips ; wherefore we cannot, if thus
we be disguised, by them at all be discerned ; our lies shall
go for true sayings, and our dissimulations for upright deal-
ings. What we promise them, they will in that believe us,
especially if, in all our lies and feigned words, we pretend
great love to them, and that our design is only their advan-
tage and honour." Now there was not one bit of a reply
against this ; this went as current down as doth the water
down a steep descent. Wherefore they go to consider of
the last proposal, which was,
4. Whether they had not best to give out orders to some
of their company, to shoot some one or more of the prin-
cipal of the townsmen, if they judge that their cause may
be promoted thereby. This was carried in the affirmative,
and the man that was designed by this stratagem to be de-
stroyed, was one Mr. Resistance, otherwise called Captain
Resistance. And a great man in Mansoul this Captain
Resistance was, and a man that the giant Diabolus and his
band more feared than they feared the whole town of Man-
soul besides. Now who should be the actor to do the mur-
der ? That was the next, and they appointed one Tisiphone,
a fury of the lake, to do it.
They thus having ended their council of war, rose up
THE HOLY WAR. 21
and essayed to do as they had determined ; they marched
towards Mansoul, but all in a manner invisible, save one,
only one ; nor did he approach the town in his own likeness,
but under the shade, and in the body of the dragon.
So they drew up, and sat down before Eargate, for that
was the place of hearing for all without the town, as Eye-
gate was the place of perspection. So, as I said, he came
up with his train to the gate, and laid his ambuscade for
Captain Resistance- within bow-shot of the town. This
done, the giant ascended up close to the gate, and called to
the town of Mansoul for audience. Nor took he any with
him but one Ill-pause, who was his orator in all difficult
matters. Now, as I said, he being come up to the gate, (as
the mamier of those times was,) sounded his trumpet for
audience ; at which the chief of the town of Mansoul, such
as my Lord Innocent, my Lord Willbewill, my Lord Mayor,
Mr. Recorder, and Captain' Resistance, came down to the
wall to see who was there, and what was the matter. And
my Lord Willbewill, when he had looked over and saw who
stood at the gate, demanded what he was, wherefore he was
come, and why he roused the town of Mansoul with so
unusual a sound.
Diabolus, then, as if he had been a lamb, began his ora-
tion, and said, " Gentlemen of the famous town of Mansoul,
I am, as you may perceive, no far dweller from you, but
near, and one that is bound by the king to do you my
homage and what service I can ; wherefore, that I may be
faithful to myself, and to you, I have somewhat of concern
to impart unto you. Wherefore, grant me your audience,
and hear me patiently. And first, I will assure you, it is
not myself, but you — not mine, but your advantage that I
seek by what I now do, as will full well be made manifest,
by that I have opened my mind unto you. For, gentlemen,
23 THE HOLY WAR.
I am (to tell you the truth) come to show you how you may
obtain great and ample deliverance from a bondage that,
unawares to yourselves, you are captivated and enslaved
under." At this the town of Mansoul began to prick up its
ears. And " What is it ? Pray what is it ?" thought they.
And he said, " I have somewhat to say to you concerning
your king, concerning his law, and also touching yourselves
Touching your king, I know he is great and potent ; but ye'
all that he hath said to you is neither true nor yet for youi
advantage. 1. It is not true, for that wherewith he hath
hitherto awed you, shall not come to pass, nor be fulfilled,
though you do the thing that he hath forbidden. But if
there was danger, what a slavery is it to live always in feai
of the greatest of punishments, for doing so small and trivial
a thing as eating of a little fruit is. 2. Touching his laws,
this I say further, they are both unreasonable, intricate, and
intolerable. Unreasonable, as was hinted before ; for that
the punishment is not proportioned to the offence : there is
great difference and disproportion betwixt the life and an
apple ; yet the one must go for the other, by the law of your
Shaddai. But it is also intricate, in that he saith, first, you
may eat of all ; and yet after, forbids the eating of one.
And then, in the last place, it must needs be intolerable ; for-
asmuch as that fruit, which you are forbidden to eat of (if
you are forbidden any) is that, and that alone, which is able,
by your eating, to minister to you a good, as yet unknown
by you. This is manifest by the very name of the tree ; it
is called the ' the tree of knowledge of good and evil ;' and
have you that knowledge as yet ? No, no ; nor can you con-
ceive how good, how pleasant, and how much to be desired
to make one wise it is, so long as you stand by your king's
commandment. Why should you be holden in ignorance
and blindness? Why should you not be eidarged in know-
THE HOLY WAR. 23
ledge and understanding ? And now, O ye inhabitants of the
famous town of Mansoul, to speak more particularly to your-
selves, you are not a free people ! You are kept both in
bondage and slavery, and that by a grievous threat ; no rea-
son being annexed but, ' So I will have it ; so it shall be.'
And is it not grievous to think on, that that very thing which
you are forbidden to do, might you but do it, would yield
you both wisdom and honour ? for then your eyes will be
opened, and you shall be as gods. Now, since this is thus,"
quoth he, " can you be kept by any prince in more slavery
and in greater bondage than you are under this day ? You
are made underlings, and are wrapped up in inconveniences,
as I have well made appear. For what bondage greater
than to be kept in blindness ? Will not reason tell you, that
it is better to have eyes than to be without them ? and so to
be at liberty, to be better than to be shut up in a dark and
stinking cave ?"
And just now while Diabolus was speaking these words,
to Mansoul, Tisiphone shot at Captain Resistance, where he
stood on the gate, and mortally wounded him in the head ;
so that he, to the amazement of the townsmen, and the en-
couragement of Diabolus, fell down dead, quite over the
wall. Now when Captain Resistance was dead, (and ho
was the only man of war in the town,) poor Mansoul was
wholly left naked of courage, nor had she now any heart to
resist. But this was as the devil would have it. Then
stood forth he, Mr. Ill-pause, that Diabolus brought with
him, who was his orator ; and he addressed himself to speak
to the town of Mansoul ; the tenor of whose speech here
follows : —
" Gentlemen," quoth he, " it is my master's happiness thai
he has this day a quiet and teachable auditory ; and it is
hoped by us that we shall prevail with you not to cast off
24 THE HOLY WAR.
good advice. My master has a very great love tor you ;
and although, as he ve.y well knows, that he runs the hazard
of the anger of King Shaddai, yet love to you will make him
do more than that. Nor doth there need that a word more
should be spoken to confirm for truth what he hath said ;
there is not a word but carries with it self-evidence in its
bowels ; the very name of the tree may put an end to all
controversy in this matter. I therefore, at this time, shall
only add this advice to you, under and by the leave of my
lord," (and with that he made Diabolus a very low congee ;)
" consider his words, look on the tree and the promising fruit
thereof; remember also that yet you know but little, and
that this is the way to know more : and if your reason be
not conquered to accept of such good counsel, you are not
the men that I took you to be."
But when the townsfolk saw that the tree was god for
food, and that it was pleasant to the eye, and a tree to be
desired to make one wise, they did as old Ill-pause advised \
they took and did eat thereof. Now this I should have toH
you before, that even then, when this Ill-pause was making
his speech to the townsmen, my Lord Innocency (whether
by a shot from the camp of the giant, or from some sinking
qualm that suddenly took him, or whether by the stinking
breath of that treacherous villain old Ill-pause, for so I am
most apt to think) sunk down in the place where he stood,
nor could he be brought to life again. Thus these two brave
men died ; brave men, I call them ; for they were the beauty
and glory of Mansoul, so long as they lived therein : nor did
there now remain any more a noble spirit in Mansoul ; they
all fell down and yielded obedience to Diabolus, and became
his slaves and vassals, as you shall hear.
Now these being dead, what do the rest of the townsfolk,
but, as men that had found ?. fool's paradise, they presently,
THE HOLY WAR. 25
as afoie was hinted, fall to prove the truth of the giant's
words. And, first, they did as Ill-pause had taught them ;
they looked, they considered, they were taken with the
forbidden fruit : they took thereof, and did eat ; and having
eaten, they became immediately drunken therewith. So
they opened the gate, both Ear-gate and Eye-gate, and let
in Diabolus with all his bands, quite forgetting their good
Shaddai, his law, and the judgment that he had annexed,
with solemn threatening, to the breach thereof.
Diabolus, having now obtained entrance in at the gates of
the town, marches up to the middle thereof, to make his
conquest as sure as he could ; and finding, by this time, the
affections of the people warmly inclining to him, he, as think-
ing it was best striking while the iron is hot, made this further
deceivable speech unto them, saying, " Alas ! my poor Man-
soul ! I have done thee indeed this service, as to promote
thee to honour, and to greaten thy liberty ; but, alas ! alas !
poor Mansoul, thou wantest now one to defend thee ; for
assure thyself that when Shaddai shall hear what is done,
he will come ; for sorry will he be that thou hast broken
his bonds, and cast his cords away from thee. What wilt
thou do ? Wilt thou, after enlargement, suffer thy privileges
to be invaded and taken away ? or what wdt resolve with
thyself?"
Then they all with one consent said to this bramble, " Do
thou reign over us." So he accepted the motion, and
became the king of the town of Mansoul. This being done,
the next thing was, to give him possession of the castle, and
so of the whole strength of the town. Wherefore, into the
castle he goes : it was that which Shaddai built in Mansoul
for his own delight and pleasure ; this now was become a
den and hold for the giant Diabolus
Now, having got possession of this stitely palace or castle,
3
26 THE HOLY WAR.
what doth he, but makes it a garrison for himself, and
strengthens and fortifies it with all sorts of provisions, against
the Kitig Shaddai, or those that should endeavour the regain-
ing of it to him and his obedience again.
This done, but not thinking himself yet secure enough, in
the next place he bethinks himself of new modelling the
town ; and so he does, setting up one, and pulling down
another at pleasure. Wherefore my Lord Mayor, whose
name was my Lord Understanding, and Mr. Recorder, whose
name was Mr. Conscience, these he put out of place and
power.
As for my Lord Mayor, though he was an understanding
man, and one too that had complied with the rest of the town
of Mansoul in admitting the giant into the town ; yet Diabo-
lus thought not fit to let him abide in His former lustre and
glory, because he was a seeing man. Wherefore he darken-
ed him, not only by taking from him his office and power,
but by building an high and strong tower, just between the
sun's reflections and the windows of my lord's palace ; by
which means his house and all, and the whole of his habita-
tion, were made as dark as darkness itself. And thus, being
alienated from the light, he became as one that was born
blind. To this his house, my lord was confined as to a
prison ; nor might he, upon his parole, go farther than
within his own bounds. And now, had he had an heart, to
do for Mansoul, what could he do for it, or wherein could
he be profitable to her ? So then, so long as Mansoul was
under the power and government of Diabolus, (and so long
it was under him, as it was obedient to him, which was even
until by a war it was rescued out of his hand,) so long my
Lord Mayor was rather an impediment in, than an advantage
to the famous town of Mansoul.
As for Mr. Recorder, before the town was taken he was
THE HOLY WAR. 27
a man well read in the laws of his king, and also a man of
courage and faithfulness to speak truth at every occasion :
and he had a tongue as bravely hung, as he had a head filled
with judgment. Now, this man Diabolus could by no means
abide, because, though he gave his consent to his coming into
the town, yet he could not, by all the wiles, trials, stratagems,
and devices that he could use, make him wholly his own.
True, he was much degenerated from his former king, and
also much pleased with many of the giant's laws and service ;
but all this would not do, forasmuch as he was not wholly
his. He would now and then think upon Shaddai, and have
dread of his law upon him, and then he would speak against
Diabolus with a voice as great as when a lion roareth. Yea,
and would also at certain times, when his fits were upon him.
(for you must know that sometimes he had terrible fits,)
make the whole town of Mansoul shake with his voice : and
therefore the new king of Mansoul could not abide him. -.;<
Diabolus, therefore, feared the Recorder more than any
that was left alive in the town of Mansoul, because, as I said,
his words did shake the whole town ; they were like the
rattling thunder, and also like thunder-claps. Since, there-
fore, the giant could not make him wholly his own, what
doth he do, but studies all that he could to debauch the old
gentleman, and by debauchery to stupify his mind, and more
harden his heart in the ways of vanity. And as he attempted,
so he accomplished his design : he debauched the man, and
by little and little, so drew him into sin and wickedness, that
at last, he was not only debauched, as at first, and so by
consequence defiled, but was almost (at last, I say) past all
conscience of sin. And this was the farthest Diabolus could
go. Wherefore he bethinks him of another project, and that
was, to persuade the men of the town that Mr. Recorder was
mad, and so not to be regarded. And for this he urged his
'_'S THE HOLY WAR.
fits, and said, " If he be himself, why doth he not do thus
always ! But," quoth he, " as all mad folks have their fits,
ami in them their raving language, so hath this old and
doating gentleman."
Tims, by one means or another, he quickly got Mansoul
to slight, neglect, ami despise whatever Mr. Recorder could
say. For, besides what already you have hoard, Diabolus
had a way to make the old gentleman, when he was merry,
unsay and deny what he, in his fits, had affirmed. And,
indeed, this was the next way to make himself ridiculous,
and to cause that no man should regard him. Also now he
never spake freely for King Shaddai, but always by force
and constraint. Besides, lie would at one time be hot against
that, at which, at another, he would hold his peace; so un-
even was he now in his doings. Sometimes he would be
as if fast asleep, and again sometimes as dead, even then
when the whole town oi' Mansoul was in her career after
vanity, and in her dance after the oiant's pipe.
Wherefore, sometimes when Mansoul did use to be frighted
with the thundering voice ol' the Recorder that was, and
when they did tell Diabolus ol' it, he would answer, that
what the old gentleman said was neither of love to him nor
pity to them, but ol' a foolish fondness that he had, to be
prating : and so would hush, still, and put all to quiet again.
\ml that he might leave no argument unurged that might
tend to make them secure, he said, and said it often, " (>
Mansoul ! consider that, notwithstanding the old gentleman's
rage, and the rattle ol' his high and thundering words, you
hear nothing ol' Shaddai himself;" when, liar and deceiver
that he was. every outcry of Mr. Recorder against the sin
o( Mansoul was the voice ol God in him to them. But he
goes on, and says, "You see that he values not the loss,
nor rebellion ol' the town ol Mansoul. nor will he trouble
THE HOLY WAR. 29
himself with calling his town to a reckoning, for their giving
ihemselves to me. He knows that though you were his,
now you are lawfully mine ; so leaving us one to another,
lie now hath shaken his hands of us.
" Moreover, O Mansoul !" quoth he, " consider how I
have served you, even to the uttermost of my power ; and
that with the best that I have, could get, or procure for you
in all the world : besides, I dare say, that the laws and cus-
toms that you now are under, and by which you do homage
to me, do yield you more solace and content than did thi
paradise that at first you possessed. Your liberty, also, as
yourselves do very well know, has been greatly widened
and enlarged by me ; whereas I found you a penned-up
people. I have not laid any restraint upon you ; you have
no law, statute, or judgment of mine to fright you ; I call
none of you to account for your doings, except the madman
—you know who I mean ; I have granted you to live, each
man like a prince in his own, even with as little control
from me as I myself have from you."
And thus would Diabolus hush up and quiet the town of
Mansoul, when the Recorder that was, did at times molest
tbem : yea, and with such cursed orations as these, would
set the whole town in a rage and fury against the old gen-
tleman. Yea, the rascal crew, at sometimes, would be for
destroying him. They have often wished, in my hearing,
that he had lived a thousand miles off from them : his com-
pany, his words, yea, the sight of him, and especially when
they remembered how in old times he did use to threaten
and condemn them, (for all he was now so debauched,) did
terrify and afflict them sore.
But all wishes were vain, for I do not know how, unless
by the power of Shaddai and his wisdom, he was preserved
in being amongst them. Besides, his house was as strong
3*
30 THE HOLY WAR.
as a castle, and stood hard by a stronghold of the town ,
moreover, if at any time any of the crew or rabble attempted
to make him away, he could pull up the sluices, and let in
such floods as would drown all round about him.
But to leave Mr. Recorder, and to come to my Lord WiU-
bcwill, another of the gentry of the famous town of Mansoul.
This Willbewill was as high born as any man in Mansoul,
and was as much, if not more, a freeholder than many of
them were ; besides, if I remember my tale aright, he had
some privileges peculiar to himself in the famous town of
Mansoul. Now, together with these, he was a man of great
strength, resolution, and courage, nor in his occasion could
any turn him away. But I say, whether he was proud of
his estate, privileges, strength, or what, (but sure it was
through pride of something,) he scorns now to be a slave in
Mansoul ; and therefore resolves to bear office under Diabo-
lus, that he might (such an one as he was) be a petty ruler
and governor in Mansoul. And, headstrong man that he
was ! thus he began betimes ; for this man, when Diabolus
did make his oration at Ear-gate, was one of the first that
was for consenting to his words, and for accepting his coun-
sel as wholesome, and that was for the opening of the gate,
and for letting him into the town ; wherefore Diabolus had a
kindness for him, and therefore he designed for him a place.
And perceiving the valour and stoutness of the man, he
coveted to have him for one of his great ones, to act and do
in matters of the highest concern.
So he sent for him, and talked with him of that secret
matter that lay in his breast, but there needed not much
persuasion in the case. For, as at first, he was willing that
Diabolus should be let into the town, so now he was as
willing to serve him there. When the tyrant, therefore,
perceived the willingness of my lord to serve him, and that
THE HOLY WAR. 31
his mind stood bending that way, he forthwith made him
the captain of the casde, governor of the wall, and keeper of
the gates of Mansoul ; yea, there was a clause in his com-
mission, that nothing without him should be done in all the
town of Mansoul. So that now, next to Diabolus himself,
who, but my Lord "Willbewill, in all the town of Mansoul !
Nor could anything now be done, but at his will and pleasure,
throughout the town of Mansoul. He had also one Mr. Mind
for his clerk, a man to speak on, every way like his master :
for he and his lord were in principle one : and in practice not
far asunder. And now was Mansoul brought under to pur-
pose, and made to fulfd the lusts of the will and of the mind.
But it will not out of my thoughts, what a desperate
one this Willbewill was, when power was put into his hand.
First, he flatly denied that he owed any suit or service to his
former prince and liege lord. This done, in the next place
he took an oath, and sAvore fidelity to his great Master
Diabolus, and then, being stated and settled in his places,
offices, advancements, and preferments, oh ! you cannot
think, unless you had seen it, the strange work that this
workman made in the town of Mansoul.
First, he maligned Mr. Recorder to death ; he would
neither endure to see him, nor to hear the words of his
mouth ; he would shut his eyes when he saw him, and stop
his ears when he heard him speak. Also he could not
endure that so much as a fragment of the law of Shaddai
should be anywhere seen in the town. For example, his
clerk, Mr. Mind, had some old, rent, and torn parchments of
the law of good Shaddai in his house, but when Willbewill
saw them, he cast them behind his back. True, Mr. Re-
corder had some of the laws in his study ; but my lord could
by no means come at them. He also thought and said , that
the windows oi' my old Lord Mayor's house were always
32 THE HOLY WAR.
too light for the profit of the town of Mansoul. The light
of a candle he could not endure. Now nothing at all pleased
"Willbewill, but what pleased Diabolus his lord.
There was none like him to trumpet about the streets the
brave nature, the wise conduct, and great glory of the King
Diabolus. lie Avould range and rove throughout all the streets
of Mansoul to cry up his illustrious lord, and would make
himself even as an abject, among the base and rascal crew, to
cry up his valiant prince. And, I say, when and whereso-
ever he found these vassals, he would even make himself as
one of them. In all ill courses, he would act without
bidding, and do mischief without commandment.
The Lord Willbewill also had a deputy under him, and
his name was Mr. Affection, one that was also greatly
debauched in his principles, and answerable thereto in his
life : he was wholly given to the flesh, and therefore they
called him Vile-Affection. Now there was he and one Car-
nal lust, the daughter of Mr. Mind, (like to like,) that fell in
love, and made a match, and were married ; and, as I take
it, they had several children, as Impudent, Blackmouth, and
Hate-Reproof. And besides these they had three daughters,
as Scorn-Truth, and Slight-God, and the name of the youngest
was Revenge. These were all married in the town, and
also begot and yielded many bad brats, too many to be here
inserted. But, to pass by this.
When the giant had thus engarrisoned himself in the town
of Mansoul, and had put down and set up whom he thought
good, he betakes himself to defacing: Now there was in the
market-place in Mansoul, and also upon the gates of the
casde, an image of the blessed King Shaddai. This image
was so exactly engraven, (and it was engraven in gold,) that
it did the most resemble Shaddai himself of anything that
then was extant in the Avorld. This he basely commanded
THE HOI/tf WAR. 33
to be defaced, and it was as basely done by the hand of Mr.
No-Truth. Now you must know that, as Diabolus had
commanded, and that by the hand of Mr. No-Truth the
image of Shaddai was defaced, he likewise gave order that
the same Mr. No-Truth should set up in its stead the horrid
and formidable image of Diabolus, to the great contempt of
the former King, and debasing of his town of Mansoul.
Moreover, Diabolus made havoc of all remains of the laws
and statutes of Shaddai that could be found in the town of
Mansoul ; to wit, such as contained either the doctrines or
morals, with all civil and natural documents. Also relative
severities he sought to extinguish. To be short, there was
nothing of the remains of good in Mansoul which he and
Willbewill sought not to destroy ; for their designs was to
turn Mansoul into a brute, and to make it like to the sensual
sow, by the hand of Mr. No-Truth.
When he had destroyed what law and good orders he
could, then further to effect his design, namely, to alienate
Mansoul from Shaddai her king, he commands, and they set
up his own vain edicts, statutes and commandments, in all
places of resort or concourse in Mansoul, to wit, such as
gave liberty to the lusts of the flesh, the lusts of the eyes,
and the pride of life, which are not of Shaddai, but of the
world. He encouraged, countenanced, and promoted lasci-
viousness and all ungodliness there. Yea, much more did
Diabolus to encourage wickedness in the town of Mansoul ;
he promised them peace, content, joy, and bliss, in doing his
commands, and that they should never be called to an account
for their not doing the contrary. And let this serve to give
a taste to them that love to hear tell of what is done, beyond
their knowledge, afar off in other countries.
Now, Mansoul being wholly at his beck, and brought
wholly to his bow, nothing was heard or seen therein, but
that which tended to set up him.
31 THE HOLY WAR.
But now he having disabled the Lord Mayor and Mr.
Recorder from bearing of office in Mansoul, and seeing that
the town, before , he came to it, was the most ancient of
corporations in the world ; and fearing, if he did not main-
tain greatness, they at any time should object that he had
clone them an injury ; therefore, I say, (that they might see
that he did not intend to lessen their grandeur, or to take
from them any of their advantageous things,) he did choose
for them a Lord Mayor and a Recorder himself, and such as
contented them at the heart, and such also as pleased him
wondrous well.
The name of the Mayor, that was of Diabolus' making,
was the Lord Lustings, a man that had neither eyes nor
ears. All that he did, whether as a man or an officer, he
did it naturally, as doth the beast. And that which made
him yet the more ignoble, though not to Mansoul, yet to
them that beheld and were grieved for its ruin, was, that he
never could favour good, but evil.
The Recorder was one whose name was Forget-Good,
and a very sorry fellow he was. He could remember nothing
but mischief, and to do it with delight. He was naturally
prone to do things that were hurtful, even hurtful to the town
of Mansoul, and to all the dwellers there. These two, there-
fore, by their power and practice, examples and smiles upon
evil, did much more ground and settle the common people
in hurtful ways. For who doth not perceive, that when
those that sit aloft are vile and corrupt themselves, they
corrupt the whole region and country where they are ?
Besides these, Diabolus made several burgesses and alder-
men in Mansoul, out of whom, the town when it needed,
might choose them officers, governors, and magistrates. And
these are the names of the chief of them : Mr. Incredulity,
Mr. Haughty, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Lewd, Mr. Hard-Heart,
Mr. Pitiless, Mr. Fury, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Stand-to-Lies,
THE HOLY WAR. 35
Mr. False-Peace, Mr. Drunkenness, Mr. Cheating, Mr. Athe-
ism — thirteen in all. Mr. Incredulity is the eldest, and Mr.
Atheism the youngest of the company.
There was also an election of common council-men and
others, as bailiffs, Serjeants, constables, and others ; but all of
them like to those aforenamed, being either fathers, brothers,
cousins, or nephews to them, whose names, for brevity's
sake, 1 omit to mention.
When the giant had thus far proceeded in his work, in the
next place, he betook him to build some strongholds in the
town, and he built three that seemed to be impregnable. The
first he called the Hold of Defiance, because it was made to
command the whole town, and to keep it from the knowledge
of its ancient King. The second he called Midnight Hold,
because it was built on purpose to keep Mansoul from the
true knowledge of itself. The third was called Sweet-Sin
Hold, because by that he fortified Mansoul against all desires
of good. The first of these holds stood close by Eye-gate,
that, as much as might be, light might be darkened there ;
the second was built hard by the old castle, to the end that
that might be made more blind, if possible ; and the third
stood in the market-place.
He that Diabolus made governor over the first of these, was
one Spite-God, a most blasphemous wretch : he came with
the whole rabble of them that came against Mansoul at
first, and was himself one of themselves. He that was made
the governor of Midnight Hold, was one Love no Light : he
was also of them that came first against the town. And
he that was made the governor of the hold, called Sweet-Sin
Hold, was one whose name was Love-Flesh : he was also
a very lewd fellow, but not of that country where the others
are bound. This fellow could find more sweetness when he
stood sucking of a lust, than he did in all the paradise of God.
30 THE HOLY WAR.
And now Diabolus thought himself safe. He had taker
Mansoul, he had engarrisoned himself therein ; lie had put
down the old officers, and had set up new ones ; he had
defaced the image of Shaddai, and had set up his own ; he
had spoiled the old law books and had promoted his own
vain lies ; he had made him new magistrates and set up new
aldermen ; he had budded him new holds and had manned
them for himself: and all this he did to make himself secure,
in case the good Shaddai, or his Son, should come to make
an incursion upon him.
Now you may well think, that long before this time,
word, by some or other, could not but be carried to the
good King Shaddai, how his Mansoul, in the continent of
Universe, was lost ; and that the runagate giant Diabolus,
once one of his Majesty's servants, had, in rebellion against
the King, made sure thereof for himself. Yea, tidings were
carried and brought to the King thereof, and that to a very
circumstance.
As, first, how Diabolus came upon Mansoul (they being
a simple people and innocent) with craft, subdety, lies, and
guile. Item, that he had treacherously slain the right noble
and valiant captain, their Captain Resistance, as he stood
upon the gate with the rest of the townsmen. Item, how
my brave Lord Innocent fell down dead (with grief, some
say, or with being poisoned with the stinking breath of one
Ill-Pause, as say others) at the hearing of his just lord and
rightful prince Shaddai, so abused by the mouth of so filthy
a Diabolian as that varlet Ill-Pause was. The messenger
further told, that after this Ill-Pause had made a short oration
to the townsmen in behalf of Diabolus, his master, the sim-
ple town, believing that what was said was true, with one
consent did open Ear-gate, the chief gate of the corporation,
and did let him, with his crew, into a possession of the
THE HOLY WAR. 37
famous town of Mansoul. He further showed how Diabo-
lus had served the Lord Mayor and Mr. Recorder, to wit,
that he had put them from all place of power and trust.
Item, he showed also that my Lord Willbewill was turned a
very rebel and runagate, and that so was one Mr. Mind, his
clerk ; and that they two did range and revel it all the town
over, and teach the wicked ones their ways. He said,
moreover, that this Willbewill was put into great trust, and
particularly, that Diabolus had put into Willbewill' s hand all
the strong places in Mansoul ; and that Mr. Affection was
made my Lord Willbewill's deputy, in his most rebellious
affairs. " Yea," said the messenger, " this monster, Lord
Willbewill, has openly disavowed his King Shaddai, and
hath horribly given his faith and plighted his troth to
Diabolus.
"Also," said the messenger, "besides all this, the new
king, or rather rebellious tyrant, over the once famous, but
now perishing town of Mansoul, has set up a Lord Mayor
and a Recorder of his own. For Mayor, he has set up one
Mr. Lustings ; and for Recorder, Mr. Forget-Good ; two of
the vilest of all the town of Mansoul." This faithful mes-
senger also proceeded, and told what a sort of new burgesses
Diabolus had made ; also that he had built several strong
forts, towers, and strong holds in Mansoul. He told, too,
the which I had almost forgot, how Diabolus had put the
town of Mansoul into arms, the better to capacitate them,
on his behalf, to make resistance against Shaddai their King,
should he come to reduce them to their former obedience.
Now, this tidings-teller did not deliver his relation of
things in private, but in open court ; the King and his Son,
high lords, chief captains, and nobles, being all there present
to bear. But by that they had heard the whole of the story,
it would have amazed one to have seen, had he been there
4
38 THE HOLY WAR.
to behold it, what sorrow and grief, and compunction of
spirit, there was among all sorts, to think that famous Man-
soul was now taken : only the King and his Son foresaw
all this, long before, yea, and sufficiently provided for the
relief of Mansoul, though they told not every body thereof.
Yet, because they also would have their share in condoling
of the misery of Mansoul, therefore they also did, and that
at a rate of the highest degree, bewail the losing of Mansoul.
The King said plainly, that it grieved him at the heart, and
you may be sure that his Son was not a whit behind him.
Thus gave they conviction to all about them, that they had
love and compassion for the famous town of Mansoul.
Well, when the King and his Son were retired into the
privy chamber, there they again consulted about what they
had desisnied before, to wit, that as Mansoul should in time
be suffered to be lost, so as certainly it should be recovered
again ; recovered, I say, in such a way, as that both the
Kinor an d his Son would get themselves eternal fame and
glory thereby. Wherefore, after this consult, the Son of
Shaddai, (a sweet and comely Person, and one that had
always great affection for those that were in affliction, but
one that had mortal enmity in his heart against Diabolus,
because he was designed for it, and because he sought his
crown and dignity) — this Son of Shaddai, I say, having
stricken hands with his Father, and promised that he would
be his servant to recover his Mansoul again, stood by his
resolution, nor would he repent of the same. The purport
of which agreement was this : to wit, that at a certain time,
prefixed by both, the King's Son should take a journey into
the country of Universe, and there, in a way of justice and
equity, by making amends for the follies of Mansoul, he
should lay a foundation of her perfect deliverance from Dia-
bolus and from his tyranny.
THE HOLY AVAR. 39
Moreover, Emmanuel resolved to make, at a time con-
venient, a war upon the giant Diabolus, even while he was
possessed of the town of Mansoul ; and that he would
fairly, by strength of hand, drive him out of his hold, his
nest, and take it to himself to be his habitation.
This now being resolved upon, order was given to the
Lord Chief Secretary, to draw up a fair record of what was
determined, and to cause that it should be published in all
the corners of the kingdom of Universe. A short breviat
of the contents thereof you may, if you please, take here
as follows :
" Let all men know, who are concerned, that the Son of
Shaddai, the grea't King, is engaged by covenant to his
Father to bring Mansoul to him again ; yea, and to put
Mansoul, through the power of his matchless love, into a
far better and more happy condition, than it was in before it
was taken by Diabolus."
These papers, therefore, were published in several places,
to the no litde molestation of the tyrant Diabolus ; " for
now," thought he, " I shall be molested, and my habitation
will be taken from me."
But when this matter, I mean this purpose of the King
and his Son, did at first take air at court, who can tell how
the high lords, chief captains, and noble princes that were
there, were taken with the business ! First, they whispered
it to one another, and after that it began to ring out through
the King's palace, all wondering at the glorious design that
between the King and his Son, was on foot for the miserable
town of Mansoul. Yea, the courtiers could scarce do any-
thing either for the King or kingdom, but they would mix,
with the doing thereof, a noise of the love of the King and
his Son, that they had for the town of Mansoul.
Nor could tlie.se lords, high captains, and princes be con-
40 THE HOLY WAR.
tent to keep this news at court ; yea, before the records
thereof were perfected, themselves came down and told it
in Universe. At last it came to the ears, as I said, of
Diabolus, to his no little discontent ; for you must think it
would perplex him, to hear of such a design against him.
Well, but after a few casts in his mind, he concluded upon
these four things.
First, That this news, these good tidings, (if possible,)
should be kept from the ears of the town of Mansoul ;
" for," said he, " if they should once come to the know-
ledge that Shaddai, their former King, and Emmanuel his
Son, are contriving good for the town of Mansoul, what can
be expected by me, but that Mansoul will make a revolt from
under my hand and government, and return again to him ?"
Now, to accomplish this his design, he renews his flattery
with my Lord Willbewill, and also gives him strict charge
and command, that he should keep watch, by day and by
night, at all the gates of the town, especially Ear-gate and
Eye-gate ; " for I hear of a design," quoth he, " a design to
make us all traitors, and that Mansoul must be reduced to its
first bondage again. I hope they are but flying stories,"
quoth he ; " however, let no such news by any means be
let into Mansoul, lest the people be dejected thereat. I think,
my lord, it can be no welcome news lo you ; I am sure it is
none to me : and I think that, at this time, it should be all
our wisdom and care to nip the head of all such rumours, as
shall tend to trouble our people. Wherefore I desire, my
lord, that you will, in this matter, do as I say. Let there
b^ strong guards daily kept at every gate of the town. Stop
also and examine from whence such come, that you perceive
do from far come hither to trade, nor let them by any means
be admitted into Mansoul, unless you shall plainly perceive
♦hat they are favourers of our excellent government. I com-
THE HOLY WAR. 41
mand, moreover," said Diabolus, " that there be spies con-
tinually walking up and down the town of Mansoul, and ltt
them have power to suppress and destroy any that they
shall perceive to be plotting against us, or that shah prate of
what by Shaddai and Emmanuel is intended."
This, therefore, was accordingly done ; my Lord Willbe-
will hearkened to his Lord and master, went willingly after
the commandment, and, with all the diligence he could, kept
any that would, from going out abroad, or that sought to
bring these tidings to Mansoul, from coming into the town.
Secondly, this done, in the next place, Diabolus, that he
micht make Mansoul as sure as he could, frames and im-
poses a new oath and horrible covenant upon the townsfolk :
— To wit, that they should never desert him nor his gov-
ernment, nor yet betray him nor seek to alter his laws ; but
that they should own, confess, stand by, and acknowledge
him for their rightful king, in defiance to any that do or here-
after shall, by any pretence, law, or title whatever, lay claim
to the town of Mansoul ; thinking, belike, that Shaddai had
not power to absolve them from this covenant with death and
agreement with hell. Nor did the silly Mansoul stick or
boggle at all at this most monstrous engagement ; but, as if
it had been a sprat in the mouth of a whale, they swallowed
it without any chewing. Were they troubled at it ? Nay,
they rather bragged and boasted of their so brave fidelity to
the tyrant, their pretended king, swearing that they would
never be chans<-elin<rs, nor forsake their old lord for a new.
Thus did Diabolus tie poor Mansoul fast.
Thirdly, jealousy, that never thinks itself strong enough,
put him, in the next place, upon another exploit, which was
yet more, if possible, to debauch this town of Mansoul.
Wherefore he caused, by the hand of one Mr. Filth, an
odious, nasty, lascivious piece of beastliness to be drawn up
4*
42 THE HOLY WAR.
in writing, and to be set upon the castle gates ; whereby he
granted and gave license to all his true and trusty sons in
Mansoul to do whatsoever their lustful appetites prompted
them to do ; and that no man was to let, hinder, or control
them, upon pain of incurring the displeasure of their prince.
Now, this he did for these reasons :
1. That the town of Mansoul might be yet made weaker
and weaker, and so more unable, should tidings come, that
their redemption was designed, to believe, hope, or consent
to the truth thereof; for reason says, The bigger the sinner,
the less grounds of hopes of mercy.
2. The second reason was, if perhaps Emmanuel, the
Son of Shaddai their King, by seeing the horrible and pro-
fane doings of the town of Mansoul, might repent (though
entered into a covenant of redeeming them) of pursuing that
covenant of their redemption ; for he knew that Shaddai
was holy, and that his Son Emmanuel was holy ; yea, he
knew it by woful experience, for, for his iniquity and sin,
was Diabolus cast from the highest orbs. Wherefore what
more rational than for him to conclude that thus, for sin, it
might fare with Mansoul ? But fearing also lest this knot
should break, he bethinks himself of another, to wit :
Fourthly, to endeavour to possess all hearts in the town
of Mansoul, that Shaddai was raising an army, to come to
overthrow and utterly to destroy this town of Mansoul.
And this he did to forestall any tidings that might come to
their ears of their deliverance ; " for," thought he, " if I first
bruit this, the tidings that shall come after, will all be swal-
lowed up of this ; for what else will Mansoul say, when
they shall hear that they must be delivered, but that the true
meaning is, Shaddai intends to destroy them?" Wherefore
he summons the whole town into the market-place, and there,
with deceitful tongue, thus he addresses himself unto them :
THE HOLY WAR. 43
" Gentlemen, and my very good friends, yon are all, as you
know, my legal subjects, and men of the famous town of
Mansoul. You know how, from the first day that I have
been with you, until now, I have behaved myself among you,
and what liberty and great privileges you have enjoyed under
my government, I hope to your honour and mine, and also
to your content and delight. Now, my famous Mansoul, a
noise of trouble there is abroad, of trouble to the town of
Mansoul ; sorry I am thereof for your sakes : for I received
but now, by the post from my Lord Lucifer, (and he useth to
have good intelligence,) that your old King Shaddai is raising
an army to come against you, to destroy you root and branch ;
and this, O Mansoul, is now the cause, that at this time, I
have called you together ; namely, to advise what, in this
juncture, is best to be done. For my part, I am but one, and
can with ease shift for myself, did I list to seek my own ease,
and to leave my Mansoul in all the danger ; but my heart is
so firmly united to you, and so unwilling am I to leave you,
that I am willing to stand and fall with you, to the utmost
hazard that shall befall me. What say you, O my Mansoul 1
Will you now desert your old friend, or do you think of
standing by me ?" Then, as one man, with one mouth,
they cried out together, " Let him die the death that will
not."
Then said Diabolus again," it is in vain for us to hope for
quarter, for this king knows not how to show it. True,
perhaps, he, at his first sitting down before us, will talk of
and pretend to mercy, that thereby with the more ease, and
less trouble, he may again make himself the master of Man-
soul. Whatever, therefore, he shall say, believe not one
syllable or tittle of it ; for all such language is but to over-
come us, and to make us, while we Avallow in our blood, the
trophies of his merciless victory. My mind is, therefore,
44 THE HOLY WAR.
that we resolve, to the last man, to resist him, and not to
believe him upon any terms ; for in at that door will come
our danger. But shall we be flattered out of our lives ? I
hope you know more of the rudiments of politics, than to
sutler yourselves so pitifully to be served.
" But suppose he should, if he get us to yield, save some
of our lives, or the lives of some of them that are underlings
in Mansoul, what help will that be to you that are the chief
of the town, especially you, whom I have set up, and whose
greatness has been procured by you through your faithful
sticking to me 1 And suppose, again, that he should give
quarter to every one of you, be sure he will bring you into
that bondage, under which you were captivated before, or a
worse, and then what good will your lives do you ? Shall
you with him live in pleasure, as you do now ? No, no ;
you must be bound by laws that will pinch you, and be made
to do that which at present is hateful to you. I am for you,
if you are for me ; and it is better to die valiantly than to
live like pitiful slaves. But, I say the life of a slave will be
counted a life too good for Mansoul now. Blood, blood,
nothing but blood, is in every blast of Shaddai's trumpet
against poor Mansoul now. Pray, be concerned ; I hear he
is coming. Up, and stand to your arms, that now while you
have any leisure, I may teach you some feats of war. Aimour
for you I have, and by me it is ; yea, and it is surficient for
Mansoul from top to toe ; nor can you be hurt by what his
force can do, if you shall keep it well girt and fastened about
you. Come, therefore, to my castle, and welcome, and
harnass yourselves for the war. There is helmet, breast-
plate, sword, and shield, and what not that will make you
fi^ht like men.
1 . " My helmet, otherwise called an head-piece, is hope
of doing well at last, what lives soever you live. This is
THE HOLY WAR. 45
that which they had who said, that they should have peace,
though thev walked in the wickedness of their heart, to add
drunkeness to thirst. A piece of approved armour this is,
and whoever has it, and can hold it, so long no arrow, dart,
sword, or shield can hurt him. This, therefore keep on, and
thou wilt keep off many a blow, my Mansoul.
" 2. My breastplate is a breastplate of iron. I had it forged
in mine own country, and all my soldiers are armed there-
with. In plain language, it is a hard heart, a heart as hard
as iron, and as much past feeling as a stone ; the which if you
get and keep, neither mercy shall win you, nor judgment
fright you. This, therefore, is a piece of armour, most
necessary for all to put on, that hate Shaddai, and that would
fight against him under my banner.
" 3. My sword is a tongue that is set on fire of hell, and
that can bend itself to speak evil of Shaddai, his Son, his
ways, and people. Use this ; it has been tried a thousand
times twice told. Whoever hath it, keeps it, and makes that
use of it as I would have him, can never be conquered by
mine enemy.
" 4. My shield is unbelief, or calling into question the
truth of the word, or all the sayings that speak of the judg-
ment that Shaddai has appointed for wicked men. Use this
shield : many attempts he has made upon it, and sometimes,
it is true, it has been bruised ; but they that have writ of the
wars of Emanuel against my servants, have testified that he
could do no mighty work there, because of their unbelief.
Now, to handle this weapon of mine aright, it is not to be-
lieve things, because they are true, of what sort or by whom-
soever asserted. If he speaks of judgment, care not for it;
if he speaks of mercy, care not for it ; if he promises, if he
swears that he would do to Mansoul, if it turns, no hurt, but
good, regard not what is said, question the truth of all, for it
46 THE HOLY WAR.
is to wield the shield of unbelief aright, and as my servants
ought and do ; and he that doth otherwise, loves me not, nor
do I count him but an enemy to me.
" 5. Another part or piece," said Diabolus, " of mine
excellent armour, is a dumb, and prayerless spirit, a spirit
that scorns to cry for mercy : wherefore be you, my Man-
soul, sure that you make use of this. What ! cry for quarter !
Never do that, if you would be mine. I .know you are stout
men, and am sure that I have clad you with that which is
armour of proof. Wherefore, to cry to Shaddai for mercy, let
that be far from you. Besides all this, I have a maul, fire-
brands, arrows, and death, all good hand-weapons, and such
as will do execution."
After he had thus furnished his men with armour and
arms, he addressed himself to them in such like words as
these : — " Remember," quoth he, " that I am your rightful
king, and that you have taken an oath and entered into cove-
nant to be true to me and my cause : I say, remember this,
and show yourselves stout and valiant men of Mansoul.
Remember also the kindness that I have always showed to
you, and that, without your petition, I have granted to you
external things ; wherefore the privileges, grants, immu-
nities, profits, and honours wherewith I have endowed you,
do call for, at your hands, returns of loyalty, my lion-like
men of Mansoul : and when so fit a time to show it, as when
another shall seek to take my dominion over you into his
own hands ? One word more, and I have done. Can we
but stand, and overcome this one shock or brunt, I doubt not,
but in little time, all the world will be ours ; and when that
day comes, my true hearts, I will make you kings, princes,
and captains, and what brave days shall we have then !•"
Diabolus, having thus armed and forearmed his servants
and vassals in Mansoul against their good and lawful King
HE HOLY WAR. 47
"Shaddai, in the next place, he doubleth his guards at the
gates of the town, and lie takes himself to the castle, which
was his stronghold. His vassals also, to show their wills,
and supposed (but ignoble) gallantry, exercise themselves in
their arms every day, and teach one another feats of war :
they also defied their enemies, and sang up the praises of
their tyrant : they threatened also, what men they would be,
if ever things should rise so high as a war between Shaddai
and their king.
Now, all this time, the good King, the King Shaddai, was
preparing to send an army to recover the town of Mansoul
again, from under the tyranny of their pretended King, Dia-
bolus ; but he thought good at first not to send them by the
hand and conduct of brave Emmanuel, his Son, but under
the hand of some of his servants, to see first, by them, the
temper of Mansoul, and whether by them they would be
won to the obedience of their King. The army consisted
of above forty thousand, all true men, for they came from
the King's own court, and were those of his own choosing.
They came up to Mansoul under the conduct of four stout
generals, each man being a captain of ten thousand men, and
these are their names and their ensigns. The name of the
first was Boanerges, the name of the second was Captain
Conviction, the name of the third was Captain Judgment,
and the name of the fourth was Captain Execution. These
w,ere the captains that Shaddai sent to regain Mansoul.
These four captains, as was said, the King thought fit, in
the first place, to send to Mansoul, to make an attempt upon
it ; for indeed generally, in all his wars, he did use to send
these four captains in the van, for they were very stout and
rough-hewn men, men that were fit to break the ice, and to
make their way by dint of sword, and their men were liko
themselves.
48 THE HOLY WAR.
To each of these captains the King gave a banner, that it
might be displayed, because of the goodness of his cause,
and because of the right that he had to Mansoul.
First, to Captain Boanerges, for he was the chief, to him,
I say, were given ten thousand men. His ensign was Mr.
Thunder ; he bare the black colours, and his scutcheon
was, the three burning thunderbolts.
The second captain, was Captain Conviction ; to him also
were given ten thousand men. His ensign's name was Mr.
Sorrow ; he did bear the pale colours, and his scutcheon
was the book of the law wide open, from whence issued a
flame of fire.
The third captain, was Captain Judgment ; to him were
given ten thousand men. His ensign's name was Mr.
Terror ; he bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was a
burning fiery furnace.
The fourth captain, was Captain Execution ; to him were
given ten thousand men. His ensign was one Mr. Justice ;
he also bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was a fruit-
less tree, with an axe lying at the root thereof.
These four captains, as I said, had every one of them,
under his command, ten thousand men, all of good fidelity
to the King, and stout at their military actions.
Well, the captains and their forces, their men and under
officers, being had upon a day by Shaddai into the field, and
there called all over bv their names, were then and there
put into such harness as became their degree, and that
service which now they were going about for their King.
Now, when the King had mustered his forces, (for it is
he that mustereth the host to the battle,) he gave unto the
captains their several commissions, with charge and com-
mandment, in the audience of all the soldiers, that they
should take heed faithfully and courageously to do and
THE HOLY WAR. 49
execute the same. Their commissions were, for the sub-
stance of them, the same in form, though, as to name, title,
place, and degree of the captains, there might be some, but
very small variation. And here let me give you an account
of the matter and sum contained in their commission.
A Commission from the great Shaddai, King of Man-
soul, to his trusty and noble Captain, the Captain
Boanerges, for his making War upon the town of
Mansoul.
"O, thou Boanerges, one of my stout and thundering
captains over one ten thousand of my valiant and faithful
servants, go thou in my name, with this thy force, to the
miserable town of Mansoul ; and when thou comest thither,
offer them first conditions of peace ; and command them
that, casting off the yoke and tyranny of the wicked Dia-
bolus, they return to me, their rightful Prince and Lord.
Command them also, that they cleanse themselves from all
that is his in the town of Mansoul, and look to thyself, that
thou hast good satisfaction touching the truth of their obe-
dience. Thus, when thou hast commanded them, (if they
in truth submit thereto,) then do thou, to the uttermost of
thy power, what in thee lies to set up for me a garrison in
the famous town of Mansoul : nor do thou hurt the least
native that moveth or breatheth therein, if they will submit
themselves to me, but treat thou such as if they were thy
friends or brothers ; for all such I love, and they shall lie
dear unto me ; and tell them, that I will take a time to come
unto them, and to let them know that I am merciful.
" But if they shall, notwithstanding thy summons and the
producing of thy authority, resist, stand out against thee,
and rebel, then do I command thee to make use of all thy
5
50 THE HOLY WAR.
cunning power, might and force, to bring them under by
strength of hand. Farewell."
Thus you see the sum of their commissions ; for, as I
said before, for the substance of them, they were the same
that the rest of the noble captains had.
Wherefore they, having received each commander his
authority at the hand of their King, the day being appointed,
and the place of their rendezvous prefixed, each commander
appeared in such gallantry as became his cause and calling.
So, after new entertainment from Shaddai, with flying
colours, they set forward to march towards the famous
town of Mansoul. Captain Boanerges led the van, Captain
Conviction and Captain Judgment made up the main body,
and Captain Execution brought up the rear. They then,
having a great way to go, (for the town of Mansoul was far
off from the court of Shaddai,) marched through the regions
and countries of many people, not hurting or abusing any,
but blessing wherever they came. They also lived upon
the King's cost, in all the way they went.
Having travelled thus for many days, at last they came
within sight of Mansoul ; the which when they saw, the
captains could, for their hearts, do no less, than for a while
bewail the condition of the town ; for they quickly saw,
how that it was prostrate to the will of Diabolus, and to his
ways and designs.
Well, to be short, the captains come up before the town,
march up to Ear-gate, sit down there, (for that was the place
of hearing.) So, when they had pitched their tents and en-
trenched themselves, they addressed themselves to make
their assault.
Now the townsfolk at first, beholding so gallant a com-
pany, so bravely accoutred, and so excellently disciplined,
THE HOLY WAR. 51
having on their glittering armour, and displaying their flying
colours, could not but come out of their houses and gaze.
But the cunning fox Diabolus, fearing that the people, after
this sight, should, on a sudden summons, open the gates to
the captains, came down with all haste from the castle, and
made them retire into the body of the town ; who, when he
had them there, made this lying and deceivable speech unto
them.
" Gentlemen," quoth he, " although you are my trusty
and well beloved friends, yet I cannot but a little chide you
for your late uncircumspect action, in going out to gaze on
that great and mighty force that but yesterday sat down
before, and have now entrenched themselves, in order to the
maintaining of a siege against the famous town of Mansoul.
Do you know who they are, whence they come, and what
is their purpose in sitting down before the town of Mansoul I
They are they, of whom I have told you long ago, that they
would come to destroy this town, and against whom I have
been at the cost to arm you with a cap-a-pie for your body,
besides great fortifications for your mind. Wherefore, then,
did you not rather, even at the first appearance of them, cry
oat, fire the beacons, and give the whole town an alarm
concerning them, that we might all have been in a posture
of defence, and been ready to have received them with the
highest acts of defiance ? Then had you showed yourselves
men to my liking ; whereas, by what you have done, you
have made me half afraid — I say, half afraid — that when
they and we shall come to push a pike, I shall find you
want courage to stand it out any longer. Wherefore have
I commanded a watch, and that you should double your
guards at the gates ? Wherefore have I endeavoured to
make you as hard as iron, and your hearts as a piece of
the nether millstone ? Was it, think you, that you might
52 THE HOLY WAR.
show yourselves women, and that you might go out like a
company of innocents to gaze on your mortal foes ? Fie, fie !
put yourselves into a posture of defence, beat up the drum,
gather together in warlike manner, that our foes may know,
that before they shall conquer this corporation, there are
valiant men in the town of Mansoul.
" I will leave off now to chide, and will not further rebuke
you ; but I charge you, that henceforwards you let me see
no more such actions. Let not henceforward a man of you,
without order first obtained from me, so much as show his
head over the wall of the town of Mansoul. You have now
heard me ; do as I have commanded, and you shall cause
me, that I dwell securely with you, and that I take care, as
for myself, so for your safety and honour also. Farewell."
IN ow were the townsmen strangely altered ; they were
as men stricken with a panic fear ; they ran to and fro
through the streets of the town of Mansoul, crying out,
" Help, help ! the men that turn the world upside down are
come hither also." Nor could any of them be quiet after ;
but still, as men bereft of wit, they cried out, " The de-
stroyers of our peace and people are come." This went
down with Diabolus: " Ay," quoth he to himself, " this
I like well : now it is as I would have it : now you show
your obedience to your prince. Hold you but here, and
then let them take the town if they can."
Well, before the King's forces had sat before Mansoul
three days, Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to
go down to Ear-gate, and there, in the name of the great
Shaddai, to summon Mansoul to give audience to the message
that he, in his Master's name, was to them commanded to
deliver. So the trumpeter, whose name was Take-heed-
what-you-hear, went up, as he was commanded, to Ear-gate,
-md there sounded his trumpet for a hearing ; but there was
5
THE TB.UOT-ETER.S SUMMONS TO TOE TOWN
THE HOLY WAR. 53
none that appeared that gave answer or regard, for so had
Diabolus commanded. So the trumpeter returned to his
captain, and told him what he had done, and also how he
had sped ; whereat the captain was grieved, but bid the
trumpeter go to his tent.
Again Captain Boanerges sendeth his trumpeter to Ear-
gate, to sound as before for a hearing ; but they again kept
close, came not out, nor would they give him an answer ;
so observant were they of the command of Diabolus their
king.
Then the captains and other field-officers called a council
of war, to consider what further was to be done for the
gaining of the town of Mansoul ; and after some close and
thorough debate upon the contents of their commissions,
they concluded yet to give to the town, by the hand of the
forenamed trumpeter, another summons to hear; but if that
shall be refused, said they, and that the town shall stand it
out still, then they determined, and bid the trumpeter tell
them so, that they would endeavour, by what means they
could, to compel them by force to the obedience of their
King.
So Captain Boanerges commanded his trumpeter to go
up to Ear-gate again, and, in the name of the great King
Shaddai, to give it a very loud summons to come down
without delay to Ear-gate, there to give audience to the
King's most noble captains. So the trumpeter went, and
did as he was commanded ; he went up to Ear-gate, and
sounded his trumpet, and gave a third summons to Mansoul.
lie said, moreover, that if this they should still refuse to do,
♦he captains of his prince would with might come down
upon them, and endeavour to reduce them to obedience by
Corce.
Then stood up my Lord Willbewill, who was the gov-
5 4
54 THE HOLY WAR.
ernor of the town, (this Willbewill was that apostate of
whom mention was made before,) and the keeper of the
gates of Mansoul. He therefore, with big and ruffling
words, demanded of the trumpeter who he was, whence he
came, and what was the cause of his making so hideous a
noise at the gate, and speaking such insufferable words
against the town of Mansoul.
The trumpeter answered, "I am servant to the most
noble captain, Captain Boanerges, general of the forces of
the great King Shaddai, against whom both thyself, with
the whole town of Mansoul, have rebelled, and lift up the
heel ; and my master, the captain, hath a special message to
this town, and to thee as a member thereof; the which, if
you of Mansoul shall peacably hear, well ; and if not, you
must take what follows."
Then said the Lord Willbewill, " I will carry thy words
to my lord, and will know what he will say."
But the trumpeter soon replied, saying, " Our message is
not to the giant Diabolus, but to the miserable town of
Mansoul; nor shall we at all regard what answer by him
is made, nor yet by any for him. We are sent to this town,
to recover it from under his cruel tyranny, and to persuade
it to submit, as in former times it did, to the most excellent
King Shaddai."
Then said the Lord Willbewill, " I will do your errand
to the town."
The trumpeter then replied, " Sir, do not deceive us, lest
in so doing, you deceive yourselves much more." He
added, moreover, "For we are resolved, if hi peaceable
manner you do not submit yourselves, then to make a war
upon you, and to bring you under by force. And of the
truth of what I now say, this shall be a sign unto you, —
you shall see the black flag, with its hot, burning thunder-
THE HOLY WAR. 55
bolts, set upon the mount to-morrow, as a token of defiance
against your prince, and of our resolutions to reduce you to
your Lord and rightful King."
So the said Lord Willbewiil returned from off the wall,
and the trumpeter came into the camp. When the trum-
peter was come into the camp, the captains and officers of
the mighty King Shaddai came together, to know if he had
obtained a hearing, and what was the effect of his errand.
So the trumpeter told, saying, " When I had sounded my
trumpet, and had called aloud to the town for hearing, my
Lord Willbewiil, the governor of the town, and he that hath
charge of the gates, came up when he heard me sound, and,
looking over the wall, he asked me what I was, whence I
came, and what was the cause of my making this noise.
So I told him my errand, and by whose authority I brought
it. ' Then,' said he, ' I will tell it to the governor and to
Mansoul ;' and then I returned to my lords."
Then said the brave Boanerges, " Let us yet for a while
,ie still in our trenches, and see what these rebels will do."
Now, when the time drew nigh that audience by Mansoul,
must be given to the brave Boanerges and his companions,
it was commanded that all the men of war, throughout the
whole camp of Shaddai, should as one man stand to their
arms, and make themselves ready, if the town of Mansoul
shall hear, to receive it forthwith to mercy ; but if not, to
force a subjection. So the day being come, the trumpeters
sounded, and that throughout the whole camp, that the men
of war might be in readiness for that which then should be
the work of the day. But when they that were in the town
of Mansoul heard the sound of the trumpets throughout the
camp of Shaddai, and thinking no other but that it must be
in order to storm the corporation, they at first were put to
great consternation of spirit ; but after they a little were
50 THE HOLY WAR.
settled again, they also made what preparation they could
for a war, if they did storm ; else, to secure themselves.
Well, when the utmost time was come, Boanerges was
resolved to hear their answer; wherefore he sent out his
trumpeter again to summons Mansoul to a hearing of the
message that they had brought from Shaddai. So he went
and sounded, and the townsmen came up, but made Ear-
gate as sure as they could. Now, when they were come
up to the top of the wall, Captain Boanerges desired to see
the Lord Mayor ; but my Lord Incredulity was then Lord
Mayor, for he came in the room of my Lord Lustings. So
Incredulity came up and showed himself over the wall ; but
when the Captain Boanerges had set his eyes upon him, lie
cried out aloud, " This is not he : where is my Lord Un-
derstanding, the ancient Lord Mayor of the town of Mansoul?
for to him I would deliver my message."
Then said the giant (for Diabolus was also come down)
to the captain, " Mr. Captain, you have by your boldness
given to Mansoul at least four summonses to subject herself
to your King, by whose authority I know not, nor will I
dispute that now. I ask, therefore, what is the reason of
all this ado, or what would you be at, if you knew your-
selves ?"
Then Captain Boanerges, whose were the black colours,
and whose scutcheon was the three burning thunderbolts,
taking no notice of the giant, or of his speech, thus addressed
himself to the town of Mansoul : " Be it known unto you,
O unhappy and rebellious Mansoul, that the most gracious
King, the great King Shaddai, my Master, hath sent me
unto you with commission" (and so he showed to the town
nis broad seal) " to reduce you to his obedience : and he
hath commanded me, in case you yield upon my summons,
to carry it to you, as if you were my friends or brethren ;
THE HOLY WAR. 57
but he also hath bid, that if, after summons to submit, you
still stand out and rebel, we should endeavour to take you
by force."
Then stood forth Captain Conviction, and said, (his were
the pale colours, and for a scutcheon he had the book of
the law wide open, etc.): " Hear, Mansoul ! Thou, O
Mansoul, was once famous for innocency, but now thou art
degenerated into lies and deceit. Thou hast heard what my
brother, the Captain Boanerges, hath said : and it is your
wisdom, and will be your happiness, to stoop to, and accept
of conditions of peace and mercy when offered, specially
when offered by one against whom thou hast rebelled, and
one who is of power to tear thee in pieces, for so is Shaddai,
our King; nor, when he is angry, can anything stand before
him. If you say you have not sinned, or acted rebellion
against our King, the whole of your doings, since the day
that you cast off his service, (and there was the beginning
of your sin,) will sufficiently testify against you. What
else means your hearkening to the tyrant, and your receiving
him for your king? .What means else your rejecting of the
laws of Shaddai, and your obeying of Diabolus ? Yea, what
means this your taking up arms against, and the shutting of
your gates upon us, the faithful servants of your King ? Be
ruled, then, and accept of my brother's invitation, and over-
stand not the time of mercy, but agree with thine adversary
quickly. Ah, Mansoul, suffer not thystlf to be kept from
mercy, and to be run into a thousand miseries, by the
nattering wiles of Diabolus. Perhaps that piece of deceit
may attempt to make you believe that we seek our own
profit in this our service ; but know it is obedience to our
King, and love to your happiness, that is the cause of this
undertaking of ours.
" Again I say to thee, O Mansoul, consider if it bo not
58 THE HOLY WAR.
amazing grace, that Shaddai should so humble himself as
he doth : now he, by us, reasons with you, in a way of
entreaty and sweet persuasions, that you would subject
yourselves to him. Has he that need of you, that we are
sure you have of him ? No, no ; but he is merciful, and
will not that Mansoul should die, but turn to him and live."
Then stood forth Captain Judgment, whose were the red
colours, and for a scutcheon he had the burning fiery furnace,
and he said, " O ye, the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul,
that have lived so long in rebellion and acts of treason against
the King Shaddai, know that we come not to-day to this
place, in this manner, with our message of our own minds,
or to revenge our own quarrel ; it is the King, my Master,
that hath sent us to reduce you to your obedience to him ; the
which if you refuse in a peaceable way to yield, we have
commission to compel you thereto. And never think of
yourselves, nor yet suffer the tyrant Diabolus to persuade
you to think, that our King, by his power, is not able to
bring you down, and to lay you under his feet ; for he is
the former of all things, and if he touches the mountains,
.hey smoke. Nor will the gate of the King's clemency
stand always open ; for the day that shall burn like an oven
is before him ; yea, it hasteth greatly, it slumbereth not.
" O Mansoul, is it little in thine eyes that our King doth
offer thee mercy, and that after so many provocations ?
Yea, he still holdeth out his golden sceptre to thee, and
will not yet suffer his gate to be shut against thee : wilt
thou provoke him to do it ? If so, consider of what I say :
to thee it is opened no more for ever. If thou sayest thou
shalt not see him, yet judgment is before him ; therefore
trust thou in him. Yea, because there is wrath, beware
lest he take thee away with his stroke ; then a great ransom
cannot deliver thee. Will he esteem thy riches? No, not
THE HOLY WAR. 59
gold, nor all the forces of strength. He hath prepared his
throne for judgment, for he will come with fire, and with his
chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger with fury and
his rebukes with flames of fire. Therefore, O Mansoul,
take heed, lest, after thou hast fulfilled the judgment of the
wicked, justice and judgment should take hold of thee."
Now, while the Captain Judgment was making this oration
to the town of Mansoul, it was observed by some that Dia-
bolus trembled ; but he proceeded in his parable and said,
" O thou woful town of Mansoul, wilt thou not yet set open
thy gate to receive us, the deputies of thy King, and those
that would rejoice to see thee five ? Can thine heart endure,
or can thy hands be strong in the day that he shall deal in
judgment with thee ? I say, canst thou endure to be forced
to drink, as one would drink sweet wine, the sea of wrath
that our King has prepared for Diabolus and his angels ?
Consider, betimes, consider."
Then stood forth, the fourth captain, the noble Captain
Execution, and said, " O town of Mansoul, once famous, but
now like the fruitless bough, once the delight of the high
ones, but now a den for Diabolus, hearken also to me, and
to the words that I shall speak to thee in the name of the
great Shaddai. Behold, the axe is laid to the root of the
trees : every tree, therefore, that bringeth not forth good
fruit, is hewn down and cast into the fire.
" Thou, O town of Mansoul, hast hitherto been this fruit-
less tree ; thou bearest nought but thorns and briers. Thy
evil fruit bespeaks thee not to be a good tree ; thy grapes
are grapes of gall, thy clusters are bitter. Thou hast rebelled
against thy King ; and, lo ! Ave, the power and force of
Shaddai, are the axe that is laid to thy roots. What sayest
tliou ? Wilt thou turn ? I say again, tell me, before the first
blow is given, wilt thou turn ? Our axe must first be laid to
60 THE HOLY WAR.
thy root before it be laid at thy root : it must first be laid to
thy root in a way of threatening, before it is laid at thy root
by way of execution ; and between these two is required
thy repentance, and this is all the time that thou hast. What
wilt thou do ? Wilt thou turn, or shall I smite ? If I fetch
my blow, Mansoul, down you go ; for I have commission
to lay my axe at, as well as to thy roots, nor will any thing
but yielding to our King prevent doing of execution. What
art thou fit for, O Mansoul, if mercy preventeth not, but to
be hewn down, and cast into the fire and burned ?
" O Mansoul, patience and forbearance do not act for
ever : a year, or two, or three, they may ; but if thou pro-
voke by a three years' rebellion, (and thou hast already done
more than this,) then what follows but, " Cut it down ?"
nay, " After that, thou shalt cut it down." And dost thou
think that these are but threatening, or that our Kin£ has
not power to execute his words ? Mansoul, thou will find
that in the words of our King, when they are by sinners
made little or light of, there is not only threatening, but
burnino* coals of fire.
" Thou hast been a cumber-ground long already, and wilt
thou continue so still ? Thy sin has brought this army to
thy walls, and shall it bring it in judgment to do execution
into thy town ? Thou hast heard what the captains have
said, but as yet thou shuttest thy gates. Speak out, Man-
soul ; wilt thou do so still, or wilt thou accept of conditions
of peace ?"
These brave speeches of these four noble captains, the
town of Mansoul refused to hear ; yet a sound thereof did
beat against Ear-gate, though the force thereof could not
break it open. In fine, the town desired a time to prepare
their answer to these demands. The captains then told
them, that if they would throw out to them one Ill-Pause,
THE HOLY WAR. 61
that was in the town, that they might reward him according
to his works, then they would give them time to consider ;
but, if they would not cast him to them over the wall of
Mansoul, then they would give them none ; " for," said
they, " we know that, so long as Ill-Pause draws breath
in Mansoul, all good consideration will be confounded, and
nothing but mischief will come thereon."
Then Diabolus, who was there present, being loth to lose
his Ill-Pause, because he was his orator, (and yet be sure
he had, could the captains have laid their ringers on him,)
was resolved at this instant to give them answer by himself ;
but then changing his mind, he commanded the then Lord
Mayor, the Lord Incredulity, to do it, saying, " My lord, do
you give these runagates an answer, and speak out, that
Mansoul may hear and understand you."
So Incredulity, at Diabolus' command, began and said,
" Gentlemen, you have here, as we do behold, to the dis-
turbance of our prince and the molestation of the town of
Mansoul, campsd against it : but from whence you come,
we will not know ; and what you are, we will not believe.
Indeed, you tell us, in your terrible speech, that you have
this authority from Shaddai ; but by what right he commands
you to do it, of that we shah yet be ignorant.
" You have also, by the authority aforesaid, summoned
this town to desert her lord, and, for protection, to yield up
herself to the great Shaddai, your King ; flatteringly telling
her, that if she will do it, he will pass by and not charge
her with her past offences.
" Further, you have also, to the terror of the town of
Mansoul, threatened with great and sore destructions to
punish this corporation, if she consents not to do as your
wills would have her.
6
62 THE HOLY WAR.
" Now, captains, from whence soever you come, and
though your designs be ever so right, yet know ye that
neither my Lord Diabolus, nor I, his servant Incredulity,
nor yet our brave Mansoul, doth regard either your persons,
message, or the King that you say hath sent you. His
power, his greatness, his vengeance we fear not; nor will
we yield at all to your summons.
" As for the war that you threaten to make upon us, we
must therein defend ourselves as well as we can ; and know
ye, that we are not without wherewithal to bid defiance to
you ; and, in short, (for I will not be tedious,) I tell you,
that we take you to be some vagabond runagate crew, that
having shaken off all obedience to your king, have gotten
together in tumultuous manner, and are ranging from place
to place, to see if, through the flatteries you are skilled to
make on the one side, and threats wherewith you think to
fright on the other, to make some silly town, city, or coun-
try, desert their place, and leave it to you ; but Mansoul is
none of them.
" To conclude : we dread you not, we fear you not, nor
will we obey your summons. Our gates we keep sbut
upon you, our place we will keep you out of. Nor will
we long thus suffer you to sit down before us : our people
must live in quiet: your appearance dcth disturb them.
Wherefore arise with bag and baggage, end begone, or we
will let fly from the walls against you."
This oration, made by old Incredulity, was seconded by
desperate Willbewill, in words to this effect: — " Gentlemen,
we have heard your demands, and the noise of your threats,
and have heard the sound of your summons ; but we fear
not your force, we regard not your threats, but will still
abide as you found us. And we command you, that in
THE HOLY WAR. 63
three days' time you cease to appear in these parts, or you
shall know what it is once to dare offer to rouse the lion
Diabolus when asleep in his town of Mansoul."
The Recorder, whose name was Forget-good, he also
added as followeth : — " Gentlemen, my lords, as you see,
have with mild and gentle words answered your rough and
angry speeches ; they have moreover, in my hearing, given
you leave quietly to depart as you came : wherefore, take
their kindness and be gone. We might have come out with
force upon you, and have caused you to feel the dint of our
swords ; but as we love ease and quiet ourselves, so we love
not to hurt or molest others."
Then did the town of Mansoul shout for joy, as if by
Diabolus and his crew some great advantage had been gotten
of the captains. They also rang the bells, and made merry,
and danced upon the walls.
Diabolus also returned to the castle, and the Lord Mayor
and Recorder to their place ; but the Lord Willbewill took
special care that the gates should be secured with double
guards, double bolts, and double locks and bars ; and that
Ear-gate especially might the better be looked to, for that
was the gate in at which the King's forces sought most to
enter, the Lord Willbewill made one old Mr. Prejudice,
an angry and ill-conditioned fellow, captain of the ward at
that gate, and put under his power sixty men, called deaf
men ; men advantageous for that service, forasmuch as they
mattered no words of the captains, nor of the soldiers.
Now when the captains saw the answer of the great ones,
and that they could not get a hearing from the old natives
of the town, and that Mansoul was resolved to give the
King's army battle, they prepared themselves to receive
them, and to try it out by the power of the arm. And, first,
they made their force more formidable against Ear-gate; for
G4 THE HOLY WAR.
they knew that, unless they could penetrate that, no good
could be done upon the town. This done, they put the res 4
of their men in their places ; after which, they gave out the
word, which was, " Ye must be born again." Then they
sounded the trumpet ; then they in the town made them
answer, with shout against shout, charge against charge, and
so the battle began. Now they in the town had planted upon
the tower over Ear-gate two great guns, the one called High-
mind, and the other Heady. Unto these two guns they
trusted much: they were cast in the castle by Diabolus'
founder, whose name was Mr. Puff-up, and mischievous
pieces they were. But so vigilant and watchful, when the
captains saw them, were they, that though sometimes their
shot would go by their ears with a whiz, yet they did them
no harm. By these two guns the townsfolk made no ques-
tion but greatly to annoy the camp of Shaddai, and well
enough to secure the gate ; but they had not much cause to
boast of what execution they did, as by what follows will be
gathered.
The famous Mansoul had also some other small pieces in
it, of the which they made use against the camp of Shaddai.
They from the camp also did as stoutly, and with as much
of that as may in truth be called valour, let fly as fast at the
town and at Ear-gate ; for they saw that, unless they could
break open Ear-gate, it would be but in vain to batter the wall.
Now the King's captains had brought with them several
slings, and two or three battering-rams ; with their slings,
therefore, they battered the houses and people of the town,
and with their rams they sought to break Ear-gate open.
The camp and the town had several skirmishes and brisk
encounters, while the captains with their engines made many
brave attempts to break open or beat down the tower that
was over Ear-gate, and at the said gate to make their entrance ;
THE HOLY WAR. 65
but Mansoul stood it out so lustily, through the rage of
Diabolus, the valour of the Lord Willbewill, and the conduct
of old Incredulity, the Mayor, and Mr. Forget-Good, the
Recorder, that the charge and expense of that summer's
wars, on the King's side, seemed to be almost quite lost, and
the advantage to return to Mansoul. But when the captains
saw how it was, they made a fair retreat, and entrenched
themselves in their winter quarters. Now in this war, you
must needs think there was much loss on both sides, of which
be pleased to accept of this brief account folio whig.
The King's captains, when they marched from the court
to come up against Mansoul to war, as they came crossing
over the country, they happened to light upon three young
fellows that had a mind to go for soldiers : proper men they
were, and men of courage and skill, to appearance. Their
names were Mr. Tradition, Mr. Human-Wisdom, and Mr.
Man's-Invention. So they came up to the captains and
proffered their services to Shaddai. The captains then told
them of their design, and bid them not to be rash in their
offers ; but the young men told them they had considered
the thing before, and that hearing they were upon their
march for such a design, came hither on purpose to meet
them, that they might be listed under their excellencies.
Then Captain Boanerges, for that they were men of courage,
listed them into his company, and so away they went to the
war.
Now, when the war was begun, in one of the briskest
skirmishes, so it was, that a company of the Lord Willbe-
will's men sallied out at the sally port or postern of the
town, and fell in upon the rear of Captain Boanerges' men,
where these three ellows happened to be ; so they took
them prisoners, and away they carried them into the town,
where they had not lain long in durance, but it began to be
(i
(' "i THE HOLY WAR.
noised about the streets of the town what three notable pri-
soners the Lord Willbewill's men had taken, and brought in
prisoners out of the camp of Shaddai. At length tidings
thereof were carried to Diabolus to the castle, to wit, what
my Lord Willbewill's men had done, and whom they had
taken prisoners.
Then Diabolus called for Willbewill, to know the certainty
of this matter. So he asked him, and he told him. Then
did the giant send for the prisoners, and, when they were
come, demanded of them who they were, whence they
came, and what they did in the camp of Shaddai ; and they
told him. Then he sent them to ward again. Not many
days after, he sent for them to him again, and then asked
them if they would be willing to serve him against their
r ormer captains. They then told him that they did not so
.nuch live by religion as by the fates of fortune ; and that
since his lordship was willing to entertain them, they should
be willing to serve him. Now while things were thus in
hand, there was one Captain Anything, a great doer, in the
town of Mansoul ; and to this Captain Anything did Diabolus
send these men, with a note under his hand, to receive them
into his company ; the contents of which letter were thus :
" Anything, my darling, — The three men that are the
bearers of this letter have a desire to serve me in the war :
nor know I better to whose conduct to commit them than to
thine. Receive them, therefore, in my name, and, as need
shall require, make use of them against Shaddai and his men.
Farewell."
So they came, and he received them ; and he made two
of them Serjeants ; but he made Mr. Man's-Invention his
armour-bearer. But thus much for this, and now to return
to the camp.
They of the camp did also some execution upon the town ;
THE HOLY WAR. 67
for they did beat down the roof of the Lord Mayor's house,
and so laid him more open than he was before. They had
almost, with a sling, slain my Lord Willbewill outright ; but
he made a shift to recover again. But they made a notable
slaughter among the aldermen, for with one only shot they
cut off six of them ; to wit, Mr. Swearing, Mr. Lewd,
Mr. Fury, Mr. Stand-to-Lies, Mr. Drunkenness, and Mr.
Cheating.
They also dismounted the two guns that stood upon the
tower over Ear-gate, and laid them flat in the dirt. I told
you before that the King's noble captains had drawn off to
their winter quarters, and had there entrenched themselves
and their carriages, so as with the best advantage to their
King, and the greatest annoyance to the enemy, they might
give seasonable and warm alarms to the town of Mansoul.
And this design of them did so hit, that I may say they did
almost what they would to the molestation of the corporation.
For now could not Mansoul sleep securely as before, nor
could they now go to their debaucheries with that quietness
as in times past ; for they had from the camp of Shaddai
such frequent, warm, and terrifying alarms, yea, alarms upon
alarms, first at one gate and then at another, and again at all
the gates at once, that they were broken as to former peace.
Yea, they had their alarms so frequently, and that when the
nights were at longest, the weather coldest, and so conse-
quendy the season most unseasonable, that that winter was
to the town of Mansoul a winter by itself. Sometimes the
trumpets would sound, and sometimes the slings would whirl
the stones into the town. Sometimes ten thousand of the
King's soldiers would be running round the walls of Mansoul
at midnight, shouting and lifting up the voice for the battle.
Sometimes, again, some of them in the town would be
08 THE HOLY MAR.
wounded, and their cry and lamentable voice would be
heard, to the great molestation of the now languishing town
of Mansoul. Yea, so distressed with tbose that laid siege
against them were they, that I dare say, Diabolus, their king,
had in these days his rest much broken.
In these days, as I was informed, new thoughts, and
thoughts that began to run counter one to another, began to
possess the minds of the men of the town of Mansoul. Some
would say, " There is no living thus." Others would then
reply, " This will be over shortly." Then would a third
stand up and answer, " Let us turn to the King Shaddai,
and so put an end to these troubles." And a fourth would
come in with fear, saying, " I doubt he will not. receive us."
The old gentleman too, the Recorder, that was so before
Diabolus took Mansoul, he also began to talk aloud, and his
words were now to the town of Mansoul as if thev were
great claps of thunder. No noise now so terrible to Mansoul
as was his, with the noise of the soldiers and shoutings of
the captains.
Also things began to grow scarce in Mansoul ; now the
things that her soul lusted after were departing from her.
Upon all her pleasant things there was a blast, and burning
instead of beauty. Wrinkles now, and some shows of the
shadow of death, were upon the inhabitants of Mansoul.
And now, O how glad would Mansoul have been to have
enjoyed quietness and satisfaction of mind, though joined
with the meanest condition of the world !
The captains also, in the deep of this winter, did send by
the mouth of Boanerges' trumpeter a summons to Mansoul
to yield up herself to the King, the great King Shaddai.
They sent it once, and twice, and thrice ; not knowing but
that at some times there might be in Mansoul some willing-
THE HOLY WAR. 69
ness to surrender up themselves unto them, might they have
but the colour of an invitation to do it under. Yea, so far as
I could gather, the town had been surrendered up to them
before now, had it not been for the opposition cf old Incre-
dulity, and the fickleness of the thoughts of my Lord Will-
bewill. Diabolus also began to rave ; wherefore Mansoul,
as to yielding, was not yet all of one mind ; therefore they
still lay distressed under these perplexing fears.
I told you but now that they of the King's army had this
winter sent three times to Mansoul to submit herself.
The first time the trumpeter went, he went with words
of peace, telling them that the captains, the noble captains
of Shaddai, did pity and bewail the misery of the now
perishing town of Mansoul, and were troubled to see them
so much to stand in the way of their own deliverance. He
said moreover, that the captains bid him tell them, that if
now poor Mansoul would humble herself and turn, her
former rebellious and most notorious treasons should, by
their merciful King, be forgiven them, yea, and forgotten
too. And having bid them beware that they stood not in
their own way, that they opposed not themselves, nor made
themselves their own losers, he returned again into the camp.
The second time the trumpeter went, he did treat them a
little more roughly ; for after sound of trumpet, he told them,
that their continuing in their rebellion did but chafe and heat
the spirit of the captains, and that they were resolved to
make a conquest of Mansoul, or to lay their bones before
the town walls.
He went again the third time, and dealt with them yet
more roughly ; telling the:n, that now, since they had been
so horribly profane, he did not know, not certainly know,
whether the captains were inclining to mercy or judgment.
" Only," said he, " they commanded me to give you a sum-
70 THE HOLY WAR.
mons to open the gates unto them." So he returned, and
went into the camp.
These three summonses, and especially the last two, did
so distress the town, that they presently call a consultation,
the result of which was this, — That my Lord Willbewill
should go up to Ear-gate, and there, with sound of trumpet,
call to the captains of the camp for a parley. Well, the
Lord Willbewill sounded upon the wall , so the captains
came up in their harness, with their ten thousands at their
feet. The townsmen then told the captains that they had.
heard and considered their summons, and would come to an
agreement with them, and with their King Shaddai, upon
such certain terms, articles, and propositions as, with and by
the order of their prince, they to them were appointed to
propound ; to wit, they would agree upon these grounds to
be one people with them.
1. If that those of their own company, as the now Lord
Mayor and their Mr. Forget-Good, with their brave Lord
Willbewill, might under Shaddai, be still the governors of
the town, castle, and gates of Mansoul.
2. Provided that no man that now serveth under their
great giant Diabolus be by Shaddai cast out of house, harbour,
or the freedom that he hath hitherto enjoyed in the famous
town of Mansoul.
3. That it shall be granted them, that they of the town
of Mansoul shall enjoy certain of their rights and privileges ;
to wit, such as have formerly been granted them, and that
they have long lived in the enjoyment of, under the reign
of their king Diabolus, that now is, and long has been their
only lord and great defender.
4. That no new law, officer, or executioner of law or
office, shall have any power over them, without their own
choice and consent.
THE HOLY WAR. 71
** These be our propositions, or conditions of peace ; and
upon these terms," said they, " we will submit to your
King."
But when the captains had heard this weak and feeble
offer of the town of Mansoul, and their high and bold
demands, they made to them again, by their noble captain,
the captain Boanerges, this speech following :
" O ye inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, when I heard
your/trumpet sound for a parley with us, I can truly say I
was glad ; but when you said you were willing to submit
yourselves to our King and Lord, then I was yet more glad ;
but when, by your silly provisos and foolish cavils, you laid
the stumbling-block of your iniquity before your own faces,
then was my gladness turned into sorrows, and my hopeful
beginning of your return into languishing fainting fears.
" I count that old Ill-pause, the ancient enemy of Man-
soul, did draw up those proposals that now you present us
with as terms of an agreement ; but they deserve not to be
admitted to sound in the ear of any man that pretends to
have service for Shaddai. We do therefore jointly, and
that with the highest disdain, refuse and reject such things,
as the greatest of iniquities.
" But, O Mansoul, if you will give yourselves into our
hands, or rather into the hands of our King, and will trust
him to make such terms with and for you as shall seem
good in his eyes, (and I dare say they shall be such as you
shall find to be most profitable to you,) then we will receive
you, and be at peace with you; but if you like not to trust
yourselves in the arms of Shaddai our King, then things
are but where they were before, and we know also what
we have to do."
Then cried out old Incredulity, the Lord Mayor, and said,
'•' And who, being out of the bauds of their enemies, as ye
72 THE HOLY WAR.
see we are now, will be so foolish as to put the staff out
of their own hands into the hands of they know not who ?
I, for my part, will neve-r yield to so unlimited a proposi-
tion. Do we know the manner and temper of their King ?
It is said by some that he will be angry with his subjects
if but the breadth of an hair they chance to step out of the
way ; and by others, that he requireth of them much more
than they can perform. Wherefore, it seems, O Mansoul,
to be thy wisdom to take good heed what thou dost in this
matter ; for if you once yield, you give up yourselves to
another, and so you are no more your own. Wherefore,
to give up yourselves to an unlimited power, is the greatest
folly in the world ; for now you indeed may repent* but
can never justly complain. But do you indeed know,
when you are his, which of you he will kill, and which of
you he will save alive ; or whether he will not cut off
every one of us, and send out of his own country another
new people, and cause them to inhabit this town ?"
This speech of the Lord Mayor undid all, and threw flat
to the ground their hopes of an accord. Wherefore the
captains returned to their trenches, to their tents, and to
their men, as they were ; and the Mayor to the castle and
to his Kinff.
Now Diabolus had Avaited for his return, for he had
heard that they had been at their points. So, when he
was come into the chamber of state, Diabolus saluted him
with — " Welcome, my lord. How went matters betwixt
you to-day ?" So the Lord Incredulity, with a low congee,
told him the whole of the matter, saying, " Thus and thus
said the captains of Shaddai, and thus and thus said I."
The which when it was told to Diabolus, he was very glad
to hear it, and said, " My Lord Mayor, my faithful Incredu-
lity, I have proved thy fidelity above ton times already, but
THE HOLY WAR. 73
never yet found thee false. I do promise thee , if we rub
over this brunt, to prefer thee to a place of honour, a place
far better than to be Lord Mayor of Mansoul. I will make
thee my universal deputy, and thou shalt, next to me, have
all nations under thy hand ; yea, and thou shalt lay bands
upon them, that they may not resist thee ; nor shall any of
our vassals walk more at liberty, but those that shall be
content to walk in thy fetters."
Now came the Lord Mayor out from Diabolus, as if he
had obtained a favour indeed. Wherefore to his habitation
he goes in great state, and thinks to feed himself well
enough with hopes, until the time came that his greatness
should be enlarged.
But now, though the Lord Mayor and Diabolus did thus
well agree, yet this repulse to the brave captains put Man-
soul into a mutiny. For while old Incredulity went into
the castle to congratulate his lord with what had passed,
the old Lord Mayor, that was so before Diabolus came to
the town, to wit, my Lord Understanding, and the old
Recorder, Mr. Conscience, getting intelligence of what had
passed at Ear-gate, (for you must know that they might
not be suffered to be at that debate, lest they should then
have mutinied for the captains ; but, I say, they got intelli-
gence of what had passed there, and were much concerned
therewith,) wherefore they, getting some of the town
together, began to possess them with the reasonableness of
the noble captain's demands, and with the bad consequences
that would follow upon the speech of old Incredulity, the
Lord Mayor ; to wit, how little reverence he showed therein
either to the captains or to their King; also how he impli-
citly charged them with unfaithfulness and treachery. " For
what less," quoth they, " could be made of his words,
when he said he would not yield to their proposition, and
74 THE HOLY WAR.
added, moreover, a supposition that he would destroy us,
when before he had sent us word that he would show us
mercy?" The multitude, being now possessed with the
conviction of the evil that old Incredulity had done, began
to run together by companies in all places, and in every
corner of the streets of Mansoul ; and first they began to
mutter, then to talk openly, and after that they run to and
'fro, and cried as they run, " Oh the brave captains of
Shaddai ! would we were under the government of the
captains, and of Shaddai their King !" When the Lord
Mayor had intelligence that Mansoul was in an uproar,
down he comes to appease the people, and thought to have
quashed their heat with the bigness and the show of his
countenance ; but when they saw him, they came running
upon him, and had doubtless done him a mischief, had he
not betaken himself to house. However, they strongly
assaulted the house where he was, to have pulled it down
about his ears ; but the place was too strong, so they failed
of that. So he, taking some courage, addressed himself,
out at a window, to the people in this manner :
" Gentlemen, what is the reason that there is here such
an uproar to-day ?"
Then answered my Lord Understanding, " It is even
because that thou and thy master have carried it not rightly,
and as you should, to the captains of Shaddai ; for in three
tilings you are faulty. First, in that you would not let Mr.
Conscience and myself be at the hearing of your discourse.
Secondly, in that you propounded such terms of peace to
the captains that by no means could be granted, unless they
had intended that their Shaddai should have been only a
titular prince, and that Mansoul should still have had power
by law to have lived in all lewdness and vanity before him,
and so by consequence Diabolus should still here be king
THE HOLY WAR. 75
in power, and the other only king in name. Thirdly, for
that thou didst thyself, after the captains had showed us
upon what conditions they would have received us to mercy,
even undo all again with thy unsavoury, unseasonable, and
ungodly speech."
When old Incredulity had heard this speech, he cried out,
" Treason ! treason ! To your arms ! to your arms ! ye,
the trusty friends of Diabolus in Mansoul !"
Unci. — " Sir, you may put upon my words what meaning
you please ; but I am sure that the captains of such an high
lord as theirs is, deserved a better treatment at your hands."
Then said old Incredulity, " This is but little better. But,
sir," quoth he, " what I spake I spake for my prince, for
his government, and the quieting of the people, whom by
your unlawful actions you have this day set to mutiny
against us."
Then replied the old Recorder, whose name was Mr.
Conscience, and said, " Sir, you ought not thus to retort
upon what my Lord Understanding hath said. It is evident
enough that he hath spoken the truth, and that you are an
enemy to Mansoul. Be convinced, then, of the evil of your
saucy and malapert language, and of the grief that you have
put the captains to ; yea, and of the damages that you have
done to Mansoul thereby. Had you accepted of the condi-
tions, the sound of the trumpet and the alarm of war had
now ceased about the town of Mansoul ; but that dreadful
sound abides, and your want of wisdom in your speech has
been the cause of it."
Then said old Incredulity, " Sir, if I live, I will do your
errand to Diabolus, and there you shall have an answer to
your words. Meanwhile Ave will seek the good of the town,
and not ask counsel of you."
Und. — " Sir, your prince and you are botli foreigners to
76 THE HOLY WAR.
Mansoul, and not the natives thereof; and who can tell bat
that, when you have brought us into greater straits, (when
vou also shall see that yourselves can be safe by no other
means than by flight,) you may leave us and shift for your-
selves, or set us on fire, and go away in the smoke, or by
the light of our burning, and so leave us in our ruins?"
Incred. — " Sir, you forget that you are under a governor,
and that you ought to demean yourself like a subject ; and
know ye, when my lord the king shall hear of this day's
work, he will give you but little thanks for your labour."
Now while these gentlemen were thus in their chiding
words, down came from the walls and gates of the town the
IiOrd Willbewill, Mr. Prejudice, old Ill-Pause, and several
of the new-made aldermen and burgesses, and they asked
the reason of the hubbub and tumult ; and with that every
man began to tell his own tale, so that nothing could be
heard distinctly. Then was a silence commanded, and the
old fox Incredulity began to speak. " My lord," quoth he,
" here are a couple of peevish gentlemen, that have, as the
fruit of their bad dispositions, and, as I fear, through the
advice of one Mr. Discontent, tumultuously gathered this
company against me this day, and also attempted to run the
town into acts of rebellion against our prince."
Then stood up all the Diabolonians that were present,
and affirmed these things to be true.
Now when they that took part with my Lord Under-
standing and with Mr. Conscience perceived that they were
like to come to the worst, for that force and power was
on the other side, they came in for their help and relief; so
a great company was on both sides. Then they on Incre-
dulity's side would have had the two old gentlemen pre-
sently away to prison ; but they on the other side said they
should not. Then they began to cry up parties again-.
THE HOLY WAR. 77
the Diabolonians cried up old Incredulity, Forget-Good, the
new aldermen, and their great one Diabolus ; and the other
party, they as fast cried up Shaddai, the captains, his laws,
their mercifulness, and applauded their conditions and ways.
Thus the bickerment went awhile ; at last they passed
from words to blows, and now there were knocks on both
sides. The good old gentleman, Mr. Conscience, was
knocked down twice by one of the Diabolonians, whose
name was Mr. Benumbing ; and my Lord Understanding
had like to have been slain with an arquebus, but that he
that shot did not take his aim aright. Nor did the other
side wholly escape ; for there was one Mr. Rashhead, a
Diabolonian, that had his brains beaten out by Mr. Mind,
the Lord Willbewill's servant; and it made me laugh to see
how old Mr. Prejudice was kicked and tumbled about in the
dirt ; for though, a while since, he was made captain of a
company of the Diabolonians, to the hurt and damage of the
town, yet now they had got him under their feet, and, I'll
assure you, he had, by some of the Lord Understanding's
party, his crown cracked to boot. Mr. Anything also, he
became a brisk man in the broil ; but both sides were against
him, because he was true to none. Yet he had, for his
malapertness, one of his legs broken, and he that did it
wished it had been his neck. Much more harm was done
on both sides, but this must not be forgotten ; it was now
a wonder to see my Lord Willbewill so indifferent as he
was ; he did not seem to take one side more than another,
only it was perceived that he smiled to see how old Preju-
dice was tumbled up and down in the dirt. Also, when
Captain Anything came halting up before him, he seemed
to take but little notice of him.
Now, when the uproar was over, Diabolus sends for my
Lord Understanding and Mr. Conscience, and claps them
7*
78 THE HOLY AVAR.
both up in prison as the ringleaders and managers of this
most heavy, riotous rout in Mansoul. So now the town
began to be quiet again, and the prisoners were used hardly ;
yea, he thought to have made them away, but that the present
juncture did not serve for that purpose, for that war was in
all their gates.
But let us return again to our story. The captains, when
they were gone back from the gate, and were come into the
camp again, called a council of war, to consult what was
further for them to do. Now, some said, " Let us go up pre-
sently, and fall upon the town ;" but the greatest part thought
rather better it would be to give them another summons to
yield ; and the reason why they thought this to be the best
was, because that, so far as could be perceived, the town of
Mansoul now was more inclinable than heretofore. " And
if," said they, while some of them are in a way of inclina-
tion, we should by ruggedness give them distaste, we may
set them farther from closing with our summons than we
would be willing they should."
Wherefore to this advice they agreed, and called a trum-
peter, put words into his mouth, set him his time, and bid
him God speed. Well, many hours were not expired
before the trumpeter addressed himself to his journey.
Wherefore, coming up to the wall of the town, he steereth
his course to Ear-gate, and there sounded, as he was com-
manded. They then that were within came out to see what
was the matter, and the trumpeter made them this speech
following :
" O hard-hearted and deplorable town of Mansoul, how
long wilt thou love thy sinful, sinful simplicity ? and, ye
fools, delight in your scorning ? As yet despise you the
offers of peace and deliverance ? As yet will ye refuse the
golden offers of Shaddai, and trust to the lies and falsehoods
THE HOLY WAR. 79
of Diabolus ? Think you, when Shacldai shall have con-
quered you, that the remembrance of these your carriages
towards him will yield you peace and comfort, or that, by
ruffling language, you can make him afraid as a grasshopper ?
Doth he entreat you for fear of you ? Do you think that
you are stronger than he ? Look to the heavens, and be-
hold and consider the stars, how high are they. Can you
stop the sun from running his course, and hinder the moon
from giving her light ? Can you count the number of the
stars, or stay the bottles of heaven ? Can you call for the
waters of the sea, and cause them to cover the face of the
ground ? Can you behold every one that is proud, and
abase him, and bind their faces in secret ? Yet these are
some of the works of our King, in whose name this day we
come up unto you, that you may be brought under his au-
thority. In his name, therefore, I summon you again to
yield up yourselves to his captains."
At this summons the Mansoulians seemed to be at hand,
and knew not what answer to make. Wherefore Diabolus
forthwith appeared, and took upon him to do it himself;
and thus he begins/but turns his speech to them of Mansoul.
" Gentlemen," quoth he, " and my faithful subjects, if it
is true what this summoner hath said concerning the great-
ness of their King, by his terror you will always be kept in
bondage, and so be made to sneak. Yea, how can you now,
though he is at a distance, endure to think of such a mighty
one ? And if not to think of him while at a distance, how
can you endure to be in his presence ? I, your prince, am
familiar with you, and you may play with me as you would
with a grasshopper. Consider, therefore, what is for your
profit, and remember the immunities that I have granted
you.
" Father, if all be true that this man hath said, how comes
80 THE HOLY WAR.
it to pass that the subjects of Shaddai are so enslaved in all
places where they come ? None in the universe so unhappy
as they, none so trampled upon as they.
" Consider, my Mansoul : would thou wert as loath to
leave me as I am loath to leave thee. But consider, I say,
the ball is yet at thy foot ; liberty you have, if you know
how to use it ; yea, a king you have too, if you can tell how
to love and obey him."
Upon this speech, the town of Mansoul did again harden
their hearts yet more against the captains of Shaddai. The
thoughts of his greatness did not quite quash them, and the
thoughts of his holiness sunk them in despair. Wherefore,
after a short consult, they (of the Diabolonian party they
were) sent back this word by the trumpeter, That, for their
parts, they were resolved to stick to their king, but never to
yield to Shaddai ; so it was but in vain to give them any
further summons, for they had rather die upon the place
than yield. And now things seemed to be gone quite back,
and Mansoul to be out of reach or call ; yet the captains,
who knew what their Lord could do, would not yet be beat
out of heart; they therefore sent them • another summons,
more sharp and severe than the last ; but the oftener they
were sent to, to reconcile to Shaddai, the further off they
were. " As they called them, so they went from them —
yea, though they called them to the Most High."
So they ceased that way to deal with them' any more, and
inclined to think of another way. The captains, therefore,
did gather themselves together, to have free conference among
themselves, to know what was yet to be done to gain the
town, and to deliver it from the tyranny of Diabolus ; and
one said after this manner, and another after that, Then
stood up the right noble the Captain Conviction, and said,
" My brethren, mine opinion is this :
THE HOLY WAR. 81
" First, that we continually play our slings into the town,
and keep it in a continual alarm, molesting them day and
ni°ht By thus doing we shall stop the growth of their
rampant spirit ; for a lion may be tamed by continual mo-
lestation.
" Secondly, this done, I advise that, in the next place, we
with one consent draw up a petition to our Lord Shaddai,
by which, after we have showed our King the condition of
Mansoul and of affairs here, and have begged his pardon for
our no better success, we will earnestly implore Ins Majesty's
help, and that he will please to send us more force and power,
and some gallant and well spoken commander to head them,
that so his Majesty may lose the benefit of these his good
beginnings, but may complete his conquest upon the town
of Mansoul."
To this speech of the noble Captain Conviction they as
one man consented, and agreed that a petition should forth-
with be drawn up, and sent by a fit man away to Shaddai
with speed. The contents of the petition were thus :
" Most gracious and glorious King, the Lord of the best
world, and the builder of the town of Mansoul, we have,
dread Sovereign, at thy commandment, put our lives in
jeopardy, and at thy bidding made a war upon the famous
town of Mansoul. When we went up against it, we did,
according to our commission, first offer conditions of peace
unto it. But they, great King, set light by our counsel, and
would none of our reproof. They were for shutting their
gates, and for keeping us out of the town. They also
mounted their guns, they sallied out upon us, and have done
us what damage they could ; but we pursued them with
alarm upon alarm, requiting them with such retribution as
was meet, and have done some execution upon the town.
" Diabolus, Incredulity, and Willbewill are the great doers
82 THE HOLY WAR.
against us : now we are in our winter quarters, but so, as
that we do yet with an high hand, molest and distress the
town.
" Once, as we think, had we had but one substantial friend
in the town, such as would but have seconded the sound of
our summons as they ought, the people might have yielded
themselves ; but there were none but enemies there, nor any
to speak in behalf of our Lord to the town. Wherefore,
though we have done as we could, yet Mansoul abides in a
state of rebellion against thee.
" Now, King of kings, let it please thee to pardon the
unsuccessfulness of thy servants, who have been no more
advantageous in so desirable a work as the conquering of
Mansoul is. And send, Lord, as we now desire, more forces
to Mansoul, that it may be subdued ; and a man to head them,
that the town may both love and fear.
" We do not thus speak because we are willing to re-
linquish the wars, (for we are for laying of our bones against
the place,) but that the town of Mansoul may be won for
thy Majesty. We also pray thy Majesty for expedition in
this matter, that, after their conquest, we may be at liberty
to be sent about other thy gracious designs. Amen."
The petition thus drawn up, was sent away with haste to
the King by the hand of that good man, Mr. Love-to-Man-
soul.
When this petition was come to the palace of the King,
who should it be delivered to, but to the King's Son ? So
he took it and read it, and because the contents of it pleased
him well, he mended, and also in some things added to the
petition himself. So, after he had made such amendments
and additions as he thought convenient with his own hand,
he carried it in to the King; to whom when he had with
obeisance delivered it, he put on authority, and spake to it
himself.
THE HOLY WAR. 83
Now the King, at the sight of the petition, was glad ; but
how much more, think you, when it was seconded by his
Son ? It pleased him also to hear that his servants who
camped against Mansoul were so hearty in the work, and so
steadfast in their resolves, and that they had already got
some ground upon the famous town of Mansoul.
Wherefore the King called to him Emmanuel, his Son,
who said, " Here am I, my Father." Then said the King,
" Thou knowest, as I do myself, the condition of the town
of Mansoul, and what we have purposed, and what thou
hast done to redeem it. Come now, therefore, my Son, and
prepare thyself for the war, for thou shalt go to my camp at
Mansoul. Thou shalt also there prosper and prevail, and
conquer the town of Mansoul."
Then said the King's Son, " Thy law is within my heart :
I delight to do thy will. This is the day that I have longed
for, and the work that I have waited for all this while. Grant
me, therefore, what force thou shalt in thy wisdom think
meet; and I will go and will deliver from Diabolus, and
from his power, thy perishing town of Mansoul. My heart
has been often pained within me for the miserable town of
Mansoul ; but now it is rejoiced, but now it is glad." And
with that he leaped for joy, saying, " I have not in my heart,
thought anything too dear for Mansoul : the day of vengeance
is in mine heart for thee, my Mansoul ; and glad am I that
thou, my father, hast made me the Captain of their salvation.
And I will now begin to plague all those that have been a
plague to my town of Mansoul, and will deliver it from their
hand."
When the King's son had said thus to his Father, it pre-
sently flew like lightning round about at court ; yea, it there
became the only talk what Emmanuel was to go to do for
the famous town of Mansoul. But you cannot think how
84 THE HOLY WAR.
the courtiers too, were taken with this design of the Prince ;
yea, so affected were they with this work, and with the just-
ness of the war, that the highest lord and greatest peer of
the kingdom did covet to have commission under Emmanuel,
to go to help to recover again to Shaddai the miserable town
of Mansoul.
Then was it concluded that some should go and carry
tidings to the camp, that Emmanuel was to come to recover
Mansoul, and that he would bring along with him so mighty,
so impregnable a force, that he could not be resisted. But,
oh ! how ready were the high ones at court to run to carry
these tidings to the camp that was at Mansoul. Now, when
the captains perceived that the King would send Emmanuel
his Son, and that it also delighted the Son to be sent on this
errand by the great Shaddai his Father, they also, to show
how they were pleased at the thoughts of his coming, gave
a shout that made the earth rend at the sound thereof. Yea,
the mountains did answer again by echo, and Diabolus him-
self did totter and shake.
For you must know, that though the town of Mansoul
itself was not much, if at all concerned with the project, (for,
alas for them ! they were wofully besotted, for they chiefly
regarded their pleasure and their lusts,) yet Diabolus their
governor was ; for he had his spies continually abroad, who
brought him intelligence of all things, and they told him what
was doing at court against him, and that Emmanuel would
shortly certainly come with a power to invade him. Nor
was there any man at court, nor peer, of the kingdom, that
Diabolus so feared as he feared this Prince ; for if you re-
member, I showed you before, that Diabolus had felt the
weight of his hand already ; so that, since it was he that
was to come, this made him the more afraid.
Well, you see how I have told you that the King's Son
THE HOLY WAR. 85
was engaged to come from the court to save Mansoul, and
that his Father had made him the Captain of the forces.
The time, therefore, of his setting forth being now expired,
he addressed himself for his march, and taketh with him for
his power, five noble captains and their forces.
1. The first was that famous captain, the noble Captain
Credence. His were the red colours, and Mr. Promise
bare them ; and for a scutcheon he had the holy lamb and
golden shield ; and he had ten thousand men at his feet.
2. The second was that famous captain, the Captain Good-
Hope. His were the blue colours ; his standard-bearer was
Mr. Expectation, and for a scutcheon he had the three golden
anchors ; and he had ten thousand men at his feet.
3. The third was that valiant captain, the Captain Charity.
His standard bearer was Mr. Pitiful : his were the green
colours, and for his scutcheon he had three naked orphans
embraced in the bosom ; and he had ten thousand men at
his feet.
4. The fourth was that gallant commander, the Captain
Innocent. His standard bearer was Mr. Harmless : his
were the white colours, and for his scutcheon he had the
three golden doves.
5. The fifth was the truly loyal and well beloved captain,
the Captain Patience. His standard bearer was Mr. Suffer-
Long : his were the black colours, and for a scutcheon he
had three arrows through the golden heart.
These were Emmanuel's captains , these their standard
bearers, their colours, and their scutcheons ; and these the
men under their command. So, as was said, the brave
Prince took his march to go to the town of Mansoul. Cap-
tain Credence led the van, and Captain Patience brought up
the rear ; so the other three, with their men, made up the
8
80 THE HOLY WAR.
main body, the Prince himself riding in his chariot at the
head of them.
But when they set out for their march, oh, how the trum-
pets sounded, their armour glittered, and how their colours
waved in the wind ! The Prince's armour was all of gold,
and it shone like the sun in the firmament ; the captains'
armour was of proof, and was in appearance like the glitter-
ing stars. There were also some from the court that rode
reformades* for the love that they had to the King Shaddai,
and for the happy deliverance of the town of Mansoul.
Emmanuel also, when he had thus set forwards to go to
recover the town of Mansoul, took with him, at the com-
mandment of his Father, fifty -four battering rams, and twelve
slings to whirl stones withal. Every one of these was made
of pure gold, and these they carried with them, in the heart
and body of their army, all along as they went to Mansoul.
So they marched till they came within less than a league
of the town, and there they lay till the first four captains'
came thither to acquaint them with matters. Then they
took their journey to go to the town of Mansoul, and unto
Mansoul they came ; but when the old soldiers that were in
the camp saw that they had new forces to join with, they
again gave such a shout before the walls of the town of
Mansoul, that it put Diabolus into another fright. So they
sat down before the town, not now as the other four captains
did, to wit, against the gates of Mansoul only ; but they
environed it round on every side, and beset it behind and
before; so that now, let Mansoul look which way it will, it
saw force and power he in siege against it. Besides, there
were mounts cast up against it. The Mount Gracious was
on the one side, and Mount Justice was on the other.
Further, there were several small banks and advance
* Volunteer officers.
r
THE. W HlT h ZLA.G OS MDtDSrX GKA.C3DTJS
THE HOLY WAR. 87
grounds, as Plain-Truth Hill and No-Sin Banks, where
many of the slings were placed against the town. Upon
Mount Gracious were planted four, and upon Mount Justice
were placed as many, and the rest were conveniently placed
in several parts round about the town. Five of the best
battering-rams, that is, of the biggest of them, were placed
upon Mount Hearken, a mount cast up hard by Ear-gate,
with intent to break that open.
Now when the men of the town saw the multitude of
the soldiers that were come up against the place, and the
rams and slings, and the mounts on which they were planted,
together with the glittering of the armour and the waving
of their colours, they were forced to shift, and shift, and
again to shift their thoughts ; but they hardly changed for
thoughts more stout, but rather for thoughts more faint ; for
though before, they thought themselves sufficiently guarded,
yet now they began to think that no man knew what would
be their hap or lot.
When the good Prince Emmanuel had thus beleaguered
Mansoul, in the first place he hangs out the white flag,
which he caused to be set up among the golden slings that
were planted upon Mount Gracious. And this he did for
two reasons: 1. To give notice to Mansoul that he could
and would yet be gracious if they turned to him. 2. And
that he might leave them the more without excuse, should
he destroy them, they continuing in their rebellion.
So the white flag, with the three golden doves in it, was
hung out for two days together, to give them time and space
to consider ; but they, as was hinted before, as if they were
unconcerned, made no reply to the favourable signal of the
Prince.
Then he commanded, and they set the red fla^ upon that
mount called .Mount Justice. It was the rt'd flag of Cap-
88 THE HOLY WAR.
tain Judgment, whose scutcheon was the burning fiery
furnace ; and this also stood waving before, them in the
wind for several days together. But look how they carried
it under the white flag, when that was hung out, so did they
also when the red one was ; and yet he took no advantage
of them.
Then he commanded affain that his servants should hanff
out the black flag of defiance against them, whose scutcheon
was the three burning thunderbolts ; but as unconcerned
was Mansoul at this as at those that went before. But when
the Prince saw that neither mercy nor judgment, nor exe-
cution of judgment, would or could come near the heart of
Mansoul, he was touched with much compunction, and said,
" Surely this strange carriage of the town of Mansoul doth
rather arise from ignorance of the manner and feats of war,
than from a secret defiance of us, and abhorrence of their
own lives ; or if they know the manner of the war of their
own, yet not the rites and ceremonies of the wars in which
Ave are concerned, when I make wars upon mine enemy
Diabolus."
Therefore he sent to the town of Mansoul, to let them
know what he meant by those signs and ceremonies of the
flag; and also to know of them which of the things they
would choose, whether grace and mercy, or judgment and
the execution of judgment. All this while, they kept their
gates shut with locks, bolts, and bars, as fast as they could.
Their guards also were doubled, and their watch made as
strong as they could. Diabolus also did pluck up what
heart he could, to encourage the town to make resistance.
The townsmen also made answer to the Prince's messen-
ger, in substance according to that which follows :
" Great Sir, — As to what, by your messenger, you have
signified to us, whether we will accept of your mercy, or
THE HOLY WAR. 89
fall by your justice, we are bound by the law and custom
of this- place, and can give you no positive answer ; for it is
against the law, government, and the prerogative royal of
our king, to make either peace or war without him. But
this we will do, — we will petition that our prince will come
down to the wall, and there give you such treatment as he
shall think fit and profitable for us."
When the good Prince Emmanuel heard this answer,
and saw the slavery and bondage of the people, and how
much content they were to abide in the chains of the tyrant
Diabolus, it grieved him at the heart ; and, indeed, when at
any time he perceived that any were contented under the
slavery of the giant, he would be affected Avith it.
But to return again to our purpose. After the town had
carried this news to Diabolus, and had told him, moreover
that the Prince, that lay in the leaguer without the wall,
waited upon them for an answer, he refused, and huffed as
well as he could ; but in heart he was afraid.
Then said he, " I will go down to the gates myself, and
give him such an answer as I think fit." So he went down
to Mouth-gate, and there addressed himself to speak to
Emmanuel, (but in such language as die town understood
not,) the contents whereof were as follow :
" O thou great Emmanuel, Lord of all the world, I know
thee, that thou art the Son of the great Shaddai ! Where-
fore art thou come to torment me, and to cast me out of my
possession ? This town of Mansoul, as thou very well
knowest, is mine, and that by a twofold right. 1. It is mine
by right of conquest ; I won it in the open field : and shall
the prey be taken from the mighty, or the lawful captive be
delivered ? 2. This town of Mansoul is mine also by their
subjection. They have opened the gates of their town unto
me ; they have sworn fidelity to me, and have openly chosen
90 THE HOLY WAR.
mo to be their 'king ; they have also given their castle into
my hands ; yea, they have put the whole strength of Man-
soul under me.
" Moreover, this town of Mansoul hath disavowed thee ;
yea, they have cast thy law, thy name, thy image, and ad
that is thine, behind their back, and have accepted and set
up in their room my law, my name, my image, and all that
ever is mine. Ask else thy captains, and they will tell thee
that Mansoul hath, in answer to all their summonses, shown
love and loyalty to me, but always disdain, despite, con-
tempt, and scorn to thee and thine. Now, thou art the Just
One and the Holy, and shouldest do no iniquity. Depart,
then, I pray thee, therefore, from me, and leave me to my
just inheritance peaceably."
This oration was made in the language of Diabolus him-
self; for although he can, to every man, speak in their own
language, (else he could not tempt them all as he does,) yet
he has a language proper to himself, and it is the language
of the infernal cave, or black pit.
Wherefore the town of Mansoul (poor hearts !) under-
stood him not ; nor did they see how he crouched and
cringed while he stood before Emmanuel, their Prince.
Yea, they all this while took him to be one of that power
and force that by no means could be resisted. Wherefore,
while he was thus entreating that he might have yet his
residence there, and that Emmanuel would not take it from
him by force, the inhabitants boasted even of his valor,
saying, " Who is able to make war with him ?"
Well, when this pretended king had made an end of what
he would say, Emmanuel, the golden Prince, stood up and
spake ; the contents of whose words follow.
" Thou deceiving one," said he, " I have, in my Father's
name, in mine own name, and on the behalf and for tha
THE HOLY WAR. 91
good of this wretched town of Mansoul, somewhat to say
unto thee. Thou pretendest a right, a lawful right, to the
deplorable town of Mansoul, when it is most apparent to
all my Father's court that the entrance which thou hast
obtained in at the gates of Mansoul was through thy lie and
falsehood ; thou beliedst my Father, thou beliedst his law,
and so deceivedst the people of Mansoul. Thou pretendest
that the people have accepted thee for their king, their cap-
tain, and right liege lord ; but that also was by the exercise
of deceit and guile. Now, if lying, wiliness, sinful craft,
and all manner of horrible hypocrisy, will go in my Fa-
ther's court (in which court thou must be tried) for equity
and right, then will I confess unto thee that thou hast made
a lawful conquest. But, alas ! what thief, what tyrant, what
devil is there that may not conquer after this sort ? But I
can make it appear, O Diabolus, that thou, in all thy pre-
tences to a conquest of Mansoul, hast nothing of truth to
say. Thinkest thou this to be right, that thou didst put the
lie upon my Father, and madest him (to Mansoul) the
greatest deluder in the world ? And what sayest thou to
thy perverting knowingly the right purport and intent of
the law ? Was it good also that thou madest a prey of the
innocency and simplicity of the now miserable town of
Mansoul? Yea, thou didst overcome Mansoul by promis-
ing to them happiness in their transgressions against my
Father's law, when thou knowest, and couldest not but
know, hadst thou consulted nothing but thine own experi-
ence, that that was the way to undo them. Thou hast also
thyself, O thou master of enmity, of spite defaced my Fa-
ther's image in Mansoul, and set up thy own in its place,
to the great contempt of my Father, the heightening of thy
sin, and to the into! srable damage of the perishing town of
Mansoul.
92 THE HOLY WAR.
" Thou hast, moreover, (as if all these were but little
things with thee,) not only deluded and undone this place,
but, by thy lies and fraudulent carriage, hast set them against
their own deliverance. How hast thou stirred them up
against my Father's captains, and made them to fight
against those that were sent of him to deliver them from
their bondage ! All these things, and very many more, thou
hast done against thy light, and in contempt of my Father
and of his law, yea, and with design to bring under his
displeasure for ever, the miserable town of Mansoul. I am
therefore come to avenge the wrong that thou hast done to
my Father, and to deal with thee for the blasphemies
wherewith thou hast made poor Mansoul blaspheme his
name. Yea, upon thy head, thou prince of the infernal
cave, will I requite it.
" As for myself, O Diabolus, I am come against thee by
lawful power, and to take, by strength of hand, this town
of Mansoul out of thy burning fingers ; for this town of
Mansoul is mine, Diabolus, and that by undoubted right,
as all shall see that will diligently search the most ancient
and most authentic records, and I will plead my tide to it,
to the confusion of thy face.
" First, for the town of Mansoul, my Father built and
did fashion it with his hand. The palace also that is in the
midst of that town, he built it for his own delight. This
town of Mansoul, therefore, is my Father's, and that by
the best of titles, and he that gainsays the truth of this must
lie against his soul.
" Secondly, O thou master of the lie, this town of Man-
soul is mine.
" 1. For that I am my Father's heir, his first-born, and
the only delight of his heart. I am therefore come up
against thee in mine own right, even to recover mine own
inheritance out of thine hand.
THE HOLY WAR. 93
" 2. But further, as I have a right and title to Mansoul
by being my Father's heir, so I have also by my Father's
donation. His it was, and he gave it me ; nor have I at
any time offended my Father, that he should take it from
me, and give it to thee. Nor have I been forced, by play-
ing the bankrupt, to sell or set to sale to thee my beloved
town of Mansoul. Mansoul is my desire, my delight, and
the joy of my heart. But,
" 3. Mansoul is mine by right of purchase. I have
bought it, Diabolus, I have bought it to myself. Now,
since it was my Father's, and mine, as I was his heir, and
since also I have made it mine by virtue of a great purchase,
it followeth that, by all lawful right, the town of Mansoul
is mine, and that thou art an usurper, a tyrant, and traitor,
in thy holding possession thereof. Now, the cause of my
purchasing of it was this : Mansoul had trespassed against
my Father ; now my Father had said, that in the day that
they broke his law they should die. Now, it is more pos-
sible for heaven and earth to pass away than for my Father
to break his word. Wherefore, when Mansoul had sinned
indeed by hearkening to thy lie, I put in and became a
surety to my Father, body for body, and soul for soul, that
I would make amends for Mansoul's transgressions, and my
Father did accept thereof. So, when the time appointed
was come, I gave body for body, soul for soul, life for life,
blood for blood, and so redeemed my beloved Mansoul.
" 4. Nor did I do this by halves : my Father's law and
justice, that were both concerned in the threatening upon
transgression, are both now satisfied, and very well content
that Mansoul should be delivered.
" 5. Nor am I come out this day against thee, but by com-
mandment of my Father ; it was he that said unto me, ' Go
down and deliver Mansoul.'
91 THE HOLY WAR.
" Wherefore be it known unto thee, O thou fountain of
deceit, and be it also known to the foolish town of Man-
soul, that I am not come against thee this day without my
Father.
" And now," said the golden-headed Prince, " I have a
word to the town of Mansoul." But so soon as mention
was made that he had a word to speak to the besotted town
of Mansoul, the gates were double-guarded, and all men
commanded not to give him audience. So he proceeded
and said, " unhappy town of Mansoul, I cannot but be
touched with pity and compassion for thee. Thou hast
accepted of Diabolus for thy king, and art become a nurse
and minister of Diabolonians against thy sovereign Lord.
Thy gates thou hast opened to him, but hast shut them fast
against me ; thou hast given him a hearing, but hast stopped
thine ears to my cry. He brought to thee thy destruction,
and thou didst receive both him and it : I am come to thee
bringing salvation, but thou regardest me not. Besides,
thou hast, as with sacrilegious hands, taken thyself, with
all that was mine in thee, and hast given all to my foe, and
to the greatest enemy my Father has. You have bowed
and subjected yourselves to him, you have vowed and sworn
yourselves to be his. Poor Mansoul ! what shall I do unto
thee ? Shall I save thee ? — shall I destroy thee ? "What
shall I do unto thee ? Shall I fall upon thee, and grind thee
to powder, or make thee a monument of the richest grace ?
What shall I do unto thee ? Hearken, therefore, thou town
of Mansoul, hearken to my word, and thou shalt live. 1
am merciful, Mansoul, and thou shalt find me so : shut me
not out of thy gates.
" O Mansoul, neither is my commission nor inclination
at all to do thee hurt. Why fliest thou so fast from thy
friend, and stickest so close to thine enemy ? Indeed, I would
TILE HOLY WAR. 95
have thee, because it becomes thee, to be sorry for thy sin ;
but do not despair of life; this great force is not to hurt
thee, but to deliver thee from thy bondage, and to reduce
thee to thy obedience.
" My commission, indeed, is to make a war upon Diabo-
lus thy king, and upon all Diabolonians with him ; for he is
the strong man armed that keeps the house, and I will have
him out : his spoils I must divide, his armour I must take
from him, his hold I must cast him out of, and must make
it a habitation for myself. And this, O Mansoul, shall
Diabolus know when he shall be made to follow me in
chains, and when Mansoul shall rejoice to see it so.
" I could, would I now put forlh my might, cause that
forthwith he should leave you and depart; but I have it in
my heart so to deal with him, as that the justice of the war
that I shall make upon him may be seen and acknowledged
by all. He hath taken Mansoul by fraud, and keeps it by
violence and deceit, and I will make him bare and naked in
the eyes of all observers.
" All my words are true. I am mighty to save, and will
deliver my Manful out of his hand."
This speech was intended chiefly for Mansoul, but Man-
soul would not have the hearing of it. They shut up Ear-
gate, they barricaded it up, they kept it locked and bolted,
they set a guard thereat, and commanded that no Mansoul-
onian should go out to him, nor that any from the camp
should be admitted into the town. All this they did, so
horribly had Diabolus enchanted them to do> and seeic to do
for him, against their rightful Lord and Prince ; wherefore
no man, nor voice, nor sound of man that belonged to the
glorious host, was to come into the town.
So when Emmanuel saw that Mansoul was thus involved
in sin, he calls his army together, (since now also his words
90 THE HOLY WAR.
were despised,) and gave out a commandment throughout
all his host, to be ready against the time appointed. Now,
forasmuch as there was no way lawfully to take the town
of Mansoul, but to get in by the gates, and at Ear-gate as
the chief, therefore he commanded his captains and com-
manders to bring their rams, their slings, and their men, and
place them at Eye-gate and Ear-gate, in order to his taking
the town.
When Emmanuel had put all things in a readiness to give
Diabolus battle, he sent again to know of the town of Man-
soul, if in peaceable manner they would yield themselves,
or whether they were yet resolved to put him to try the
utmost extremity ! They then, together with Diabolus their
king, called a council of war, and resolved upon certain pro-
positions that should be offered to Emmanuel, if he will
accept thereof, so they agreed ; and then the next was, who
should be sent on this errand. Now, there was in the town
of Mansoul an old man, a Diabolonian, and his name was
Mr. Loth-to-stoop, a stiff man in his way, and a great doer for
Diabolus : him, therefore, they sent, and put into his mouth
what he should say. So he went and came to the camp to
Emmanuel, and when he was come, a time was appointed
to give him audience. So at the time he came, and, after a
Diabolonian ceremony or two, he thus began and said,
" Great sir, that it may be known unto all men how good-
natured a prince my master is, he hath sent me to tell your
Lordship, that he is very willing, rather than go to war, to
deliver up into your hands one half of the town of Mansoul.
I am therefore to know if your Mightiness will accept of
this proposition."
Then said Emmanuel, "The whole is mine by gift and
purchase, wherefore I will never lose one half."
Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " Sir, my master hath said
THE HOLY WAR. 97
that he will be content that vou shall he the nominal and
J
titular Lord of all, if he may possess but a part."
Then Emmanuel answered, " The whole is mine really,
not in name and word only ; wherefore I will be the sole
lord and possessor of all, or of none at all, of Mansoul."
Then Mr. Loth-to-stoop said again, " Sir, behold the
condescension of my master ! He says, that he will be
content, if he may but have assigned to him some place in
Mansoul, as a place to live privately in, and you shall be
Lord of all the rest."
Then said the golden Prince, " All that the Father giveth
me shall come to me ; and of all that he giveth me I will
lose nothing- -no, not a hoof nor a hair. I will not, there-
fore, grant him, no, not the least corner in Mansoul to dwell
in ; I will have all to myself."
" Then Loth-to-stoop said again, " But, sir, suppose that
my lord should resign the whole town to you, only with
this proviso, that he sometimes, when he comes into this
country, may, for old acquaintance' sake, be entertained as
a wayfaring man for two days, or ten days, or a month, or
so. May not this small matter be granted?"
Then said Emmanuel, " No. He came as a wayfaring
man to David, nor did he stay long with him, and yet it
had like to have cost David his soul. I will not consent
that he ever should have any harbour more there."
Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " Sir, you seem to be very
hard. Suppose my master should yield to all that your
Lordship hath said, provided that his friends and kindred in
Mansoul may have liberty to trade in the town, and to enjoy
their present dwellings. May not that be granted, sir."
Then said Emmanuel, " No ; that is contrary to my
Father's will ; for all, and all manner of Diabolonians that
9
9R THE HOLY WAR.
now are, or that at any time shall he found in Mansoul, shall
not only lose their lands and liberties, but also their lives."
Then said Mr. Loth-to-stoop again, " But, sir, may not
my master and great lord, by letters, by passengers, by acci-
dental opportunities and the like, maintain, if he shall deliver
up all unto thee, some kind of old friendship with Mansoul ?"
Emmanuel answered, " No, by no means ; forasmuch as
any such fellowship, friendship, intimacy, or acquaintance,
in what way, sort, or mode soever maintained, will tend to
the corrupting of Mansoul, the alienating of their affections
from me, and the endangering of their peace Avith my
Father."
Mr. Loth-to-stoop yet added further, saying, " But, great
sir, since my master hath many friends, and those that are
dear to him, in Mansoul, may he not, if he shall depart
from them, even of his bounty and good nature, bestow
upon them, as he sees fit, some tokens of his love and kind-
ness that he had for them, to the end that Mansoul, when
he is gone, may look upon such tokens of kindness once
received from their old friend, and remember him who was
once their king, and the merry times that they sometimes
enjoyed one with another, while he and they lived in peace
together ?"
Then said Emmanuel, " No ; for if Mansoul come to be
mine, I shall not admit of, nor consent, that there should be
the least scrap, shred, or dust of Diabolus left behind, as
tokens or gifts bestowed upon any in Mansoul, thereby to
call to remembrance the horrible communion that was be-
twixt them and him."
" Well, sir," said Mr. Loth-to-stoop, " I have one thing
more to propound, and then I am got to the end of my
commission. Suppose that, when my master is gone from
THE HOLY WAR. 99
Mansoul, any that shall yet live in the town should have
such business of high concerns to do, that if they be neg-
lected the party shall be undone ; and suppose, sir, that
nobody can help in that case so well as my master and lord,
may hot now my master be sent for upon so urgent an occa-
sion as this ? Or if he may not be admitted into the town,
may not he and the person concerned meet in some of the
villages near Mansoul, and there lay their heads together,
and there consult of matters ?"
This was the last of those ensnaring propositions, that Mr.
Loth-to-stoop had to propound to Emmanuel, on behalf of
his master Diabohis ; but Emmanuel would not grant it ;
for he said, " There can be no case, or thing, or matter fall
out in Mansoul, when thy master shall be gone, that may
not be solved by my Father ; besides, it will be a great dis-
paragement to my Father's wisdom and skill, to admit any
from Mansoul to go out to Diabolus for advice, when they
are bid, in every thing, by prayer and supplication, to let
their requests be made known to my Father. Further,
this, should it be granted, would be to grant that a door
should be set open for Diabolus, and the Diabolonians in
Mansoul, to hatch and plot and bring to pass treasonable
designs, to the grief of my Father and me, and to the utter
destruction of Mansoul."
When Mr. Loth-to-stoop had heard this answer, he took
his leave of Emmanuel, and departed, saying that he would
carry word to his master concerning this whole affair. So
he departed, and came to Diabolus to Mansoul, and told him
the whole of the matter, and how Emmanuel would not
admit, no, not by any means, that he, when he was once
gone out, should for ever have any thing more to do either
in, or with any that are of the town of Mansoul. When
Mansoul ami Diabolus had heard this relation >f things,
100 THE HOLY WAR.
they with one consent concluded to use their best endea
vour to keep Emmanuel out of Mansoul, and sent old Ill-
Pause, of whom you have heard before, to tell the Prince
and his captains so. So the old gentleman came up to the
top of Ear-gate, and called to the camp for a hearing, who
when they gave audience, he said, " I have in command-
ment from my high lord to bid you tell it to your Prince
Emmanuel, that Mansoul and their king are resolved to
stand and fall together ; and that it is in vain for your Prince
to think of ever having Mansoul in his hand, unless he can
take it by force." So some went and told to Emmanuel
what old Ill-Pause, a Diabolonian in Mansoul, had said.
Then said the Prince, " I must try the power of my sword,
for I will not (for all the rebellions and repulses that Man-
soul has made against me) raise my siege and depart, but
will assuredly take my Mansoul, and deliver it from the
hand of her enemy." And with that he gave out a com-
mandment that Captain Boanerges, Captain Conviction,
Captain Judgment, and Captain Execution should forth-
with march up to Ear-gate with trumpets sounding, colours
flying, and with shouting for the battle. Also he would that
Captain Credence should join himself with them. Em-
manuel, moreover, gave order that Captain Good-Hope and
Captain Charity should draw themselves up before Eye-
gate. He bid also that the rest of his captains and their
men should place themselves for the best of their advantage
against the enemy round about the town ; and all was done
as he had commanded.
Then he bid that the word should be given forth, and the
word was at that time, " Emmanuel." Then was an alarm
sounded, and the battering-rams were played, and the slings
did whirl stones into the town amain, and thus the battle
began. Now Diabolus himself did manage the townsmen
THE HOLY WAR. 101
in the war, and that at every gate ; wherefore their resist-
ance was the more forcible, hellish, and offensive to Em-
manuel. Thus was the good Prince engaged and enter-
tained by Diabolus and Mansoul for several days together ;
and a sight worth seeing it was to behold how the captains
of Shaddai behaved themselves in this war.
And first for Captain Boanerges, (not to undervalue the
rest,) he made three most fierce assaults, one after another,
upon Ear-gate, to the shaking of the posts thereof. Captain
Conviction, he also made up as fast with Boanerges as pos-
sibly he could, and both discerning that the gate began to
yield, they commanded that the rams should still be played
against it. Now, Captain Conviction, going up very near
to the gate, was with great force driven back, and received
three wounds. And those that rode reformades, they went
about to encourage the captains.
For the valour of the two captains, made mention of
before, the Prince sent for them to his pavilion, and com-
manded that a while they should rest themselves, and that
with somewhat they should be refreshed. Care also was
taken for Captain Conviction that he should be healed of his
wounds. The Prince also gave to each of them a chain of
gold, and bid them yet be of good courage.
Nor did Captain Good-Hope nor Captain Charity come
behind in this most desperate fight, for they so well did
behave themselves at Eye-gate, that they had almost broken
it quite open. These also had a reward from their Prince,
as also had the rest of the captains, because they did valiantly
round about the town.
In this engagement several of the officers of Diabolus
were slain, and some of the townsmen wounded. For the
officers, there was one Captain Boasting slain. This Boast-
jig thought that nobody could have shaken the posts of Ear-
9*
102 THE HOLY WAR.
jrate, nor have shaken the heart of Diabolus. Next to him
there was one Captain Secure slain : this Secure used to
say that the blind and lame in Mansoul were able to keep
the gates of the town against Emmanuel's army. This
Captain Secure, did Captain Conviction cleave down the
nead with a two-handed sword, when he received himself
three wounds in his mouth.
Besides these there was one Captain Bragman, a very
desperate fellow, and he was captain over a band of those
that threw firebrands, arrows, and death : he also received,
by the hand of Captain Good-Hope at Eye-gate, a mortal
wound in the breast.
There was, moreover, one Mr. Feeling ; but he was no
captain, but a great stickler to encourage Mansoul to rebel-
lion. He received a wound in the eye by the hand of one
of Boanerges' soldiers, and had by the captain himself been
slain, but that he made a sudden retreat.
But I never saw Willbewill so daunted in all my life ; he
was not able to do as he was wont, and some say that he also
received a wound in the leg, and that some of the men in
the Prince's army have certainly seen him limp, as he after-
wards walked on the wall.
I shall not give you a particular account of the names of
the soldiers that were slain in the town, for many were
maimed, and wounded and slain ; for when they saw that
the posts of Ear-gate did shake, and Eye-gate was well
nigh broken quite open, and also that their captains were
slain, this took away the hearts of many of the Diabolo-
nians ; they fell also by the force of the shot that were sent
by the golden slings into the midst of the town of Mansoul.
Of the townsmen, there was one Love-no-Good ; he was
a townsman, but a Diabolonian ; he also received his mortal
wound in Mansoul, but he died not very soon.
THE HOLY WAR. 103
Mr. Ill-Pause also, who was the man that came along
with Diabolus when at first he attempted the taking of
Mansoul, he also received a grievous wound in the head ;
some say that his brain-pan was cracked. This I have
taken notice of, that he was never after this able to do that
mischief to Mansoul, as he had done in times past. Also
old Prejudice and Mr. Anything fled.
Now, when the battle was over, the Prince commanded
that yet once more the white flag should be set upon Mount
Gracious in sight of the town of Mansoul, to show that yet
Emmanuel had grace for the wretched town of Mansoul.
When Diabolus saw the white flag hung out again, and
knowing that it was not for him, but Mansoul, he cast in his
mind to play another prank, to wit, to see if Emmanuel
would raise his siege and begone, upon promise of reforma-
tion. So he comes down to the gate one evening, a good
while after the sun was gone down, and calls to speak with
Emmanuel, who presently came down to the gate, and Dia-
bolus saith unto him : —
" Forasmuch as thou makest it appear by thy white flag,
that thou art wholly given to peace and quiet, I thought
meet to acquaint thee that we are ready to accept thereof
upon terms which thou mayest admit.
" 1 know that thou art given to devotion, and that holiness
pleaseth thee ; yea, that thy great end in making a war upon
Mansoul is, that it may be a holy habitation. Well, draw
off thy forces from the town, and I will bend Mansoul to
thy bow.
" First, I will lay down all acts of hostility against thee,
and will be willing to become thy deputy, and will, as I have
formerly been against thee, now serve thee in the town of
Mansoul. And more particularly,
" 1. I will persuade Mansoul to receive thee for their
104 THE HOLY WAR.
Lord ; and I know that they will do it the sooner, when
they shall understand that I am thy deputy.
" 2. I will show them wherein they have erred, and that
transgression stands in the way to life.
"3.1 will show them the holy law unto which they must
conform, even that which they have broken.
" 4. I wdl press upon them the necessity of a reformation
according to thy law.
" 5. And, moreover, that none of these things may fail,
1 myself, at my own proper cost and charge, will set up
and maintain a sufficient ministry, besides lecturers, in Man-
soul.
" 6. Thou shalt receive, as a token of our subjection to
thee, year by year, what thou shalt think fit to lay and levy
upon us, in token of our subjection to thee."
Then said Emmanuel to him, " full of deceit, how
movable are thy ways ! How often hast thou changed and
rechanged, if so be thou mightest still keep possession of
my Mansoul, though, as has been plainly declared before,
I am the right heir thereof! Often hast thou made thy
proposals already, nor is this last a whit better than they.
And failing to deceive when thou showedst thyself in thy
black, thou hast now transformed thyself into an angel of
light, and wouldest, to deceive, be now as a minister of
righteousness.
" But know thou, O Diabolus, that nothing must be
regarded that thou canst propound, for nothing is done by
thee but to deceive. Thou neither hast conscience to God,
nor love to the town of Mansoul ; whence, then, should
these thy sayings arise but from sinful craft and deceit !
He that can of list and will propound what he pleasea, and
that wherewith he may destroy them that believe him, is to
be abandoned, with all that he shall say. But if righteous-
THE HOLY WAR. 105
ness be such a beauty-spot in thine eyes now, how is it that
wickedness was so closely stuck to by thee before. But
this is by the by.
" Thou talkest now of a reformation in Mansoul, and
that thou thyself, if I will please, wilt be at the head of
that reformation ; all the while knowing that the greatest
proficiency that man can make in the law, and the right-
eousness thereof, will amount to no more, for the taking
away of the curse from Mansoul, than just nothing at all ;
for a law being broken by Mansoul, that had before, upon
a supposition of the breach thereof, a curse pronounced
against him for it of God, can never, by his obeying of the
law, deliver himself therefrom ; (to say nothing of what a
reformation is like to be set up in Mansoul when the devil
is become corrector of vice.) Thou knowest that all that
thou hast now said in this matter, is nothing but guile and
deceit ; and is, as it was the first, so is it the last card that
thou hast to play. Many there be Jhat do so soon discern
thee, when thou showest them thy cloven foot ; but in thy
white, thy light, and in thy transformation, thou art seen
but of a few. But thou shalt not do thus with my Man-
soul, O Diabolus ; for I do still love my Mansoul.
" Besides, I am not come to put Mansoul upon works to
live thereby ; should I do so, I should be like unto thee :
but I am come that by me, and by what I have and shall
do for Mansoul, they may to my Father be reconciled, though
by their sin they have provoked him to anger, and though
by the law they cannot obtain mercy.
" Thou talkest of subjecting of this town to good, when
none desireth it at thy hands. I am sent by my Father to
possess it myself, and to guide it by the skilfulness of my
hands into such a conformity to him, as shall be pleasing in
his sight. I will therefore possess it myself; I will dispos-
106 THE HOLY WAR.
sess and cast thee out ; I will set up mine own standard in
the midst of them ; I will also govern them by new laws,
new officers, new motives, and new Avays ; yea, I will pull
down this town, and build it again ; and it shall be as
though it had not been, and it shall then be the glory of the
whole universe."
When Diabolus heard this, and perceived that he was
discovered in all his deceits, he was confounded, and utterly
put to a nonplus ; but having in himself the fountain of
iniquity, rage, and malice against both Shaddai and his Son,
and the beloved town of Mansoul, what doth he but
strengthen himself what he could, to give fresh battle to the
noble Prince Emmanuel ? So, then, now Ave must have an-
other fight before the toAvn of Mansoul is taken.
Come up, then to the mountains, you that, love to see
military actions, and behold by both sides hoAv the fatal
bloAv is given, Avhile one seeks to hold, and the other seeks
to make himself master of the famous toAvn of Mansoul.
Diabolus, therefore, having withdrawn himself from the
Avail to his force that Avas in the heart of the toAvn of Man-
soul ; Emmanuel also returned to the camp : and both of
them, after their divers Avays, put themselves into a posture
fit to give battle one to another.
Diabolus, as filled Avith despair of retaining in his hands
the famous town of Mansoul, resolved to do what mischief
he could (if, indeed, he could do any) to the army of the
Prince and to the famous town of Mansoul ; for, alas ! it
was not the happiness of the silly town of Mansoul that
was designed by Diabolus, but the utter ruin and overthrow
thereof, as now is enough in view Wherefore he com-
mands his officers that they should then, when they see that
they could hold the town no longer, do it what harm and
mischief they could, rending and tearing men, women, and
EAR-GATE BROKEN OPEN
THE HOLY WAR. 107
children. " For," said lie, " we had better quite demolish
the place, and leave it like a ruinous heap, than so leave it,
that it may be an habitation for Emmanuel."
Emmanuel again, knowing that the next battle would
issue in his being made master of the place, gave out a
royal commandment to all his officers, high captains, and
men of war, to be sure to show themselves men of war
against Diabolus and all Diabolonians ; but favourable, mer-
ciful, and meek to the old inhabitants of Mansoul. " Bend,
therefore," said the noble Prince, " the hottest front of the
battle against Diabolus and his men."
So the day being come, the command was given, and the
Prince's men did bravely stand to their arms, and did, as
before, bend their main force against Ear-gate and Eye-gate.
The word was then, " Mansoul is won ;" so they made
their assault upon the town. Diabolus also, as fast as he
could, with the main of his power, made resistance from
within ; and his high lords and chief captains for a time
fought very cruelly against the Prince's army.
But after three or four notable charges by the Prince and
his noble captains, Ear-gate was broken open, and the bars
and bolts wherewith it was used to be fast shut up against
the Prince, were broken into a thousand pieces. Then did
the Prince's trumpets sound, the captains shout, the town
shake, and Diabolus retreat to his hold. Well, when the
Prince's forces had broken open the gate, himself came up
and did set his throne in it ; also he set his standard there-
by, upon a mount that before, by his men was cast up, to
place the mighty slings thereon. The mount was called
Mount Hear-well. There, therefore, the Prince abode, to
wit, hard by the going in at the gate. He commanded also
that the golden slings should yet be played upon the town,
especially ag:\inst the castle, because for shelter thither was
108 THE HOLY WAR.
Diabolus retreated. Now, from Ear-gate the street was
straight even to the house of Mr. Recorder that so was,
before Diabolus took the town ; and hard by his house
stood the castle, which Diabolus for a long time had made
his irksome den. The captains, therefore, did quickly clear
that street by the use of their slings, so that way was made
up to the heart of the town. Then did the Prince com-
mand that Captain Boanerges, Captain Conviction, and
Captain Judgment, should forthwith march up the town to
the old gentleman's gate. Then did the captains in most
warlike manner enter into the town of Mansoul, and, march-
ing in with flying colours, they came up to the Recorder's
house, and that was almost as strong as was the castle.
Battering-rams they took also with them, to plant against
the castle gates. When they were come to the house of
Mr. Conscience, they knocked, and demanded entrance.
Now, the old gentleman, not knowing, as yet, fully their
design, kept his gates shut all the time of this fight. Where-
fore Boanerges demanded entrance at his gates ; and no
man making answer, he gave it one stroke with the head of
a ram, and this made the old gentleman shake, and his house
to tremble and totter. Then came Mr. Recorder down to
the gates, and, as he could, with quivering lips he asked
who was there ? Boanerges answered, " We are the cap-
tains and commanders of the great Shaddai and of the
blessed Emmanuel, his Son, and we demand possession of
your house for the use of our noble Prince." And with
that the battering-ram gave the gate another shake. This
made the old gentleman tremble the more, yet durst he not
but open the gate : then the King's forces marched in,
namely, the three brave captains mentioned before. Now,
the Recorder's house was a place of much convenience for
Emmanuel, not only because it was near to the cas'le and
THE HOLY WAR. 109
strong, but also because it was large, and frcnted the castle,
the den where now Diabolus was, for he was now afraid to
come out of his hold. As for Mr. Recorder, the captains
carried it very reservedly to him ; as yet he knew nothing
of the great designs of Emmanuel, so that he did not know
what judgment to make, nor what would be the end of such
thundering beginnings. It was also presently noised in the
town how the Recorder's house was possessed, his rooms
taken up, and his palace made the seat of the war ; and no
sooner was it noised abroad, but they took the alarm as
warmly, and gave it out to others of his friends ; and you
know, as a snow-ball loses nothing by rolling, so in little
time the whole town was possessed, that they must expect
nothing from the Prince but destruction ; and the ground of
the business was this : the Recorder was afraid, the Re-
corder trembled, and the captains carried it strangely to the
Recorder. So many came to see ; but when they with
their own eyes did behold the captains in the palace, and
their battering-rams ever playing at the castle gates to beat
them down, they were riveted in their fears, and it made
them all in amaze. And, as I said, the man of the house
would increase all this ; for whoever came to him, or dis-
coursed with him, nothing would he talk of, tell them, or
hear, but that death and destruction now attended Mansoul.
" For," quoth the old gentleman, " you are all of you
sensible that we all have been traitors to that once despised,
but now famously victorious and glorious Prince Emmanuel ;
for he now, as you see, doth not only lie in close siege
about us, but hath forced his entrance in at our gates.
Moreover Diabolus flees before him : and he hath, as you
behold, made of my house a garrison against the castle,
where he is. I, for my part, have transgressed greatly, and
he that is clean, it is well for him. But I say I have trans-
it)
110 THE HOLY MAR.
grossed greatly in keeping silence when I should have;
spoken, and in perverting justice when I should have exe-
cuted the same. True, I have suffered something at the
hand of Diaholus for taking part with the laws of King
Shaddai ; hut that, alas ! what will that do ? Will that make
compensation for the rebellions and treasons that I have
done, and have suffered, without gainsaying, to be commit-
ted in the town of Mansoul ? Oh ! I tremble to think, what
will be the end of this so dreadful and so ireful a begin-
ning !"
Now, while these brave captains were thus busy in the
house of the old Recorder, Captain Execution was as busy,
in other parts of the town, in securing the back streets and
the walls. He also hunted the Lord Willbewill sorely ; he
suffered him not to rest in any corner ; he pursued him so
hard, that he drove his men from him, and made him glad
to thrust his head into a hole. Also this mighty warrior
did cut three of the Lord Willbewill's officers down to the
ground: one was old Mr. Prejudice, he that had his crown
cracked in the mutiny. This man was made by Lord Will-
bewill keeper of Ear-gate, and fell by the hand of Captain
Execution. There was also one Mr. Backward-to-all-but-
naught, and he also was one of Lord Willbewill's officers,
and was the captain of the two guns that once were mounted
on the top of Ear-gate ; he also was cut down to the ground
by the hands of Captain Execution. Besides these two
there was another, a third, and his name was Captain
Treacherous ; a vile man this was, but one that Willbewill
did put a great deal of confidence in ; but him also did this
Captain Execution cut down to the ground with the rest.
He also made a very great slaughter among my Lord
Willbewill's soldiers, killing many that were stout and
sturdy, and wounding many that for "Diabolus were nimble
THE HOLY WAR. Ill
and active. But all these were Diabolouians ; there was
not a man, a native of Mansoul, hurt.
Other feats of war were also likewise performed by other
of the captains, as at Eye-gate, where Captain Good-Hope
and Captain Charity had a charge, was great execution
done ; for the Captain Good-Hope with his own hands
slew one Captain Blindfold, the keeper of that gate. This
Blindfold was captain of a thousand men, and they were
they that fought with mauls ; he also pursued his men,
slew many, and wounded more, and made the rest hide
their heads in corners.
There was also at that gate Mr. Ill-Pause, of whom you
have heard before. He was an old man, and had a beard
that reached down to his o-irdle : the same was he that was
orator to Diabolus : he did much mischief in the town of
Mansoul, and fell by the hand of Captain Good-Hope.
What shall I say ? The Diabolonians in these days lay
dead in every corner, though too many yet were'- alive in
Mansoul.
Now the old Recordei, and my Lord Understanding,
with some others of the chief of the town, to wit, such as
knew they must stand or fall with the famous town of Man-
soul, came together upon a day, and, after consultation had,
did jointly agree to draw up a petition, and to send it to
Emmanuel, now while he sat in the gate of Mansoid. So
they drew up their petition to Emmanuel, the contents
whereof were these : — That they, the old inhabitants of the
now deplorable town of Mansoul, confessed their sin, and
were sorry that they had offended his princely Majesty, and
prayed that he "would spare their lives.
Unto this petition he gave no answer at all, and that did
trouble them yet so much the more. Now, all this while
the captains that were in the Recorder's house were play-
1 12 THE HOLY AVAR.
ing with the battering-rams at the gates of the castle, to beat
them down. So, after some time, labour, and travail, the
gate of the castle that was called Impregnable was beaten
open, and broken into several splinters, and so a way made
to go up to the hold in which Diabolus had hid himself.
Then were tidings sent down to Ear-gate, (for Emmanuel
still abode there,) to let him know that a way was made in
at the gates of the castle of Mansoul. But, oh ! how the
trumpets at the tidings sounded throughout the Prince's
camp, for that now the war was so near an end, and Man-
soul itself of being set free.
Then the Prince arose from the place where he was, and
took with him such of his men of war as were fittest for
that expedition, and marched up the street of Mansoul to
the old Recorder's house.
Now, the Prince himself was clad all in armour of gold,
and so he marched up the town with his standard borne
before him ; but he kept his countenance much reserved all
the way as he went, so that the people could not tell how
to gather to themselves love or hatred by his looks. Now,
as he marched up the street, the townsfolk came out at
every door to see, and could not but be taken with his per-
son and the glory thereof, but wondered at the reservedness
of his countenance ; for as yet he spake more to them by
his actions and works than he did by words or smiles. But
also poor Mansoul, (as in such cases all are apt to do,) they
interpreted the carriage of Emmanuel to them, as did Jo-
seph's brethren his to them, even all the quite contrary
way. " For," thought they, " if Emmanuel loved us, he
would show it to us by word or carriage ; but none of these
he doth, therefore Emmanuel hates us. Now, if Emman
uel hates us, then Mansoul shall be slain, then Mansou
shall become a dunghill " They knew that they had trans-
THE HOLY WAR. 113
gressed his Father's law, and that against him, they had
been in with Diabolus, his enemy. They also knew that
the Prince Emmanuel knew all this; for they were con-
vinced that he was an angel of God, to know all things that
are done in the earth ; and this made them think that their
condition was miserable, and that the good Prince would
make them desolate.
"And," thought they, " what time so fit to do this in as
now, when he has the bridle of Mansoul in his hand ?"
And this I took special notice of, that the inhabitants, not-
withstanding all this, could not — no, they could not, when
they saw him march through die town, but cringe, bow,
bend, and were ready to lick the dust of his feet. They
also wished a thousand times over, that he would become
their Prince and Captain, and would become their protec-
tion. They would also, one to another, talk of the comeli-
ness of his person, and how much for glory and valour he
outstripped the great ones of the world. But, poor hearts,
as to themselves, their thoughts would change, and go upon
all manner of extremes. Yea, through the working of
them backward and forward, Mansoul became as a ball
tossed, and as a rolling thing before the whirlwind.
Now, when he was come to the castle gates, he com-
manded Diabolus to appear, and to surrender himself into
his hands. But, oh ! how loath was the beast to appear !
how he stuck at it ! how he shrunk ! how he cringed ! yet
out he came to the Prince. Then Emmanuel commanded,
and they took Diabolus and bound him fast in chains, the
better to reserve him to the judgment that he had appointed
for him. But Diabolus stood up to entreat for himself that
Emmanuel would not send him into the deep, but suffer him
to depart out of Mansoul in peace.
When Emmanuel had taken him and bound him in chains
10*
114 THE HOLY WAR.
he led him into Jie market-place, and there, before Mansoul,
stripped him of his armour in which he boasted so much
before. This now was one of the acts of triumph of Em-
manuel over his enemy ; and all the while that the giant
was stripping, the trumpets of the golden Prince did sound
amain ; the captains also shouted, and the soldiers did sing
for joy.
Then was Mansoul called upon to behold the beginning
of Emmanuel's triumph over him, in whom they so much
had trusted, and of whom they so much had boasted, in the
days when he flattered them.
Thus having made Diabolus naked in the eyes of Man-
soul, and before the commanders of the Prince, in the next
place, he commands that Diabolus should be bound with
chains to his chariot wheels. Then leaving some of his
forces, to wit, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction,
as a guard for the castle-gates, that resistance might be made
on his behalf, (if any that heretofore followed Diabolus
should make an attempt to possess it,) he did ride in triumph
quite through the town of Mansoul, and so out at and before
the gate called Eye-gate, to the plain where his camp did lie.
But you cannot think, unless you had been there, as i
was, what a shout there was in Emmanuel's camp when
they saw the tyrant bound by the hand of their noble Prince,
and tied to his chariot wheels !
And they said, " He hath led captivity captive, he hath
spoiled principalities and powers. Diabolus is subjected to
the power of his sword, and made the object of all derision."
Those also that rode reformades, and that came down to
see the battle, they shouted with that greatness of voice,
and sung with such melodious notes, that they caused them
that dwell in the highest orbs to open their windows, put
out their heads, and look down to see the cause of that glory
THE HOLY WAR. 115
The townsmen also, so many of them as saw this sight,
were, as it were, while they looked, betwixt the earth and
the heavens. True, they could not tell what would be the
issue of things as to them ; but all things were done in such
excellent methods, and I cannot tell how, but things in the
management of them seemed to cast a smile towards the
town, so that their eyes, their heads, their hearts, and their
minds, and all that they had, were taken and held, while
they observed Emmanuel's order.
So, when the brave Prince had finished this part of his
triumph over Diabolus his foe, he turned him up in the
midst of his contempt and shame, having given him a
charge no more to be a possessor of Mansoul. Then went
he from Emmanuel, and out of the midst of his camp, to
inherit the parched places in a salt land, seeking rest, but
finding none.
Now, Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction were,
both of them, men of very great majesty ; their faces wer3
like the faces of lions, and their words like the roarinjr of
the sea ; and they still quartered in Mr. Conscience's house,
of whom mention was made before. When, therefore, the
high and mighty Prince had thus far finished his triumph
over Diabolus, the townsmen had more leisure to view and
to behold the actions of these noble captains. But the cap-
tains carried it with that terror and dread in all that they did,
(and you may be sure that they had private instructions so
to do,) that they kept the town under continual heart-aching,
and caused (in their apprehension) the well-being of Man-
soul for the future to hang in doubt before them, so that for
some considerable time they neither knew what rest, or
ease, or peace, or hope, meant.
Nor did the Prince himself, as yet, abide in the town of
Mansoul, but in his royal pavilion in the camp, and in the
1 1 6 THE HOLY WAR.
midst of his Father's forces. So, at a time convenient, he
sent special orders to Captain Boanerges to summons Man-
soul, the whole of the townsmen, into the castle-yard, and
then and there, before their faces, to take my Lord Under-
standing, Mr. Conscience, and that notable one, the Lord
Willbewill, and put them all three in ward, and that they
should set a strong guard upon them there, until his pleasure
concerning them was further known : the which orders,
when the captains had put them in execution, made no
small addition to the fears of the town of Mansoul ; for
now, to their thinking, were their former fears of the ruin
of Mansoul confirmed. Now, what death they should die,
and how long they should be in dying, was that which most
perplexed their heads and hearts ; yea, they were afraid
that Emmanuel would command them all into the deep,
the place that the prince Diabolus was afraid of, for they
knew that they had deserved it. Also to die by the sword
in the face of the town, and in the open Avay of disgrace,
from the hand of so good and so holy a prince, that, too,
troubled them sore. The town was also greatly troubled
for the men that were committed to ward, for that they were
their stay and their guide, and for that they believed, if
those men were cut off*, their execution would be but the
beginning of the ruin of the town of Mansoul. Wherefore,
what do they, but, together with the men in prison, draw up
a petition to the Prince, and sent it to Emmanuel by the
hand of Mr. Would-live. So he went, and came to the
Prince's quarters, and presented the petition, the sum of
which was this :— ■
" Great and wonderful Potentate, victor over Diabolus,
and conqueror of the town of Mansoul, we, the miserable
inhabitants of that most vvoful corporation, do humbly beg
that we may find favour in thy sight, and remember not
THE HOLY WAR. 117
sgainst us former transgressions, nor yet the sins of the
chief of our town ; but spare us according to the greatness
of thy mercy, and let us not die, but live in thy sight. So
shall we be willing to be thy servants, and, if thou shalt
think fit, to gather our meat under thy table. Amen."
So the petitioner went, as was said, with his petition to
the Prince ; and the Prince took it at his hand, but sent
him away with silence. This still afflicted the town of
Mansoul ; but yet, considering that now they must either
petition or die, for now they could not do anything else,
therefore they consulted again, and sent another petition ;
and this petition was much after the form and method of
the former.
But when the petition was drawn up, By whom should
they send it ? was the next question ; for they would not
send this by him by whom they sent the first, for they
thought that the Prince had taken some offence at the man-
ner of his deportment before him ; so they attempted to
make Captain Conviction their messenger with it; but he
said that he neither durst nor would petition Emmanuel for
traitors, nor be to the Prince an advocate for rebels. " Yet
withal," said he, " our Prince is good, and you may ad-
venture to send it by the hand of one of your town, pro-
vided he went with a rope about his neck, and pleaded
nothing but mercy."
Well, they made, through fear, their delays as long as
they could, and longer than delays were good ; but fearing
at last the dangerousness of them, they thought, but with
many a fainting in their minds, to send their petition by
Mr. Desires-awake ; so they sent for Mr. Desires-awake.
Now he dwelt in a very mean cottage in Mansoul, and he
came at his neighbours' request. So they told him what
they had done, and what they would do, concerning peti-
118 THE HOLY MAR.
tioning, and that they did desire of him that he would go
therewith to the Prince.
Then said Mr. Desires-awake, " Why should not I do
the hest I can to save so famous a town as Mansoul from
deserved destruction ?" They therefore delivered the peti-
tion to him, and told him how he must address himself to
the Prince, and wished him ten thousand good speeds. So
he comes to the Prince's pavilion, as the first, and asked to
speak with his Majesty. So word was carried to Em-
manuel, and the Prince came out to the man. When Mr.
Desires-awake saw the Prince, he fell flat with his face to
the ground, and cried out, " Oh that Mansoul might live
before thee!" and with that he presented the petition ; the
which when the Prince had read, he turned away for a
while and wept ; but refraining himself, he turned again to
the man, who all this while lay crying at his feet, as at the
first, and said to him, "Go thy way to thy place, and I
will consider of thy requests."
Now, you may think that they of Mansoul that had sent
him, what with guilt, and what with fear, lest their petition
should be rejected, could not but look with many a long
look, and that, too, with strange workings of the heart, to
see what would become of their petition. At last they saw
their messenger coming back. So, when he was come, they
asked him how he fared, what Emmanuel said, and what
was become of the petition. But he told them that he
would be silent till he came to the prison, to my Lord
Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder. So he
went forwards towards the prison-house, where the men of
Mansoul lay bound. But, oh ! what a multitude flocked
after, to hear what the messenger said. So, when he was
come, and had shown himself at the gate of the prison, my
l,ord Mayor himself looked as white as a sheet; the Ke-
THE HOLY WAR. 119
eorder also did quake. But they asked and said, " Come
good sir, what did the great Prince say to you ?" Then
said Mr. Desires-awake, " When I came to my Lord's pa-
vilion, I called, and he came forth. So I fell prostrate at.
nis feet, and delivered to him my petition ; for the greatness
of his person, and the glory of his countenance, would not
suffer me to stand upon my legs. Now, as he received the
petition, I cried, ' Oh that Mansoul might live before thee !'
So, when for a while he had looked thereon, he turned him
about, and said to his servant, ' Go thy way to thy place
again, and I will consider of thy requests.' " The messen-
ger added, moreover, and said, " The Prince to whom you
sent me is such a one for beauty and glory, that whoso sees
him must both love and fear him. I, for my part, can do
no less ; but I know not what will be the end of these
things."
At this answer, they were all at a stand, both they in
prison, and they that followed the messenger thither to hear
the news ; nor knew they what, or what manner of inter-
pretation to put upon what the Prince had said. Now,
when the prison was cleared of the throng, the prisoners
among themselves began to comment upon Emmanuel's
words. My Lord Mavor said, that the answer did not look
with a rugged face ; but Willbewill said that it betokened
evil ; and the Recorder, that it was a messenger of death.
Now, they that were left, and that stood behind, and so
could not so well hear what the prisoners said, some of
them catched hold of one piece of a sentence, and some on
a bit of another ; some took hold of what the messenger
said, and some of the prisoners' judgment thereon ; so
none had the right understanding of things. But you can-
not imagine what work these people made, and what a
confusion there was in Mansoul now.
120 THE HOLY WAR.
For presently they that heard what was said flew about
the town, one crying 1 one thing, and another the quite con-
trary ; and both were sure enough they told true ; for they
did hear, they said, with their ears what was said, and
therefore could not be deceived. One would say, " We
must all be killed ;" another would say, " We must all be
saved ;" and a third would say that the Prince would not
be concerned with Mansoul ; and a fourth, that the pris-
oners must be suddenly put to death. And, as I said, every
one stood to it, that he told his tale the rightest, and that all
others but he were out. Wherefore Mansoul had now
molestation upon molestation, nor could any man know on
what to rest the sole of his foot ; for one would go by now,
and as he went, if he heard his neighbour tell his tale, to
be sure he would tell the quite contrary, and both would
stand in it that he told the truth. Nay, some of them had
got this story by the end, that the Prince did intend to put
Mansoul to the sword. And now it began to be dark,
wherefore poor Mansoul was in sad perplexity all that
night until morning.
But, so far as I could gather by the best information that
I could get, all this hubbub came through the words that
the Recorder said when he told them that, in his judgment, the
Prince's answer was a messenger of death. It was this
that fired the town, and that began the fright in Mansoul ;
for Mansoul in former times did use to count that Mr. Re-
corder was a seer, and that his sentence was equal to the
best of orators ; and thus was Mansoul a terror to itself.
And now did they begin to feel what were the effects of
stubborn rebellion, and unlawful resistance against their
Prince. I say, they iioav began to feel the effects thereof
by guilt and fear, that now had swallowed them up ; and
who more involved in the one, but they that were most in
the other, to wit, the chief of the town of Mansoul ?
THE HOLY WAR. 121
To be brief; when the fame of the fright was out of the
town, and the prisoners had a little recovered themselves,
they take to themselves some heart, and think to petition
the Prince for life again. So they did draw up a third pe-
tition, the contents whereof were these : —
" Prince Emanuel the Great, Lord of all worlds, and
Master of mercy, we, thy poor, wretched, miserable, dying
town of Mansoul, do confess unto thy great and glorious
Majesty, that we have sinned against thy Father and thee,
and are no more worthy to be called thy Mansoul, but
rather to be cast into the pit. If thou wilt slay us, we have
deserved it. If thou wilt condemn us to the deep, we can-
not but say thou art righteous. We cannot complain what-
ever thou dost, or however thou earnest it towards us.
But, oh ! let mercy reign, and let it be extended to us ! Oh !
let mercy take hold upon us, and free us from our trans-
gressions, and we will sing of thy mercy and of thy judg-
ment. Amen."
This petition, when drawn up, was designed to be sent to
the Prince as the first ; but who should carry it ? — that was
the question. Some said, " Let him do it that went with
the first ;" but others thought not good to do that, and that
because he sped no better. Now, there was an old man in
the town, and his name was Mr. Good-Deed ; a man that
bare only the name, but had nothing of the nature of the
tiling. Now, some were for sending him ; but the Re-
corder was by no means for that. " For," said he, " we
now stand in need of, and are pleading for mercy : where-
fore, to send our petition by a man of this name, will seem
to cross the petition itself. Should we make Mr. Good-
Deed our messenger, when our petition cries for mercy ?
" Besides," quoth the old gentleman, " should the Prince
now, as he receives the petition, ask him, and say, ' What
11
122 THE HOLY WAR.
is thy name V as nobody knows but he will ; and he should
say, ' Old Good-Deed,' what, think you, would Emmanuel
say but this ? ' Ay ! is old Good-Deed yet alive in Man-
soul ? then let old Good-Deed save you from your dis-
tresses.' And if he says so, I am sure we are lost ; nor
can a thousand of old Good-Deeds save Mansoul."
After the Recorder had given in his reasons why old
Good-Deed should not go with this petition to Emmanuel,
the rest of the prisoners and chief of Mansoul opposed it
also, and so old Good-Deed was laid aside, and they agreed
to send Mr. Desires-awake again. So they sent for him,
and desired him that he would a second time go with their
petition to the Prince, and he readily told them he would.
But they bid him, that in anywise he should take heed, that
in no word or carriage he gave offence to the Prince ; " for
by doing so, for ought we can tell, you may bring Mansoul
into utter destruction," said they.
Now Mr. Desires-awake, when he saw that he must go
on this errand, besought that they would grant that Mr.
Wet-Eyes might go with him. Now this Mr. Wet-Eyes
was a near neighbour of Mr. Desires-awake, a poor man, a
man of a broken spirit, yet one that could speak well to a
petition ; so they granted that he should go with him.
Wherefore, they address themselves to their business ; Mr.
Desires-awake put a rope upon his head, and Mr. Wet-
Eyes went with his hands wringing together. Thus they
went to the Prince's pavilion.
Now, when they went to petition this third time, they
were not without thoughts that, by often coming, they might
be a burden to the Prince. Wherefore, when they were
come to the door of his pavilion, they first made their
apology for themselves, and for their coming to trouble
Emmanuel so often ; and they said, that they came not
THE HOLY WAR. 123
hither to-day, for that they delighted in heing troublesome,
or for that they delighted to hear themselves talk, but for
that necessity caused them to come to his Majesty. They
could, they said, have no rest day nor night because of then
transgressions against Shaddai and against Emmanuel, his
Son. They also thought that some misbehaviour of Mr.
Desires-awake the last time, might give distate to his High-
ness, and so cause that he returned from so merciful a Prince
empty, and without countenance. So, when they had made
this apology, Mr. Desires-awake cast himself prostrate
upon the ground, as at the first, at the feet of the mighty
Prince, saying, " O ! that Mansoul might live before thee !"
and so he delivered his petition. The Prince then, having
read the petition, turned aside awhile as before, and coming
again to the place where the petitioner lay on the ground,
he demanded what his name was, and of what esteem in
the account of Mansoul, for that he, above all the multitude
in Mansoul, should be sent to him upon such an errand.
Then said the man to the Prince, " let not my Lord be
angry; and why inquirest thou after the name of such a
dead dog as I am 1 Pass by, I pray thee, and take not no-
tice of who I am, because there is, as thou very well
k no west, so great a disproportion between me and thee.
Why the townsmen chose to send me on this errand to my
Lord, is best known to themselves, but it could not be for
that they thought that I had favour with my Lord. For
my part, I am out of charity with myself; who, then,
should be in love with me ? Yet live I would, and so would
I that my townsmen should ; and because both they and
myself are guilty of great transgressions, therefore they
have sent me, and I am come in their names to beg of my
Lord for mercy. Let it please thee, therefore, to incline to
mercy ; but ask not what thy servants are."
194 THE HOLY WAR.
Then said the Prince, " And what is he that is become
thy companion in this so weighty a matter ?" So Mr. De-
sires-awake told Emmanuel that he was a poor neighbour
of his, and one of his most intimate associates. " And his
name," said he, " may it please your most excellent Ma-
jesty, is Wet-Eyes, of the town of Mansoul. I know that
there are many of that name that are naught ; but I hope
it will be no offence to my Lord that I have brought my
poor neighbour with me."
Then Mr. Wet-Eyes fell on his face to the ground, and
made this apology for his coming with his neighbour to his
Lord : —
" O, my Lord," quoth he, " what I am, I know not my-
self, nor whether my name be feigned or true, especially
when I begin to think what some have said, That this
name was given me because Mr. Repentance was my
father. Good men have bad children, and the sincere do
oftentimes beget hypocrites. My mother also called me by
this name from the cradle ; but whether because of the
moistness of my brain, or because of the softness of my
heart, I cannot tell. I see dirt in mine own tears, and
filthiness in the bottom of my prayers. But I pray thee
(and all this while the gentleman wept) that thou wouldest
not remember against us our transgressions, nor take offence
at the unqualinedness of thy servants, but mercifully pass
by the sin of Mansoul, and refrain from the glorifying of
thy grace no longer."
So at his bidding they arose, and both stood trembling
before him, and he spake to them to this purpose :—
" The town of Mansoul hath grievously rebelled against
my Father, in that they have rejected him from being their
King, and did choose to themselves for their captain, a liar,
a murderer, and a runagate slave. For this Diabolus, your
THE HOLY WAR. 125
pretended prince, though once so highly accounted of by
you, madr; rebellion against my Father and me, even in our
palace and highest court there, thinking to become a prince
and king But being there timely discovered and appre-
hended, and for his wickedness bound in chains, and sepa-
rated to the pit, with those that were his companions, he
offered himself to you, and you have received him.
"Now this is, and for a long time hath been, a high
affront to my Father ; wherefore my Father sent to you a
powerful army to reduce you to your obedience. But you
know how these men, their captains and their counsels, were
esteemed of you, and what they received at your hand.
You rebelled against them, you shut your gates upon them,
you did them battle, you fought them, and fought for Dia-
bolus against them. So they sent to my Father for more
power, and I, with my men, are come to subdue you. But
as you treated the servants, so you treated their Lord. You
stood up in hostile manner against me, you shut up yonr
gates against me, you turned the deaf ear to me, and resisted
as long as you could ; but now I have made a conquest of
you. Did you cry me mercy, so long as you had hopes
that you might prevail against me ? But now I have taken
the town, you cry ; but why did you not cry before, when
the white flag of my mercy, the red flag of justice, and the
black flag that threatened execution, were set up to cite you
to it ? Now I have conquered your Diabolus, you come to
me for favour , but why did you not help me against the
mighty ? Yet I will consider your petition, and will answer
it, so as will be for my glory.
" Go, bid Captain Boanerges and Captain Conviction
bring the prisoners out to me into the camp to-morrow, and
sa} you to Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, ' Stay
you in the castle, and take <rood heed to yourselves, that
11*
126 THE HOLY WAR.
you keep all quiet in Mansoul, until you shall hear further
from me.' " And with that, he turned himself from them,
and went into his royal pavilion again.
So the petitioners, having received this answer from the
Prince, returned, as at the first, to go to their companions
again. But they had not gone far, but thoughts began to
work in their minds, that no mercy as yet was intended by
the Prince to Mansoul. So they went to the place where
the prisoners lay bound; but these workings of mind about
what would become of Mansoul, had such strong power
over them, that by the time they were come unto them that
sent them, they were scarce able to deliver their message.
But they came at length to the gates of the town, (now
the townsmen with earnestness were waiting for their re-
turn,) where many met them, to know what answer was
made to the petition. Then they cried out to those that
were sent, " What news from the Prince ? and what hath
Emmanuel said ?" But they said that they must, as afore,
go up to die prison, and there deliver their message. So
away they went to the prison, with a multitude at their
heels. Now, when they were come to the gates of the
prison, they told the first part of Emmanuel's speech to the
prisoners, to wit, how he reflected upon their disloyalty to
his Father and himself, and how they had chosen and closed
with Diabolus, had fought for him, hearkened to him, and
been ruled by him ; but had despised Him and his men.
This made the prisoners look pale ; but the messengers pro-
ceeded and said, " He, the Prince, said, moreover, that yet
he would consider your petition, and give such answer
thereto as would stand with his glory." And as these
words were spoken, Mr. Wet-Eyes gave a great sigh. At
this they were all of them struck into their dumps, and
could not tell what to say: fear also possessed them in a
THE HOLY WAR. 127
marvellous manner, and death seemed to sit upon some of
their eyebrows. Now, there was in the company a notabie,
sharp-witted fellow, a mean man of estate, and his name
was old Inquisitive. This man asked the petitioners if they
had told out every whit of what Emmanuel said, and they
answered, " Verily, no." Then said Inqusitive, " I thought
so, indeed. Pray, what was it more that he said unto you ?"
Then they paused awhile ; but at last they brought out all,
saying, " The Prince bade us bid Captain Boanerges and
Captain Conviction bring the prisoners down to him to-
morrow ; and that Captain Judgment and Captain Execu-
tion should take charge of the castle and town, till they
should hear further from him. They said also, that when
the Prince had commanded them thus to do, he imme-
diately turned his back upon them, and went into his royal
pavilion.
But, oh ! how this return, and specially this last clause
of it, that the prisoners must go out to the Prince into the
camp, brake all their loins in pieces ! Wherefore, with one
voice, they set up a cry that reached up to the heavens.
This done, each of the three prepared himself to die ; (and
the Recorder said unto them, " This was the thing that I
feared ;") for they concluded that to-morrow, by that the
sun went down, they should be tumbled out of the world.
The whole town also counted of no other, but that, in their
time and order, they must all drink of the same cup.
Wherefore the town of Mansoul spent that night in mourn-
ing, and sackcloth and ashes. The prisoners also, when
the time was come for them to go down before the Prince,
dressed themselves in mourning attire, with ropes upon
their heads. The whole town of Mansoul also showed
themselves upon the Avail, all clad in mourning weeds, if
perhaps, the Prince with the sight thereof might be moved
128 THE HOLY WAR.
with compassion. But, oil ! how the busy-bodies that were
in the town of Mansoul did now concern themselves ! They
did run here and there through the streets of the town by
companies, crying out as they ran in tumultuous wise, one
after one manner, and another the quite contrary, to the
almost utter distraction of Mansoul.
Well, the time is come that the prisoners must go down
to the camp, and appear before the Prince. And thus was
the manner of their going down : Captain Boanerges went
with a guard before them, and Captain Conviction came
behind, and the prisoners went down, bound in chains, in
the midst. So, I say, the prisoners went in the midst, and
the guard went with flying colours behind and before, but
the prisoners went with drooping spirits.
Or, more particularly, thus : — The prisoners went down
all in mourning ; they put ropes upon themselves ; they
went on, smiting themselves on the breasts, but durst not
lift up their eyes to heaven. Thus they went out at the
gate of Mansoul, till they came into the midst of the Prince's
army, the sight and glory of which did greatly heighten their
affliction. Nor could they now longer forbear, but cry out
a'oud, " unhappy men ! O wretched men of Mansoul !"
Their chains, still mixing their dolorous notes with the
cries of the prisoners, made the noise more lamentable.
So, when they were come to the door of the Prince's
pavilion, they cast themselves prostrate upon the place ;
then one went in and told his Lord that the prisoners were
come down. The Prince then ascended a throne of state,
and sent for the prisoners in ; who, when they came, did
tremble before him, also they covered their faces with
shame. Now, as they drew near to the place where he
sat, thev threw themselves down before him. Then said
the Prince to the Captain Boanerges, " Bid the prisoners
THE HOLY WAR. 120
stand upon their feet." Then they stood trembling before
him, and he said, " Are you the men that heretofore were
the servants of Shaddai ?" And they said, " Yes, Lord,
yes." Then said the Prince again, " Are you the men that
did suffer yourselves to be corrupted and defiled by that
abominable one, Diabolus ?" And they said, " We did
more than suffer it, Lord ; for we chose it of our own
mind." The Prince asked further, saying, " Could you
have been content that your slavery should have continued
under his tyranny as long as you had lived ?" Then said
the prisoners, " Yes, Lord, yes ; for his ways were pleas-
ing to our flesh, and we were grown aliens to a better state."
" And did you," said he, " when I came up against this
town of Mansoul, heartily wish that I might not have the
victory over you ?" — " Yes, Lord, yes," said they. Then
said the Prince, " And what punishment is it, think you,
that you deserve at my hand, for these and other your high
and mighty sins ?" And they said, " Both death and the
deep, Lord; for we have deserved no less." He asked
again, if they had aught to say for themselves why the sen-
tence, that they confessed that they had deserved, should
not be passed upon them ? And they said, " We can say
nothing, Lord : thou art just, for we have sinned." Then
said the Prince, " And for what are those ropes on your
heads ?" The prisoners answered, " These ropes are to
bind us withal to the place of execution, if mercy be not
pleasing in thy sight." So he further asked, if all the men
in the town of Mansoul were in this confession, as they ?
And they answered, " All the natives, Lord ; but for the
Diabolonians that came into our town when the tyrant got
possession of us, we can say nothing for them."
Then the Prince commanded that a herald should be
called, and that he should, in the midst and throughout the
130 THE HOLY WAR.
camp of Emmanuel, proclaim, and that with sound of
trumpet, that the Prince, the Son of Shaddai, had, in his
Father's name, and for his Father's glory, gotten a perfect
conquest and victory over Mansoul ; and that the prisoners
should follow him, and say Amen. So, this was done as
he had commanded. And presently the music that was in
the upper region sounded melodiously, the captains that
were in the camp shouted, and the soldiers did sing songs
of triumph to the Prince; the colours waved in the wind,
and great joy was everywhere, only it was wanting as yet
in the hearts of the men of Mansoul.
Then the Prince called for the prisoners, to come and to
stand again before him, and they came and stood trembling.
And he said unto them, " The sins, trespasses, iniquities,
that you, with the whole town of Mansoul, have from time
to time committed against my Father and me, I have power
and commandment from my Father, to forgive to the town
uf Mansoul, and do forgive you accordingly." And having
so said, he gave them, written in parchment, and sealed
with seven seals, a large and general pardon, commanding
my Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder,
to proclaim and cause it to be proclaimed to-morrow, by
that the sun is up, throughout the whole town of Mansoul.
Moreover, the Prince stripped the prisoners of their
mourning weeds, and gave them beauty for ashes, the oil of
joy for mourning, and the garment of praise for the spirit
of heaviness.
Then he gave to each of the three, jewels of gold and
precious stones, and took away their ropes, and put chains
of gold about their necks, and bracelets on their arms.
Now, the prisoners, when they did hear the gracious words
of Prince Emmanuel, and had beheld all that was done unto
Jiem, fainted almost quite away ; for the grace, the benefit,
THE HOLY WAR. 131
the pardon, was sudden, glorious, and so big, that they were
not able, without staggering, to stand up under it. Yea, my
Lord "Willbewill swooned outright; but the Prince stepped
up to him, put his everlasting arms under him, embraced
him, kissed him, and bid him be of good cheer, for all
should be performed according to his word. He also did
Kiss, and embrace, and smile upon the other two that were
Willbewill's companions, saying, " Take these as further
tokens of my love, favour, and compassion to you ; and I
charge you that you, Mr. Recorder, tell in the town of
Mansoul, what you have heard and seen."
i Then were their fetters broken to pieces before their faces,
and cast into the air, and their steps were enlarged under
them. Then they fell down at the feet of the Prince, and
kissed his feet, and wetted them with tears : also they cried
out with a mighty strong voice, saying, " Blessed be the
glory of the Lord from this place." So they were bid rise
up, and go to the town, and tell to Mansoul what the Prince
had done. He commanded also, that one with a pipe and
tabor should go and play before them, all the way into tlie
town of Mansoul. Then was fulfilled, what they never
looked for, and they were made to possess that which they
never dreamed of.
The Prince also called for the noble Captain Credence,
and commanded that he and some of his officers should
march before the noble men of Mansoul, with flying colours
into the town. He gave also unto Captain Credence a
charge, that about that time that the Recorder did read the
general pardon in the town of Mansoul, that at that very
time, he should with flying colours march in at Eye-gate,
with his ten thousands at his feet ; and that he should so
go, until he came by the high street of the town, up to the
casde gates, and that himself should take possession thereof,
132 THE HOLY WAR.
against his Lord came thither. He commanded, moreover,
that he should bid Captain Judgment and Captain Execution
to leave the stronghold to him, and to withdraw from Man-
soul, and return into the camp with speed unto the Prince.
And now was the town of Mansoul also delivered from
the terror of the first four captains and their men.
Well, 1 told you before, how the prisoners were enter-
tained by the noble Prince Emmanuel, and how they be-
haved themselves before him, and how he sent them away
to their home with pipe and tabor going before them. And
now you must think that those of the town, that had all this
while waited to hear of their death, could not but be exer-
cised with sadness of mind, and with thoughts that pricked
like thorns. Nor could their thoughts be kept to any one
point; the wind blew with them all this while at great un-
certainties ; yea, their hearts were like a balance that had
been disquieted with a shaking hand. But at last, as they
with many a long look, looked over the wall of Mansoul,
they thought that they saw some returning to the town ;
and thought again, Who should they be too ? Who should
they be ? At last they discerned that they were the prison-
ers ; but can you imagine, how their hearts were surprised
with wonder, specially, when they perceived also, in what
equipage and with what honour they were sent home. They
went down to the camp in black, but they came back to the
town in white ; they went down to the camp in ropes, they
came back in chains of gold ; they went down to the camp
with their feet in fetters, but came back with their steps en-
larged under them ; they went also to the camp looking for
death, but they came back from thence with assurance of
life ; they went down to the camp with heavy hearts, but
came back again with pipe and tabor playing before them.
So as soon as they were come to Eye-gate, the poor and
THE HOLY WAR.* 133
tottering town of Mansoul adventured to give a shout; and
they gave such a shout as made the captains in the Prince's
army leap at the sound thereof. Alas ! for them, poor
hearts ! who could blame them ? since their dead friends
•vere to come to life again ; for it was to them as life from
the dead, to see the ancients of the town of Mansoul shine
in such splendour. They looked for nothing but the axe
and the block ; but, behold, joy and gladness, comfort and
consolation, and such melodious notes attending them, that
was sufficient to make a sick man well.
So, Avhen they came up, they saluted each other with,
" Welcome, welcome ! and blessed be he that has spared
you !" They added also, " We see it is well with you ; but
how must it go with the town of Mansoul ? And will it go
well with the town of Mansoul ?" said they. Then an-
swered them the Recorder and my Lord Mayor, " Oh !
tidings ! glad tidings ! good tidings of good, and of great
joy to poor Mansoul !" Then they gave another shout, that
made the earth to ring again. After this, they inquired yet
more particularly how tilings went in the camp, and what
message they had from Emmanuel to the town. So they
told them all that had happened to them at the camp, and
everything that the Prince did to them. This made Man-
soul wonder at the wisdom and grace of the Prince Em-
manuel. Then they told them what they had received at
his hands for the whole town of Mansoul, and the Recorder
delivered it in these words : " Pardon, pardon, pardon for
Mansoul ! and this shall Mansoul know to-morrow !" Then
he commanded, and they went and summoned Mansoul to
meet together in the market-place to-morrow, there to hear
their general pardon rend.
But who can think what a turn, what a change, what an
alteration this hint of things did make in the countenance
12
134 *TIIE HOLY AVAR.
of the town of Mansoul ! No man of Mansoul could sleep
that night for joy ; in every house there was joy and music,
singing and making merry ; telling and hearing of Mansoul's
happiness, was then all that Mansoul had to do : and this
was the burden of all their song : " Oil ! more of this at
the rising of the sun ! more of this to-morrow !" " Who
thought yesterday," would one say, " that this day would
have been such a day to us ? And who thought, that saw our
prisoners go down in irons, that they would have returned
in chains of gold ? Yea, they that judged themselves, as
they went to be judged of their judge, were by his mouth
acquitted, not for that they were innocent, but of the Prince's
mercy, and sent home with pipe and tabor. But is this the
common custom of princes ? Do they use to show such
kind of favours to traitors ? No ; this is only peculiar to
Shaddai, and unto Emmanuel, his Son !"
Now morning drew on apace ; wherefore the Lord Mayor,
the Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder came down to the
market-place, at the time that the Prince had appointed,
where the townsfolk were waiting for them ; and when
they came, they came in that attire and in that glory, that
the Prince had put them into the day before, and the street
was lightened with their glory. So the Mayor, Recorder,
and my Lord Willbewill drew down to Mouth-gate, which
was at the lower end of the market-place, because that, of
old time, was the place where they used to read public
matters. Thither, therefore, they came in their robes, and
their tabrets went before them. Now, the eagerness of the
people to know the full of the matter was great.
Then the Recorder stood up upon his feet, and, first
beckoning with his hand for silence, he read out with a loud
voice the pardon. But when he came to these words, " The
Lord, the Lord God, merciful and gracious, pardoning ini-
THE HOLY WAR. 135
quity, transgressions, and sins ; and to them all manner of
sin and blasphemy shall be forgiven," &c, they could not
forbear leaping for joy. For this you must know, that
there was conjoined herewith, every man's name in Man-
soul ; also the seals of the pardon made a brave show.
When the Recorder had made an end of reading the
pardon, the townsmen ran up upon the walls of the town,
and leaped and skipped thereon for joy, and bowed them-
selves seven times with their faces towards Emmanuel's
pavilion, and shouted out aloud for joy, and said, " Let
Emmanuel live for ever !" Then order was given to the
young men in Mansoul that they should ring the bells for
joy. 'So the bells did ring, and the people sing, and the
music sound in every house in Mansoul.
When the Prince had sent home the three prisoners of
Mansoul with joy, and pipe and tabor, he commanded his
captains, with all the field officers and soldiers throughout
his army, to be ready in that morning, that the Recorder
should read the pardon in Mansoul, to do his further plea-
sure. So the morning, as I have showed, being come, just
as the Recorder had made an end of reading the pardon,
Emmanuel commanded that all the trumpets in the camp
should sound, that the colours should be displayed, half of
them upon Mount Gracious, and half of them upon Mount
Justice. He commanded also, that all the captains should
show themselves in all their harness, and that the soldiers
should shout for joy. Nor was Captain Credence, though
in the castle, silent in such a day ; but he, from the top of
the hold, showed himself with sound of trumpet to Mansoul
and to the Prince's camp.
Thus have I showed you the manner and way that, Em-
manuel took to recover the town of Mansoul from under
the hand and power of the tyrant Diabolus.
136 THE HOLY WAR.
Now, when the Prince had completed these, the outward
ceremonies of his joy, he again commanded that his cap-
tains and soldiers should show unto Mansoul some feats of
war; so they presently addressed themselves to this work.
But, oh ! with what agility, nimhleness, dexterity, and
bravery did these military men discover their skill in feats
of war, to the now gazing town of Mansoul !
They marched, they counter-marched; and opened to
the right and left ; they divided and sub-divided ; they
closed, they wheeled, made good their front and rear with
their right and left wings, and twenty things more, with
that aptness, and then were all as they were again ; that
they took, yea, ravished the hearts that were in Mansoul,
to behold it. Bat add to this, the handling of their arms,
the managing of their weapons of war, were marvellously
taking to Mansoul and me.
When this action was over, the whole town of Mansoul
came out as one man, to the Prince in the camp to thank
him, and praise him for his abundant favour ; and to beg
that it would please his grace, to come unto Mansoul with
his men, and there to take up their quarters for ever : and
this they did in most humble manner, bowing themselves
seven times to the ground before him. Then said he, " All
peace be to you." So the town came nigh, and touched
with the hand the top of his golden sceptre ; and they said,
" Oh ! that the Prince Emmanuel, with his captains and
men of war, would dwell in Mansoul for ever ; and that his
battering-rams and slings might be lodged in her, for the
use and service of the Prince, and for the help and strength
of Mansoul. For," said they, " we have room for thee,
we have room for thy men, we have also room for thy
weapons of war, and a place to make a magazine for thy
carriages. Do it, Emmanuel, and thou shalt be King and
THE HOLY WAR.
137
Captain in Mansoul for ever. Yea, govern thou also ac-
cording to all the desire of thy soul, and make thou govern-
ors and princes under thee of thy captains and men of war,
and we will become thy servants, and thy laws shall be our
directions."
They added, moreover, and prayed his Majesty to con-
sider thereof; "for," said, they, "if now, after all this
grace bestowed upon us, thy miserable town of Mansoul,
thou shouldest withdraw, thou and thy captains, from us,
the town of Mansoul will die. " Yea," said they, " our
blessed Emmanuel, if thou shouldest depart from us now,
now thou hast done so much good for us, and showed so
much mercy unto us, what will follow, but that our joy
will be, as if it had not been, and our enemies will a second
time come upon us with more rage than at the first !
AVherefore, we beseech thee, O thou, the desire of our
eyes, and the strength and life of our poor town, accept of
this motion, that now we have made unto our Lord, and
come and dwell in- the midst of us, and let us be thy people.
Besides, Lord, we do not know, but that to this day many
Diabolonians may be yet lurking in their town of Mansoul,
and they will betray us, when thou shalt leave us, into the
hand of Diabolus again; and who knows what designs,
plots, or contrivances have passed betwixt them, about
these things already ! Loath we are to fall again into his
horrible hands. Wherefore, let it please thee to accept of
our palace for thy place of residence, and of the houses of
the best men in our town, for the reception of thy soldiers
and their furniture."
Then said the Prince, " If I come to your town, will you
suffer me further to proseeute that which is in mine heart,
against mine enemies and yours? yea, will you help me in
such undertakings ?
12*
138 THE HOLY WAR.
They answered, " We know not what we shall do ; we
did not think once, that we should have been such traitors
to Shaddai, as we have proved to be. What, then, shall
we say to our Lord ? Let him put no trust in his saints ;
let the Prince dwell in our castle, and make of our town a
garrison ; let him set his noble captains and his warlike
soldiers over us ; yea, let him conquer us with his love, and
overcome us with his grace, and then surely, shall he be but
with us, and help us, as he was and did that morning that
our pardon was read unto us. We shall comply with this
our Lord, and with his ways, and fall in with his word
against the mighty.
" One word more, and thy servants have done, and in
this will trouble our Lord no more. We know not the
depth of the wisdom of thee, our Prince. Who could
have thought, that had been ruled by his reason, that sc
much sweet, as we do now enjoy, should have come out of
those bitter trials, wherewith we were tried at the first !
But, Lord, let light go before, and let love come after : yea,
take us by the hand, and lead us by thy counsels, and let
this always abide upon us, that all things shall be for the
best for thy servants, and come to our Mansoul, and do as
it pleaseth thee. Or, Lord, come to our Mansoul, do what
thou wilt, so thou keepest us from sinning, and makest us
serviceable to thy Majesty."
Then said the Prince, to the town of Mansoul again,
" Go, return to your houses in peace. I wdl willingly, in
this, comply with your desires; I will remove my royaJ
pavilion, I will draw up my forces before Eye-gate to-mor
row, and so will march forwards into the town of Mansoul
I will possess myself of your castle of Mansoul, and wiL
set my soldiers over you ; yea, I will yet do things in Man-
soul, that cannot -be paralleled in any nation, country, or
kingdom under heaven."
THE HOLY WAR. 139
Then did the men of Mansoul give a shout, and returned
unto their houses in peace ; they also told to their kindred
and friends, the good that Emmanuel had promised to Man-
soul. " And to-morrow," said they, " he will march into
our town, and take up his dwelling, he and his men, in
Mansoul."
Then went out the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul,
with haste to the green trees and to the meadows, to gather
boughs and flowers, therewith to strew the streets against
their Prince, the Son of Shaddai, should come ; they also
made garlands and other fine works to betoken how joyful
they were, and should be to receive their Emmanuel into
Mansoul ; yea, they strewed the street quite from Eye-gate
to the castle gate, the place where the Prince should be.
They also prepared for his coming what music the town of
Mansoul would afford, that they might play before him to
the palace, his habitation.
So, at the time appointed, he makes his approach to Man-
soul, and the gates were set open for him ; there also, the
ancients and elders of Mansoul met him, to salute him with
H lliousand welcomes. Then he arose and entered Man-
soul, he and all his servants. The elders of Mansoul did
also go rejoicing before him till he came to the castle gates.
And this was the manner of his going up thither: — He was
clad in his golden armour, he rode in his royal chariot, the
trumpets sounded about him, the colours were displayed,
his ten thousands went up at his feet, and the elders of Man-
soul rejoiced before him. And now were the walls of the
famous town of Mansoul filled with the tramplings of the
inhabitants thereof, who went up thither to view the ap-
proach of the blessed Prince and his royal army. Also the
casements, windows, balconies, and tops of the houses, wore
all now filled with persons of all sorts, to behold how their
♦own was to be filled with good.
140 THE HOLY WAR.
Now, when he was come so far into the town as to the
Recorder's house, he commanded that one should go to
Captain Credence, to know whether the castle of Mansoul
was prepared to entertain his royal presence, (for the prepa-
ration of that was left to that captain,) and word was brought
that it was. Then was Captain Credence commanded also
to come forth with his power to meet the Prince, the which
was, as he had commanded, done ; and he conducted him
into the castle. This done, the Prince, that night, did lodge
in the castle with his mighty captains and men of war, to
the joy of the town of Mansoul.
Now, the next care of the townsfolk was, how the cap-
tains and soldiers of the Prince's army should be quartered
among them; and the care was not, how they should shut
their hands of them, but how they should fill their houses
with them ; for every man in Mansoul, now had that esteem
of Emmanuel and his men, that nothing grieved them more,
than because they were not enlarged enough, every one of
them, to receive the whole army of the Prince ; yea, they
counted it then - glory to be waiting upon them, and would,
in those days, run at their bidding. At last they came to
this result : — ■
1. That Captain Iunocency should quarter at Mr. Rea-
son's.
2. That Captain Patience should quarter at Mr. Mind's.
This Mr. Mind was formerly the Lord WillbewiU's clerk,
in time of the late rebellion.
3. It was ordered that Captain Charity should quarter at
Mr. Affection's house.
4. That Captain Good-Hope should quarter at my Lord
Mayor's. Now, for the house of the Recorder, because it
was next to the castle, and because from him, it was ordered
by the Prince that, if need be, the alarm should be given to
THE HOLY WAR. 141
Mansoul,- — it was desired by him, that Captain Boanerges
and Captain Conviction should take up their quarters with
him, even they and all their men.
5. As for Captain Judgment and Captain Execution, my
Lord Willbewill took them and their men to him, because
he was to rule under the Prince, for the good of the town
of Mansoul now, as he had before under the tyrant Diabo-
lus, for the hurt and damage thereof.
G. And throughout the rest of the town, were quartered
Emmanuel's forces ; but Captain Credence, with his men,
abode still in the castle. So the Prince, his captains, and
his soldiers, were lodged in the town of Mansoul.
Now, the ancients and elders of the town of Mansoul
thought that they never should have enough of the Prince
Emmanuel ; his person, his actions, his words and beha-
viour, were so pleasing, so taking, so desirable to them.
Wherefore they prayed him, that though the castle of Man-
soul was his place of residence, (and they desired that he
might dwell there for ever,) yet that he would often visit
the streets, houses, and people of Mansoul. " For," said
they, " dread Sovereign, thy presence, thy looks, thy smiles,
thy words, are the life, and strength, and sinews of the town
of Mansoul."
Besides this, they craved that they might have, without
difficulty or interruption, continual access unto him, (so for
that very purpose he commanded that the gates should stand
open,) that they might there see the manner of his doings,
the fortifications of the place, and the royal mansion-house
of the Prince.
When he spake, they all stopped their mouths, and gave
audience ; and when he walked, it was their delight to imi-
tate him in his goings.
Now, upon a time, Emmanuel made a feast for the town
142 THE HOLY WAR.
of Mansoul ; and upon the feas ting-day, the townsfolk were
come to the castle to partake of his banquet ; and he feasted
them with all manner of outlandish food — food that grew
not in the fields of Mansoul, nor in all the whole kingdom
of Universe : it was food that came from his Father's court
And so there was dish after dish set before them, and they
were commanded freely to eat. But still, when a fresh dish
was set before them, they would whisperingly say to each
other, " What is it ?" for they wist not what to call it.
They drank also of the water that was made wine, and
were very merry with him. There was music also, all the
while at the table ; and man did eat angels' food, and had
honey given him out of the rock. So Mansoul did eat the
food that was peculiar to the court ; yea, they had now
thereof to the full.
I must not forget to tell you, that as at this table there
were musicians, so they were not those of the country, nor
yet of the town of Mansoul ; but they were the masters of
the songs that were sung at the court of Shaddai.
Now, after the feast was over, Emmanuel was for enter-
taining the town of Mansoul with some curious riddles of
secrets drawn up by his Father's Secretary, by the skill
and wisdom of Shaddai ; the like to these there is not in
any kingdom.. These riddles were made upon the King
Shaddai himself, and upon Emmanuel his Son, and upon
his wars and doings with Mansoul.
Emmanuel also expounded unto them some of those
riddles himself; but, oh ! how they were lightened ! They
saw what they never saw ; they could not have thought,
that such rarities could have been couched in so few and
such ordinary words. I told you before, whom these rid-
dles did concern ; and as they were opened, the people did
evidently see it was so. Yea, they did gather that the
THE HOLY WAR. 143
things themselves, were a kind of a portraiture, and that of
Emmanuel- himself; for when they read in the scheme,
where the riddles were writ, and looked in the face of the
Prince, things looked so like the one to the other, that Man-
soul could not forbear but say, " This is the lamb ! this is
the sacrifice ! this is the rock ! this is the red cow ! this is
the door ! and this is the way !" with a great many other
things more.
And thus, he dismissed the town of Mansoul. But can
you imagine, how the people of the corporation were taken
with this entertainment ? Oh ! they were transported with
joy, they were drowned with wonderment, while they saw
and understood, and considered, what their Emmanuel en-
tertained them withal, and what mysteries he opened to
them. And when they were at home in their houses, and
in their most retired places, they could not but sing of him
and of his actions. Yea, so taken were the townsmen now,
with their Prince, that they would sing of him in their
sleep.
Now, it was in the heart of the Prince Emmanuel, to
new-model the town of Mansoul, and to put it into such a
condition, as might be most pleasing to' him, and that might
best stand with the profit and security of the now flourish-
ing town of Mansoul. He provided also against insurrec-
tions at home, and invasions from abroad, such love had he
for the famous town of Mansoul.
Wherefore, he first of all commanded, that the groat
slings that were brought from his Father's court, when he
came to the war of Mansoul, should be mounted, some upon
the battlements of the castle, some upon the towers; fa-
there were towers in the town of Mansoul, towers new-
built by Emmanuel, since he came hither. There was also
an instrument, invented by Emmanuel, that was to throw
144 THE HOLY AVAR.
stones from the castle of Mansoul, out at Mouth-gate ; an
instrument that could not be resisted, nor that would miss,
of execution. Wherefore, for the wonderful exploits, that
it did when used, it went without a name ; and it was com-
mitted to the care of, and to be managed by the brave cap-
tain, the Captain Credence, in case of war.
This done, Emmanuel called the Lord Willbewill to him,
and gave him in commandment to take care of the gates,
the wall, and towers in Mansoul ; also the Prince gave him
the militia into his hand, and a special charge to withstand
all insurrections and tumults, that might be made in Man-
soul, against the peace of our Lord the King, and the peace
and tranquillity of the town of Mansoul. He also gave him
in commission, that if lie found any of the Diabolonians
lurking in any corner of the famous town of Mansoul, he
should forthwith apprehend them, and stay them, or com-
mit them to safe custody, that they may be proceeded against,
according to law.
Then he called unto him, the Lord Understanding, who
was the old Lord Mayor, he that was put out of place when
Diabolus took the town, and put him into his former office
again, and it became his place for his lifetime. He bid him
also, that he should build him a palace near Eye-gate, and
that he should build it in fashion like a tower for defence.
He bid him also, that he should read in the Revelation of
Mysteries all the days of his life, that he might know how
to perform his office aright. v
He also made Mr. Knowledge the Recorder, not of con-
tempt to old Mr. Conscience, who had been Recorder be-
fore, but for that it was in his princely mind, to confer upon
Mr. Conscience another employ, of which he told the old
gentleman he should know more hereafter.
Then he commanded, that the image of Diabolus should
THE HOLY WAR. 145
be taken down from the place where it was set up, and that
they should destroy it utterly, beating it into powder, and
casting it into the wind, without the town wall ; and that
the image of Shaddai, his Father, should be set up again,
with his own, upon the castle gates ; and that it should be
more fairly drawn than ever, forasmuch as both his Father
and himself were come to Mansoul in more grace and
mercy than heretofore. He would also that his name should
be fairly engraven upon the front of the town, and that it
should be done in the best of gold, for the honour of the
town of Mansoul.
After this Mas done, Emmanuel gave out a command-
ment, that those three great Diabolonians should be appre-
hended, namely, the two late Lord Mayors, to wit, Mr.
Incredulity, Mr. Lustings, and Mr. Forget-Good, the Re-
corder. Besides these, there were some of them that
Diabolus made burgesses and aldermen in Mansoul, that
were committed to ward by the hand of the now valiant
and now ri<dit noble, the brave Lord Willbewill.
And these were their names : — Alderman Atheism, Al-
derman Hard-Heart, and Alderman False-Peace. The
burgesses were, Mr. No-Truth, Mr. Pitiless, Mr. Haughty,
with the like. These were committed to close custody,
and the gaoler's name was Mr. True-Man. This True-
Man was one of those that Emmanuel brought with him
from his Father's court, when at the first he made a war
upon Diabolus, in the town of Mansoul.
After this, the Prince gave a charge that the three strong-
holds, that at the command of Diabolus, the Diabolonians
built in Mansoul, should be demolished and utterly pulled
down ; of which holds and their names, with their captains
and governors, you read a little before. But this was long
in doing, because of the largeness of the places, and because
13
146 THE HOLY WAR.
the stones, the timber, the iron, and all rubbish, was to be
carried without the town.
When this was done, the Prince gave order that the Lord
Mayor and aldermen of Mansoul should call a court of
judicature, for the trial and execution of the Diabolonians
in the corporation now under the charge of Mr. True-Man,
the gaoler.
Now, when the time was come, and the court set, com-
mandment was sent to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, to bring
the prisoners down to the bar. Then were the prisoners
brought down, pinioned and chained together, as the custom
of the town of Mansoul was. So, when they were pre-
sented before the Lord Mayor, the Recorder, and the rest
of the honourable bench, first, the jury was empannelled,
and then the witnesses sworn. The names of the jury were
these : — Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr. Upright, Mr.
Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth, Mr. Heavenly-
Mind, Mr. Moderate, Mr. Thankful, Mr. Good- Work, Mr.
Zeal-for-God, and Mr. Humble.
The names of the witnesses were — Mr. Know- All, Mr.
Tell-True, Mr. Hate-Lies, with my Lord Willbewill and
his men, if need were.
So the prisoners were set to the bar. Then said Mr.
Do-Right, (for he was the Town-Clerk,) " Set Atheism to
the bar, gaoler." So he was set to the bar. Then said the
Clerk, " Atheism, hold up thy hand. Thou art here in-
dicted by the name of Atheism, (an intruder upon the town
of Mansoul,) for that thou hast perniciously and doltishly
taught and maintained, that there is no God, and so no heed
to be taken to religion. This thou hast done against the
being, honour, and glory of the King, and against the peace
and safety of the town of Mansoul. What sayest thou ?
Art thou guilty of this indictment, or not ?
THE HOLY WAR. 117
Atheism. Not guilty.
Crier. Call Mr. Know-Ail, Mr. Tell-True, arid Mr. Hate-
Lies into the court.
So they were called, and they appeared.
Then said the Clerk, " You, the witnesses for the King,
look upon the prisoner at the bar ; do you know him ?"
Then said Mr. Know-All, " Yes, my lord, we know
him; his name is Atheism ; he has been a very pestilent
fellow for many years, in the miserable town of Mansoul."
Clerk. You are sure you know him ?
Know. Know him ! Yes, my lord ; I have heretofore,
too often been in his company, to be at this time ignorant
of him. He is a Diabolonian, the son of a Diabolonian :
I knew his grandfather and his father.
Clerk. Well said. He standeth here indicted by the name
of Atheism, etc., and is charged, that he hath maintained
and taught, that there is no God, and so no heed need be
taken to any religion. What say you, the King's witnesses,
to this ? Is he guilty or not ?
Know. My lord, I and he were once in Villains' Lane
together, and he at that time did briskly talk of divers
opinions ; and then and there I heard him say, that, for his
part, he did believe that there was no God. " But," said
he, " I can profess one, and be as religious too, if the com-
pany I am in and other circumstances shall put me upon
it."
Clerk. You are sure you heard him say thus ?
Knoiv. Upon mine oath I heard him say thus.
Then said the Clerk, " Mr. Tell-True, what say you to
the King's Judges, touching the prisoner at the bar ?"
Tell. My lord, I formerly was a great companion of his,
for the which, I now repent me ; and I have often heard
him say, and that with very great stomachfulness, that he
believed there was neither God, angel, nor spirit.
148 THE HOLY WAR.
Clerk. Where did you hear him say so ?
Tell. In Blackmouth Lane and in Blasphemers' Row,
and in many other places besides.
Clerk. Have you much knowledge of him ?
Tell. I know him to be a Diabolonian, the son of a
Diabolonian, and a horrible man to deny a Deity. His
father's name was Never-be-Good, and he had more chil-
dren than this Atheism. I have no more to say.
Clerk. Mr. Hate-Lies, look upon the prisoner at the bar ;
do you know him ?
Hate. My lord, this Atheism is one of the vilest wretches
that ever I came near, or had to do with in my life. I have
heard him say, that there is no God ; I have heard him say,
that there is no world to come, no sin, nor punishment here-
after ; and, moreover, I have heard him say, that it was as
good to go to a lewd-house, as to go to hear a sermon.
Clerk. Where did you hear him say these things ?
Hate. In Drunkards' Row, just at Rascal-Lane's End,
at a house in which Mr. Impiety lived.
Clerk. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Lustings to the
bar. Mr. Lustings, thou art here indicted by the name of
Lustings, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that
thou hast devilishly and traitorously taught, by practice and
filthy words, that it is lawful and profitable to man to give
way to his carnal desires ; and that thou, for thy part, hast
not, nor ever will, deny thyself of any sinful delight, as
long as thy name is Lustings. How sayest thou ? Art thon
guilty of this indictment, or not ?
Then said Mr. Lustings, " My lord, I am a man of high
birth, and have been used to pleasures and pastimes of
greatness. I have not been wont to be snubbed for my
doings, but have been left to follow my will, as if it were
law. And it seems strange to me, that I should this day
THE HOLY WAR. 149
be called into question for that, that not only I, but almost
all men, do either secretly or openly countenance, love, and
approve of."
Clerk. Sir, we concern not ourselves with your great-
ness, (though the higher, the better you should have been ;)
but we are concerned, and so are you now, about an indict-
ment preferred against you. How say you 1 Are you
guilty of it, or not ?
Lust. Not guilty.
Clerk. Crier, call upon the witnesses to stand forth and
give their evidence.
Crier. Gentlemen, you, the witnesses for the King, come
in and give in your evidence for our Lord the King, against
the prisoner at the bar.
Clerk. Come, Mr. Know-All, look upon the prisoner at
the bar ; do you know him ?
Know. Yes, my lord, I know him.
Clerk. What is his name ?
Know. His name is Lustings : he was the son of one
Beastly, and his mother bare him in Flesh Street : she was
one Evil-Concupiscence's daughter. I knew all the gene-
ration of them.
Clerk. Well said. You have heard his indictment;
what say you to it ? Is he guilty of the things charged
against him, or not ?
Know. My lord, he has, as he saith, been a great man
indeed, and greater in wickedness than by pedigree, more
than a thousandfold.
Clerk. But what do you know of his particular actions,
and especially with reference to his indictment ?
Know. I know him to be a swearer, a liar, a Sabbath-
breaker ; I know him to be an unclean person ; I know him
13*
150 THE HOLY WAR.
to be guilty of abundance of evils. He has been, to my
knowledge, a very filthy man.
Clerk. But where did he use to commit his wickedness ?
in some private corners, or more open and shamelessly ?
Know. All the town over, my lord.
Clerk. Come, Mr. Tell-True, what have you to say for
our Lord the King, against the prisoner at the bar !
Tell. My lord, all that the first witness has said I know
to be true, and a great deal more besides.
Clerk. Mr. Lustings, do you hear what these gentlemen
say?
Lust. I was ever of opinion, that the happiest life that
a man could live on earth, was to keep himself back from
nothing that he desired in the world ; nor have I been false
at any time to this opinion of mine, but have lived in the
love of my notions all my days. Nor was I ever so churl-
ish, having- found such sweetness in them myself, as to keep
the commendations of them from others.
Then said the Court, " There hath proceeded enough
from his own mouth, to lay him open to condemnation ;
wherefore set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Incredulity to the
bar."
Incredulity set to the bar.
Clerk. Mr. Incredulity, thou art here indicted by the
name of Incredulity, (an intruder upon the town of Man-
soul,) for that thou hast feloniously and wickedly, and that,
when thou wert an officer in the town of Mansoul, made
head against the captains of the great King Shaddai, when
they came and demanded possession of Mansoul ; yea, thou
didst bid defiance to the name, forces, and cause of the
King, and didst also, as did Diabolus, thy captain, stir up
and encourage the town of Mansoul, to make head against
and resist the said force of the. King. What sayest thou to
this indictment ? Art thou guilty of it, or not.
THE HOLY WAR. 151
Then said Incredulity, " I know not Shaddai ; I love my
old prince ; I thought it my duty to be true to my trust, and
to do what I could, to possess the minds of the men of Man-
soul, to do their utmost to resist strangers and foreigners, and
with might to fight against them. Nor have I, nor shall 1
change mine opinion for fear of trouble, though you at
present are possessed of place and power."
Then said the Court, " The man, as you see, is incorri-
gible ; he is for maintaining his villanies by stoutness of
words, and his rebellion with impudent confidence ; and
therefore set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Forget-good to the
bar."
Forget-Good set to the bar.
Clerk. Mr. Forget-Good, thou art here indicted by the
name of Forget-Good, (an intruder upon the town of Man-
soul,) for that thou, when the whole affairs of the town of
Mansoul were in thy hand, didst utterly forget to serve them
in what was good, and didst fall in with the tyrant Diabolus
against Shaddai the King, against his captains and all his
host, to the dishonour of Shaddai, the breach of his law,
and the endangering of the destruction of the famous town
of Mansoul. "What sayest thou to this indictment ? Art
thou guilty, or not guilty ?
Then said Forget-Good, " Gentlemen, and at this time my
judges ; as to the indictment, by which I stand of several
crimes accused, before you, pray attribute my forgetfulness
to mine age, and not to my wilfulness ; to the craziness of
my brain, and not to the carelessness of my mind ; and then
I hope I may be, by your charity, excused from great pun-
ishment, though I be guilty."
Then said the Court, " Forget-Good, Forget-Good, thy
forgetfulness of good was not simply of frailty, but of purpose
and for that thou didst loathe to keep virtuous things in thy
1 52 THE HOLY AVAR.
mind. What was bad thou couldst i - etain, but what was
good thou couldst not abide to think of; thy age, therefore,
and thy pretended craziness, thou makest use of to blind the
court withal, and as a cloak to cover thy knavery. But let
us hear what the witnesses have to say for the King, against
the prisoner at the bar. Is he guilty of this indictment, or
not ?"
Hate. My lord, I have heard this Forget-Good say, that
he could never abide to think of goodness, no, not for a
quarter of an hour.
Clerk. Where did you hear him say so ?
Hate. In All-base Lane, at a house next door to the sign
of the Conscience seared with a hot iron.
Clerk. Mr. Know-All, what can you say for our Lord
the King, against the prisoner *X the bar ?
Know. My lord, I know this man well. He is a Diabo-
lonian, the son of a Diabolonian ; his father's name was
Love-Naught; and for him, I have often heard him say,
that he counted the very thoughts of goodness, the most
burdensome thing in the world.
Clerk. Where have you heard him say these words ?
Know. In Flesh Lane, right opposite to the church.
Then said the Clerk, " Come, Mr. Tell-True, give in
your evidence concerning the prisoner at the bar, about that
for which he stands here, as you see, indicted by this ho-
nourable Court."
Tell. My lord, I have heard him often say, he had rather
think of the vilest thing, than of what is contained in the
Holy Scriptures.
Clerk. Where did you hear him say such grievous words ?
Tell. Where ? In a great many places, particularly in
Nauseous Street, in the house of one Shameless, and in Filth
Lane, at the sign of the Reprobate, next door to the Descen
into the Pit.
THE HOLY WAR. 153
Court. Gentlemen, yon have heard the indictment, his
plea, and the testimony of the witnesses. Goaler, set Mr.
Hard-Heart to the bar.
He is set to the bar.
Clerk. Mr. Hard-Heart, thou art here indicted by the
name of Hard-Heart, (an intruder upon the town of Man-
eoul,) for that thou didst, most desperately and wickedly,
possess the town of Mansoul with impenitency and obdu-
rateness ; and didst keep them from remorse and sorrow for
their evils, all the time of their apostasy from, and rebellion
against, the blessed King Shaddai. What sayest thou to
this indictment ? Art thou guilty, or not guilty ?
Hard. My lord, I never knew what remorse, or sorrow
meant, in all my life. I am impenetrable, I care for no man ;
nor can I be pierced with men's griefs ; their groans will not
enter into my heart. Whomsoever I mischief, whomsoever
I wrong, to me it is music, when to others mourning.
Court. You see the man is a right Diabolonian, and has
convicted himself. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. False-
Peace to the bar.
False-Peace set to the bar.
" Mr. False-Peace, thou art here indicted by the name of
False-Peace, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for
that thou didst most wickedly and satanically bring, hold,
and keep the town of Mansoul, both in her apostasy and in
her hellish rebellion, in a false, groundless, and dangerous
peace, and damnable security, to the dishonour of the King,
the transgression of his law, and the great damage of the
town of Mansoul. What sayest thou ? Art thou guilty of
this indictment, or not ?"
Then said Mr. False-Peace, " Gentlemen, and you now
appointed to be my judges ; I acknowledge that my name is
Mr. Peace ; but that my name is False-Peace, I utterly deny.
154 THE HOLY WAK.
If your honours shall please to send for any that do inti-
mately know me from my birth, or for the gossips that were
at my christening, the)r will, any or all of them, prove that
my name is not False-Peace, but Peace. Wherefore I
cannot plead to this indictment, forasmuch as my name is
not inserted therein ; and as in my true name, so are also
my conditions. I was always a man that loved to live at
quiet, and what I loved myself, that I thought others might
love also. Wherefore, when I saw any of my neighbours
to labour under a disquieted mind, I endeavoured to help
them what I could ; and instances of this good temper of
mine, many I could give : as,
" 1. When, at the beginning, our town of Mansoul did
decline the ways of Shaddai, they, some of them, afterwards
began to have disquieting reflections upon themselves, for
what they had done ; but I, as one troubled to see them dis-
quieted, presently sought out means to get them quiet again.
" 2. When the ways of the old world, and of Sodom,
were in fashion, if anything happened to molest those that
■were for the customs of the present times, I laboured to make
them quiet again, and to cause them to act without molesta-
tion.
" 3. To come nearer home : when the wars fell out be-,
tween Shaddai and Diabolus, if at any time I saw any of the
town of Mansoul afraid of destruction, I often used, by some
way, device, invention, or other, to labour to bring them to
peace again. Wherefore, since I have been always a man
of so virtuous a temper, as some say a peace-maker is ; and
if a peace-maker be so deserving a man, as some have been
bold to attest he is ; then let me, gentlemen, be accounted by
you, who have a great name for justice and equity in Man-
soul, for a man that deserveth not this inhuman way of
treatment, but liberty, and also a license to seek damage of
those that have been my accusers."
THE HOLY WAR. 155
Then said the clerk, " Crier, make a proclamation."
Crier. O yes ! Forasmuch as the prisoner at the bar hath
denied his name to be that which is mentioned in the indict-
ment, the Court requireth, that if there be any in this place
that can give information to the Court, of the original and
right name of the prisoner, they would come forth and give
in their evidence ; for the prisoner stands upon his own in-
nocency.
Then came two into the court and desired that they might
have leave to speak what they knew concerning the prisoner
at the bar: the name of the one was Search-Truth, and the
name of the other Vouch-Truth. So the Court demanded
of these men, if they knew the prisoner, and what they could
say concerning him, " for he stands," said they " upon his
own vindication."
Then said Mr. Search-Truth, " My lord, I—"
Court. Hold ! give him his oath.
Then they sware him. So he proceeded.
Search. My lord, I know, and have known this man,
from a child, and can attest that his name is False-Peace.
I knew his father ; his name was Mr. Flatterer : and his
mother, before she was married, was called by the name of
•Mrs. Sooth-Up : and these two, when they came together,
lived not long without this son ; \nd when he was born, they
called his name False-Peace. I was his playfellow, only I
was somewhat older than he ; and when his mother did use
to call him home from his play, she used to say, " False-
Peace, False-Peace, come home quick, or I'll fetch you."
Yea, I knew him when a babe ; and though I was then but
little, yet I can remember, that when his mother did use to
sit at the door with him, or did play with him in her arms,
she would call him, twenty times together, " My little False-
Peace ! my pretty False-Peace !" and " Oh ! my sweet rogue,
156 THE HOLY WAR.
False-Peace !" and again, " Oh ! my little bird, False-Peace!"
and, " How do I love ray child !" The gossips also know
it is thus, though he has had the face to deny it in open court.
Then Mr. Vouch-Truth was called upon to speak what
he knew of him. So they sware him.
Then said Mr. Vouch-Truth, "My lord, all that the
former witness hath said, is true. His name is False-Peace,
the son of Mr. Flatterer, and of Mrs. Sooth-Up, his mother ;
and I have, in former times, seen him angry with those that
have called him anything else but False-Peace, for he would
say that all such did mock and nickname him ; but this was
in the time, when Mr. False-Peace was a great man, and
when the Diabolonians were the brave men in Mansoul. "
Court. Gentlemen, you have heard what these two men
have sworn against the prisoner at the bar. And now, Mr.
False-Peace, to you : you have denied your name to be
False-Peace, yet you see, that these honest men have sworn,
that that is your name. As to your plea, in that you are
quite besides the matter of your indictment, you are not by
it charged for evil-doing, because you are a man of peace,
or a peace-maker among your neighbours ; but for that you
did wickedly and satanically bring, keep, and hold the town
of Mansoul, both under its apostacy from, and in its rebel-
lion against its King, in a false, lying, and damnable peace,
contrary to the law of Shaddai, and to the hazard of the
destruction of the then miserable town of Mansoul. All
that you have pleaded for yourself is, that you have denied
your name, etc. ; but here, you see, we have witnesses to
prove that you are the man. For the peace that you so
much boast of making among your neighbours, know, that
peace that is not a companion of truth and holiness, but
that which is without this foundation, is grounded upon a
lie, and is both deceitful and damnable, as also the great
THE HOLY WAR. 157
Shaddai hath said. Thy plea, therefore, has not delivered
thee from what, by the indictment thou art charged with,
but rather it doth fasten all upon thee. But thou shaft have
very fair play. Let us call the witnesses that are to testify
as to matter of fact, and see what they have to say for our
Lord the King, against the prisoner at the bar.
Clerk. Mr. Know-Ail, what say you for our Lord the
King against the prisoner at the bar ?
Know. My Lord, this man hath of a long time made it,
to my knowledge, his business to keep the town of Mansoul
in a sinful quietness in the midst of all her lewdness, filthi-
ness, and turmoils, and hath said, and that in my hearing,
Come, come, let us fly from all trouble, on what ground
soever it comes, and let us be for a quiet and peaceable life,
though it wanteth a good foundation.
Clerk. Come, Mr. Hate-Lies, what have you to say "t
Hate. M y Lord, I have heard him say, that peace, though
in a way uf unrighteousness, is better than trouble with
truth.
Clerk. Where did you hear him say this \
Hate. I heard him say it in Folly-yard, at the house of
one Mr. Simple, next door to the sign of the Self-deceiver.
Yea, he hath said this to my knowledge twenty times in
that place.
Clerk. "VVe may spare further witness ; this evidence is
plain and full. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. No-Truth
to the bar. Mr. No-Truth thou art here indicted by the
name of No-Truth, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,)
for that thou hast always, to the dishonour of Shaddai, and
the endangering of the utter ruin of the famous town of
Mansoul, set thyself to deface, and utterly to spoil all the
remainders of the law and image of Shaddai that have been
found in Mansoul after her deep apostasy from her king to
14
158 THE HOLY WAR.
Diabolus, the envious tyrant. What sayest thou, art tfuu
guilty of this indictment, or not ?
.V i. Not guilty, my lord.
Then the witnesses were called, and Mr. Know-All did
first ffive in his evidence against him.
A'noio. My lord, this man was at the pulling down of
the image of Shaddai ; yea, this is he that did it with his
own hands. I myself stood by and saw him do it, and he
did it at the commandment of Diabolus. Yea, this Mr. No-
Truth dul more than this, he did also set up the homed
image of the beast Diabolus in the same place. This also is
he that, at the bidding of Diabolus, did rend and tear, and
cause to be consumed, all that he could of the remainders of
the law of the King, even whatever he could lay his hands
on in Mansoul.
Clerk. Who saw him do this besides yourself'
Hate. I did, my lord, and so did many more besides ; for
this was not done by stealth, or in a corner, but in the open
view of all ; yea, he chose himself to do it publicly, for he
delighted in the doing of it.
Clerk. Mr. No-Truth, how could you have the face to
plead not guilty, when you were so manifestly the doer of
all this wickedness '
No. Sir, I thought I must say something, and as my
name is, so I speak : I have been advantaged thereby before
now, and did not know but by speaking no truth, I might
have reaped the same benefit now.
Clerk. Set him by, gaoler, and set Mr. Pitiless to the
bar. Mr. Pitiless, thou art here indicted by the name of
Pitiless, (an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,) for that
thou didst most traitorously and wickedly shut up all bowels
of compassion, and wouldest not sutler poor Mansoul to
condole her own misery, when she had apostatized from her
THE HOLY WAR. 159
rightful King, but didst evade, and at all times turn her mind
away from those thoughts that had in them a tendency to
lead her to repentance. "What say est thou to this indict-
ment ? Guilty, or not guilty ?
'• Not guilty of pkilessness : all I did, was to cheer-up,
according to my name, for my name is not Pitiless, but
Cheer-Up ; and I could not abide to see Mansoul inclined
to melancholy."
Clerk. How ! Do you deny your name, and say it is not
Pitiless, but Cheer-Up ? Call for the witnesses. What say
you, the witnesses, to this plea ?
Know. My lord, his name is Pitiless ; so he hath writ-
ten himself in all papers of concern wherein he has had to
do. But these Diabolonians love to counterfeit their names :
Mr. Covetousness covers himself with the name of Good-
Husbandry, or the like ; Mr. Pride can, when need is, call
himself Mr. Neat, Mr. Handsome, or the like; and so of
all the rest of them.
Clerk. Mr. Tell-True, what say you ?
Tell. His name is Pitiless, my lord. I have known him
from a child, and he hath done all that wickedness, whereof
he stands charged in the indictment ; but there is a company
of them that are not acquainted with the danger of damning",
therefore they call all those melancholy, that have serious
ights how that state should be shunned by them.
Clerk. Set Mr. Haughty to the bar, gaoler. Mr. Haughty,
thou art here indicted by the name of Haughtv, 'an intruder
upon the town of Mansoul,) for that thou didst most trai-
torously and devilishly teach the town of Mansoul, to carry
it loftily and stoutly against the summons that was o-iven
them by the captains of the King Shaddai. Thou didst also
teach the town of Mansoul to speak contemptuously and
vilifyingly of their great King Shaddai ; and didst moreover
160 THE HOLY WAR.
encourage, both by words and examples, Mansoul to take
up arms both against the King and his son Emmanuel.
How sayest thou, art thou guilty of this indictment, or not ?
Haughty. Gentlemen, I have always been a man of
courage and valour, and have not used when under the
1 greatest clouds, to sneak or hang down the head like a bul-
rush ; nor did it at all, at any time,, please me to see men
veil their bonnets to those that have opposed them ; yea,
though their adversaries seemed to have ten times the advan-
tage of them. I did not use to consider who was my foe,
nor what the cause was in which I was engaged. It was
enough to me, if I carried it bravery, fought like a man, and
came off a victor.
Court. Mr. Haughty, you are not here indicted for that
you have been a valiant man, nor for your courage and stout-
ness in times of distress, but that you have made use of this
your pretended valour, to draw the town of Mansoul into
acts of rebellion, both against the great King, and Emmanuel
his Son. This is the crime and the thing wherewith thou
art charged in and by the indictment.
But he made no answer to that.
Now when the Court had thus far proceeded against the
prisoners at the bar, then they put them over to the verdict
of their jury, to whom they did apply themselves after this
manner :
" Gentlemen of the jury, You have been here, and have
seen these men ; you have heard their indictments, their
pleas, and what the witnesses have testified against them :
now what remains, is, that you do forthwith withdraw
^ yourselves to some place, where without confusion you may
consider of what verdict, in a way of truth and righteous-
ness, you ought to bring in for the King against them, and
so bring it in accordingly."
THE HOLY WAR. 161
Then the jury, to wit, Mr. Belief, Mr. True-Heart, Mr.
Upright, Mr. Hate-Bad, Mr. Love-God, Mr. See-Truth,
Mr. Heavenly-Mind, Mr. Moderate, Mr. Thankful, Mr.
Humble, Mr. Good- Work, and Mr. Zeal-for-God, withdrew
themselves in order to their work. Now when they were
shut up by themselves, they fell to discourse among them-
selves, in order to the drawing up of their verdict.
And thus Mr. Belief (for he was the foreman) began :
" Gentlemen," quoth he, " for the men, the prisoners at the
bar, for my part, 1 believe that they all deserve death."
" Very right," said Mr. True-Heart ; " I am wholly of your
opinion." " Oh what a mercy is it," said Mr. Hate-Bad,
" that such villains as these are apprehended !" " Ay ! ay !"
said Mr. Love-God, " this is one of the joyfullest days that
ever I saw in my life." Then said Mr. See-Truth, " I
know, that if we judge them to death, our verdict shall
stand before Shaddai himself." " Nor do I at all question
it," said Mr. Heavenly-Mind ; he said, moreover, " When
all such beasts as these are cast out of Mansoul, what a
goodly town will it be then !" " Then," said Mr. Mode-
rate, " it is not my manner to pass my judgment with rash-
ness ; but for these, their crimes are so notorious, and the
witness so palpable, that the man must be wilfully blind
who saith the prisoners ought not to die." " Blessed be
God," said Mr. Thankful, " that the traitors are in safe
custody !" " And I join with you in this upon my bare
knees," said Mr Humble. "I am glad also," said Mr.
Good- Work. Then said the warm and true-hearted Mr.
Zeal-for-God, "Cut them off ; they have been the plague,
and have sought the destruction of Mansoul."
Thus, therefore, being all agreed in their verdict, they
come instantly into the Court.
Clerk. Gentlemen of the jury, answer all to your n?mes :
14*
162 THE HOLY WAR.
Mr. Belief, one : Mr. True-Heart, two : Mr. Upright, three :
Mr. Hate-Bad, four : Mr. Love-God, five : Mr. See-Truth,
six: Mr. Heavenly-Mind, seven: Mr. Moderate, eight: Mr.
Thankful, nine : Mr. Humble, ten : Mr. Good-Work, eleven :
and Mr. Zeal-for-God, twelve. Good men and true, stand
together in your verdict : are you all agreed ?
Jury. Yes, my lord.
Clerk. Who shall speak for you ?
Jury. Our foreman.
Clerk. You, the gentlemen of the jury, being empanelled
for our Lord the King, to serve here in a matter of life and
death, have heard the trials of each of these men, the prison-
ers at the bar : what say you ? are they guilty of that, and
those crimes for- which they stand here indicted, or are they
not guilty ?
Foreman. Guilty, m) lord.
Clerk. Look to your prisoners, gaoler.
This was done in the morning, and in the afternoon they
received the sentence of death according to the law.
The gaoler, therefore, having received such a charge, put
them all in the inward prison, to preserve them there till the
day of execution, which was to be the next day in the
morning.
But now to see how it happened, one of the prisoners,
Incredulity by name, in the interim betwixt the sentence
and the time of execution, brake prison, and made his escape,
and gets him away quite out of the town of Mansoul, and
lay lurking in such places and holes as he might, until he
should again have opportunity to do the town of Mansoul a
mischief, for their thus handling him as they did.
Now when Mr. Trueman, the gaoler, perceived that he
had lost his prisoner, he was in a heavy taking, because that
prisoner was, to speak on, the very worst of all the gang :
THE HOLY WAR. 163
wherefore first he goes and acquaints my Lord Mayor, Mr.
Recorder, and my Lord Willbewill, with the matter, and to
get of them an order to make search for him throughout the
town of Mansoul. So an order he got, and search was made,
but no such man could now be found in all the town of
Mansoul.
All that could be gathered was, that he had lurked awhile
about the outside of the town, and that here and there, one
or other had a glimpse of him, as he did make his escape
out of Mansoul ; one or two also did affirm, that they saw
him without the town, going apace quite over the plain.
Now when he was quite gone, it was affirmed by one Mr.
Did-See, that he ranged all over dry places, till he met with
Diabolus, his friend, and where should they meet one
another, but just upon Hell-gate hill.
But oh ! what a lamentable story did the old gentleman
tell to Diabolus, concerning what sad alteration Emmanuel
had made in Mansoid !
As, first, how Mansoul had, after some delays, received
a general pardon at the hands of Emmanuel, and that they
had invited him into the town, and that they had given him
the castle for his possession. He said, moreover, that they
had called his soldiers into the town, coveted who should
quarter the most of them ; they also entertained him with
the timbrel and song. " But that," said Incredulity, " which
is the sorest vexation to me is, that he hath pulled down, O
father, thy image, and set up his own ; pulled down thy
officers, and set up his own. Yea, and "Willbewill, that
rebel, who, one would have thought, should never have
turned from us, he is now in as great favour with Emmanuel,
as ever he was with thee. But besides all this, this Willbe-
will has received a special commission from his master to
search for, to apprehend, and to put to death all, and all
164 THE HOLY WAR.
manner of Diabolonians that he shall find in Mansoul : yea,
and this Will be will has taken and committed to prison
already eight of my Lord's most trusty friends in Mansoul.
Nay further, my Lord, with grief I speak it, they have been
.ill arraigned, condemned, and I doubt not before this, exe-
cuted in Mansoul. I told my Lord of eight, and myself
was the ninth, who should assuredly have drunk of the same
cup, but that through craft, I, as thou seest, have made mine
escape from them.
When Diabolus had heard this lamentable story, he yelled,
and snuffed up the wind like a dragon, and made the sky to
look dark with his roaring ; he also sware that he would try
to be revenged on Mansoul for this. So they, both he and
his old friend Incredulity, concluded to enter into great con-
sultation, how they might get the town of Mansoul again.
Now, before this time, the day was come in which the
prisoners in Mansoul were to be executed. So they were
brought to the cross, and that by Mansoul, in most solemn
manner ; for the Prince said that this should be done by the
hand of the town of Mansoul, " that I may see," said he,
" the forwardness of my now redeemed Mansoul to keep my
word, and to do my commandments , and that I may bless
Mansoul in doing this deed. Proof of sincerity pleases me
well ; let Mansoul therefore first lay their hands upon these
Diabolonians to destroy them."
So the town of Mansoul slew them, according to the word
of their Prince ; but when the prisoners were brought to the
cross to die, you can hardly believe what troublesome work
Mansonl had of it, to put the Diabolonians to death ; for the
men knowing that they must die, and every one of them
having implacable enmity in their hearts to Mansoul, what
did they, but took courage at the cross, and there resisted
the men of the town of Mansoul 1 Wherefore the men of
THE HOLY WAR. 1G5
Mansoul were forced to cry out for help, to the captains and
men of war. Now the great Shaddai had a secretary in the
town, and he was a great lover of the men of Mansoul, and
he was at the place of execution also ; so he, hearing the
men of Mansoul cry out against the stragglings and unruli-
ness of the prisoners, rose up from his place, and came and
put his hands upon the hands of the men of Mansoul. So
they crucified the Diabolonians that had been a plague, a
grief, and an offence to the town of Mansoul.
Now, when this good work was done, the Prince came
down to see, to visit, and to speak comfortably to the men
of Mansoul, and to strengthen their hands in such work.
And he said to them, that by this act of theirs he had proved
them, and found them to be lovers of his person, observers
of his laws, and such as had also respect to his honour. He
said, moreover, (to show them that they, by this should not
be losers, nor their town weakened by the loss of them,) that
he would make them another captain, and that of one of
themselves. And that this captain should be the ruler of a
thousand, for the good and benefit of the now nourishing
town of Mansoul.
So he called one to him, whose name was Waiting, and
bid him, " Go quickly up to the castle gate, and inquire there
for one Mr. Experience, that waiteth upon that noble captain,
the Captain Credence, and bid him come hither to me."
So the messenger that waited upon the good Prince Em-
manuel, went and said as he was commanded. Now the
young gentleman was waiting to see the captain train and
muster his men in the castle yard. Then said Mr. Waiting
to him, " Sir, the Prince would that you should come down
to his highness forthwith." So he brought him down to
Emmanuel, and he came and made obeisance before him.
Now the men of the town knew Mr. Experience well, for
166 THE HOLY WAR.
he was born and bred in Mansoul ; they also knew him to
be a man of conduct, of valour, and a person prudent in
matters ; he was also a comely person, well spoken, and
very successful in his undertakings.
Wherefore the hearts of the townsmen were transported
with joy, when they saw that the Prince himself was so
taken with Mr. Experience, that he would needs make him
a captain over a band of men.
So, with one consent, they bowed the knee before Em-
manuel, and with a shout said, "Let Emmanuel live for
ever !" Then said the Prince to the young gentleman,
whose name was Mr. Experience, " 1 have thought good to
confer upon thee a place of trust and honour in this my town
of Mansoul." Then the young man bowed his head and
worshipped. " It is," said Emmanuel, " that thou shouldest
be a captain, a captain over a thousand men in my beloved
town of Mansoul." Then said the captain," " Let the King
live." So the Prince gave out orders forthwith to the King's
secretary, that he should draw up for Mr. Experience a com-
mission to make him a captain over a thousand men ; " and
let it be brought to me," said he, " that I may set to it my
seal." So it was done as it was commanded. The com-
mission was drawn up, brought to Emmanuel, and he set
his seal thereto. Then, by the hand of Mr. Waiting, he
sent it away to the captain.
Now so soon as the captain had received his commission,
he soundeth his trumpet for volunteers, and young men come
to him apace ; yea, the greatest and chief men in the town
sent their sons to be listed under his command. Thus
Captain Experience came under command to Emmanuel,
for the good of the town of Mansoul. He had for his
lieutenant one Mr. Skilful, and for his cornet one Mr. Me-
mory. His under-ofhcers I need not name. His colours
THE HOLY WAR, 167
were the white colours for the town of Mansoul ; and his
scutcheon was the dead lion and dead bear. So the Prince
returned to his royal palace again.
Now, when he was returned thither, the elders of the
town of Mansoul, to wit, the Lord Mayor, the Recorder,
and the Lord Willbewill, went to congratulate him, and in
special way to thank him for his love, care, and the tender
compassion which he showed to his ever obliged town of
Mansoul. So after a while, and some sweet communion
between them, the townsmen having solemnly ended their
ceremony, returned to their place again.
Emmanuel also at this time appointed them a day, where-
in he would renew their charter, yea, wherein he would re-
new and enlarge it, mending several faults therein, that
Mansoul's yokfc might be yet more easy. And this he did
without any desire of theirs, even of his own frankness and
noble mind. So when he had sent for and seen their old
one, he laid it by, and said, " Now that which decayeth and
waxeth old is ready to vanish away." He said, moreover,
" The town of Mansoul shall have another, a better, a new
one, more steady and firm by far." An epitome hereof
take as follows : —
" Emmanuel, Prince of Peace, and a great lover of the
town of Mansoul, I do in the name of my Father, and of
mine own clemency, give, grant, aiid bequeath to the be-
loved town of Mansoul,
" First. Free, full, and everlasting r orgiveness of all
wrongs, injuries, and offences done by them against my
Father, me, their neighbour, or themselves.
" Second. I do give them the holy law and my testament,
with all that therein is contained, for their everlasting com-
fort and consolation.
" Third. I do also give them a portion of the self-same
Ifi8 THE HOLY WAR.
grace and goodness that dwells in my Father's heart and
mine.
" Fourth. I do give, grant, and bestow upon them freely,
the world and what is therein, for their good ; and they
shall have that power over them, as shall stand with the
honour of my Father, my glory, and their comfort : yea,
I grant them the benefits of life and death, and of things
present, and things to come. This privilege, no other city,
town, or corporation shall have, but my Mansoul only.
" Fifth. I do give and grant them leave, and free access
to me in my palace at "all seasons — to my palace above or
below — there to make known their wants to me, and I give
them, moreover, a promise that I will hear and redress all
their grievances.
" Sixth. I do give, grant to, and invest the town of Man-
soul with full power and authority to seek out, take, enslave,
and destroy all, and all manner of Diabolonians that at any
time, from whencesoever, shall be found straggling in or
about the town of Mansoul.
" Seventh. I do further grant to my beloved town of
Mansoul, that they shall have authority not to suffer any
foreio-ner, or stranger, or their seed, to be free in, and of the
blessed town of Mansoul, nor to share in the excellent pri-
vileges thereof. But that all the grants, privileges, and im-
munities that I bestow upon the famous town of Mansoul,
shall be for those the old natives, and true inhabitants there-
of ; to them, I say, and to their right seed after them.
" But all Diabolonians, of what sort, birth, country, or
kingdom soever, shall be debarred a share therein."
So when the town of Mansoul had received at the hand
of Emmanuel their gracious charter, (which in itself is in-
finitely more large than by this lean epitome is set before
you,) they carried it to audience, that is, to the market-
THE HOLY WAR. 169
place, and there Mr. Recorder read it in the presence of all
the people. This being done, it was had back to the castle
gates, and there fairly engraven upon the doors thereof, and
laid in letters of gold, to the end that the town of Mansoul,
with all the people thereof, might have it always in their
view, or might go where they might see what a blessed free-
dom their Prince had bestowed upon them, that their joy
might be increased in themselves, and their love renewed
to their great and good Emmanuel.
But what joy, what comfort, what consolation, think you,
did now possess the hearts of the men of Mansoul ? The
bells rung, the minstrels played, the people rejoiced, the
captains shouted, the colours waved in the wind, and the
silver trumpets sounded ; and the Diabolonians now were
glad to hide their heads, for they looked like them that had
been long dead.
"When this was over, the Prince sent again for the elders
of the town of Mansoul, and communed with them about a
ministry that he intended to establish among them ; such a
ministry that might open unto them, and that might instruct
them in the things that did concern their present and future
state.
" For," said he, " you, of yourselves, unless you have
teachers and guides, will not be able to know, and, if not to
know r , to be sure not to do, the will of my Father."
At this news, when the elders of Mansoul brought it to
the people, the whole town came running together, (for it
pleased them well, as whatever the Prince now did, pleased
the people,) and all with one consent implored his Majesty,
that he would forthwith establish such a ministry among
them as might teach them both law and judgment, statute
and commandment ; that they might be documented in a 1
good and wholesome things. So he told them that he would
15
170 THE HOLY WAIt.
grant them their requests, and would establish two among
them ; one that was of his Father's court, and one that was
a native of Mansoul.
" He that is from the court," said he, " is a person of no
less quality and dignity than my Father and I : and he is
the Lord Chief Secretary of my Father's house : for he is,
and always has been, the chief dictator of all my Father's
laws, a person altogether well skilled in all mysteries, and
knowledge of mysteries, as is my Father, or myself. In-
deed he is one with us in nature, and also as to loving of,
and being faithful to, and in the eternal concerns of the
town of Mansoul.
" And this is he," said the Prince, " that must be your
chief teacher ; for it is he, and he only, that can teach you
clearly in all high and supernatural things. He, and he
only, it is that knows the ways and methods of my Father
at court, nor can any like him show how the heart of my
Father is at all times, in all things, upon all occasions to-
wards Mansoul , for as no man knows the things of a man,
but that spirit of a man which is in him, so the things of
my Father knows no man, but this his high and mighty
Secretary. Nor can any, as he, tell Mansoul how and what
they shall do, to keep themselves in the love of my Father.
He also it is, that can bring lost things to your remembrance,
and that can tell you tilings to come. This teacher, there-
fore, must of necessity have the pre-eminence, both in your
affections and judgment, before your other teacher ; his per-
sonal dignity, the excellency of his teaching, also the great
dexterity that he hath to help you to make and draw up
petitions to my Father for your help and to his pleasing,
must lay obligations upon you to love him, fear him, and to
take heed that you grieve him not.
" This person can put life and vigour into all he says ;
THE HOLY WAR. 171
yea, and can also put it into your heart. This person can
make seers of you, and can make you tell what shall be
hereafter. By this person you must frame all your petitions
to my Father and me ; and without his advice and counsel
first obtained, let nothing enter into the town or castle of
Mansoul, for that may disgust and grieve this noble persor-
" Take heed, I say, that you do not grieve this minister ,
for if you do, he may fight against you ; and should he once
be moved by you to set himself against you in battle array,
that will distress you more than if twelve legions should
from my Father's court be sent to make war upon you.
" But, as I said, if you shall hearken unto him, and shall
love him ; if you shall devote yourselves to his teaching,
and shall seek to have converse and to maintain communion
with him, you shall find him ten times better than is the
whole world to any ; yea, he will shed abroad the love of
my Father in your hearts, and Mansoul will be the wisest,
and most blessed of all people."
Then did the Prince call unto him the old gentleman,
who before had been the Recorder of Mansoul, Mr. Con-
science by name, and told him, That, forasmuch as he was
well skilled in the law and government of the town of Man-
soul, and was also well spoken, and could pertinently deli-
ver to them his Master's will in all terrene and domestic
matters, therefore he would also make him a minister for,
in, and to, the goodly town of Mansoul, in all the law,
statutes, and judgments of the famous town of Mansoul.
" And thou must," said the Prince, " confine thyself to the
teaching of moral virtues, to civil and natural duties ; but
thou must not attempt to presume to be a revealer of those
high and supernatural mysteries that are kept close in the
bosom of Shaddai, my Father; for those things knows no
man, nor can any reveal them but my Father's Secretary
only.
172 THE HOLY WAR.
" Thou art a native of the town of Mansoul, but the Lord
Secretary is a native with my Father ; wherefore, as thou
hast knowledge of the laws and customs of the corporation,
so he of the things and will of my Father.
" Wherefore, O Mr. Conscience, although I have made
thee a minister and a preacher to the town of Mansoul, yet
as to the things which the Lord Secretary knoweth, and
shall teach to this people, there thou must be his scholar and
a learner, even as the rest of Mansoul are.
" Thou must therefore, in all high and supernatural things,
go to him for information and knowledge ; for though there
be a spirit in man, this person's inspiration must give him
understanding. Wherefore, thou Mr. Recorder, keep
low and be humble, and remember that the Diabolonians
that kept not their first charge, but left their own standing,
are now made prisoners in the pit. Be therefore content
with thy station.
" I have made thee my Father's vicegerent on earth, in
such things of which I have made mention before : and
thou, take thou power to teach them to Mansoul, yea, and
to impose them with whips and chastisements, if they shall
not willingly hearken to do thy commandments.
"And, Mr. Recorder, because thou art old, and through
many abuses made feeble, therefore I give thee leave and
license to go when thou wilt to my fountain, my conduit,
and there to drink freely of the blood of my grape, for my
conduit doth always run wine. Thus doing, thou shalt
drive from thine heart and stomach all foul, gross, and hurt-
ful humours. It will also lighten thine eyes, and will
strengthen thy memory for the reception and keeping of all
that the King's most noble Secretary teacheth."
When the Prince had thus put Mr. Recorder (that once
so was) into the place and office of a minister to Mansoul,
THE HOLY WAR. 173
and the man had thankfully accepted thereof; then did
Emmanuel address himself in a particular speech to the
townsmen themselves.
" Behold," said the Prince to Mansoul, " my love am
care towards you ; I have added to all that is past, this
mercy, to appoint you preachers ; the most noble Secretary
to teach you in all high and sublime mysteries ; and this
gentleman," pointing to Mr. Conscience, "is to teach you
in all things human and domestic, for therein lieth his work.
He is not, by what I have said, debarred of telling to Man-
soul any thing that he hath heard and received at the mouth
of the lord high Secretary ; only he shall not attempt to
presume to pretend to be a revealer of those high mysteries
himself; for the breaking of them up, and the discovery of
them to Mansoul lieth only in the power, authority, and
skill of the lord high Secretary himself. Talk of them he
may, and so may the rest of the town of Mansoul ; yea,
and may, as occasion gives them opportunity, press them
upon each other, for the benefit of the whole. These things,
therefore, I would have you observe and do, for it is for
your life, and the lengthening of your days.
" And one thing more to my beloved Mr. Recorder, and
to all the town of Mansoul — You must not dwell in, nor
stay upon any thing of that which he hath in commission
to teach you, as to your trust and expectation of the next
world ; (of the next world I say, for I purpose to give
another to Mansoul, when this with them is worn out ;) but
for that you must wholly and solely have recourse to, and
make stay upon his doctrine, that is your Teacher after the
first order. Yea, Mr. Recorder himself must not look for
life from that which he himself revealeth ; his dependence
for that must be founded in the doctrine of the other
preacher. Let Mr. Recorder also take heed that he receive
15*
174 THE HOLY WAR.
not any doctrine, or point of doctrine, that is not communi-
cated to him hy his superior Teacher, nor yet within the
precincts of his own formal knowledge."
Now, after the Prince had thus settled things in the
.^moiis town of Mansoul, he proceeded to give to the elders
of the corporation a necessary caution, to wit, how they
should carry it to the high and noble captains that he had,
from his Father's court, sent or brought with him, to the
famous town of Mansoul.
" These captains," said he, " do love the town of Man-
soul, and they are picked men, picked out of abundance, as
men that best suit, and that will most faithfully serve in the
wars of Shaddai against the Diabolonians, for the preserva-
tion of the town of Mansoul. I charge you, therefore,"
said he, " O ye inhabitants of the now flourishing town of
Mansoul, that you carry it not ruggedly or untowardly to
my captains or their men ; since, as I said, they are picked
and choice men,— men chosen out of many, for the good of
the town of Mansoul. I say, I charge you, that you carry
it not untowardly to them : for though they have the hearts
and faces of lions, when at any time they shall be called
forth to engage and fight with the King's foes, and the ene-
mies of the town of Mansoul : yet a little discountenance
cast upon them from the town of Mansoul, will deject and
cast down their faces, will weaken and take away their
courage. Do not, therefore, O my beloved, carry it un-
kindly to my valiant captains and courageous men of war,
but love them, nourish them, succour them, and lay them in
your bosoms ; and they will not only fight for you, but
cause to fly from you, all those the Diabolonians that seek,
and will, if possible, be your utter destruction.
"If, therefore, any of them should at any time be sick,
or weak, and so not able to perform that office of love,
THE HOLY WAR. 175
which, with all their hearts they are willing to do, (and will
do also when well and in health,) slight them not, nor de-
spise them, but rather strengthen them, and encourage them,
though weak and ready to die, for they are your fence, and
your guard, your wall, your gates, your locks, and your
bars. And although, when they are weak, they can do but
little, but rather need to be helped by you, than that you
should then expect great things from them, yet, when well,
you know what exploits, what feats and warlike achieve-
ments they are able to do, and will perform for you.
" Besides, if they be weak, the town of Manso.ul cannot
be strong ; if they be strong, then Mansoul cannot be weak :
your safety, therefore, doth lie in their health, and in your
countenancing them. Remember also, that if they be sick,
they catch that disease of the town of Mansoul itself.
" These things I have said unto you, because I love your
welfare and your honour : observe, therefore, O my Man-
soul, to be punctual in all things that I have given in charge
unto you, and that not only as a town corporate, and so to
your officers and guard, and guides in chief, but to you, as
you are a people whose well-being, as single persons, de-
pends on the observation of the orders and commandments
of their Lord.
" Next, O my Mansoul, I do warn you of that, of which,
notwithstanding that reformation that at present is wrought
among you, you have need to be warned about : wherefore
hearken diligently unto me. I am now sure, and you will
know hereafter, that there are yet some of the Diabolonians
remaining in the town of Mansoul ; Diabolonians that are
sturdy and implacable, and that do already while I am with
you, and that will yet more when I am from you, study
plot, contrive, invent, and jointly attempt to bring you to
desolation, and so to a state far worse than that of the Egyp-
17G THE HOLY WAR.
tian bondage ; they are the avowed friends of Diabolus, there-
fore look about you. They used heretofore to lodge with their
Prince in the castle, when Incredulity was the Lord Mayor
of this town ; but since my coming hither, they lie more in
die outsider, and walls, and have made themselves dens, and
caves, and holes, and strongholds therein. Wherefore, O
Mansoul ! thy work, as to this, will be so much the more
difficult and hard ; that is, to take, mortify, and put them to
death, according to the will of my Father. Nor can you
utterly rid yourselves of them, unless you should pull down
the walls of your town, the which I am by no means will-
ing you should. Do you ask me, What shall we do then ?
Why, be you diligent, and quit you like men ; observe their
holds ; find out their haunts ; assault them, and make no
]) ace with them. Wherever they haunt, lurk, or abide, and
what terms of peace soever they offer you, abhor, and all
shall be well betwixt you and inc. And that you may the
better know them, from those that are the natives of Man-
soul, I will give you this brief schedule of the names of the
chief of them ; and they are these that follow :— The Lord
Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger, the Lord Las-
civiousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-Eye, Mr
Drunkenness, Mr. Revelling, Mr. Idolatry, Mr. Witchcraft,
Mr. Variance, Mr. Emulation, Mr. Wrath, Mr. Strife, Mr.
Sedition, and Mr. Heresy. These are some of the chief,
Mansoul ! of those that will seek to overthrow thee for
ever. These, I say, are the skulkers in Mansoul ; but look
thou well into the law of thy King, and there thou shalt find
their physiognomy, and such other characteristical notes of
them, by which they certainly may be known.
" These, my Mansoul, (and I would gladly that you
should certainly know it,) if they be suffered to run and
range about the town as they would, will quickly, like
THE HOLY WAR. 177
vipers, eat out your bowels ; yea, poison your captains, cut
the sinews of your soldiers, break the bars and bolts of your
gates, and turn your now most flourishing Mansoul into a
barren and desolate wilderness, and ruinous heap. Where-
fore, that you may take courage to yourselves to apprehend
these villains wherever you find them, I give to you, my
IiOrd Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder, with
all the inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, full power and
commission to seek out, to take, and to cause to be put to
death by the cross, all, and all manner of Diabolonians, when
and wherever you shall find them to lurk within, or to range
without, the walls of the town of Mansoul.
" 1 told you before, that I had placed a standing ministry
among you ; not that you have but these with you, for my
first four captains who c.;me against the master and lord of
the Diabolonians that was in Mansoul, they can, and if need
be, and if they be required, will not only privately inform,
but publicly preach to the corporation both good and whole-
some doctrine, and such as shall lead you in the way. Yea,
they will set up a weekly, yea, if need be, a daily lecture
in thee, O Mansoul ! and will instruct thee in such profit-
able lessons, that, if heeded, will do thee good at the end.
And take good heed, that you spare not the men that you
have a commission to take and crucify.
" Now, as I have set before your eyes the vagrants and
runagates by name, so I will tell you, that among yourselves
some of them shall creep in to beguile you, even such as
would seem, and that in appearance are, very rife and hot
for religion. And they, if you watch not, will do you a
mischief, such an one, as at present, you cannot think of.
"These, as I said, will show themselves to you in an-
other hue than those under description before. Wherefore,
Mansoul, watch and be sober, and suffer not thyself to be
betrayed."
.78 THE HOLY WAR.
When the Prince had thus far new modelled die town of
Mansoul, and had instructed them in such matters as were
profitable for them to know, then he appointed another day
in which he intended, when the townsfolk came together, to
bestow a further badge of honour upon the town of Man-
soul, — a badge tbat should distinguish them from all the
people, kindreds, and tongues* that dwell in the kingdom of
Universe. Now it was not long before the day appointed
was come, and the Prince and the people met in the king's
palace, where first Emmanuel made a short speech unto
them, and then did for them as he had said, and unto them
as he had promised.
" My Mansoul," said he, " that which I now am about to
do, is to make you known to the world to be mine, and to
distinguish you also in your own eyes, from all false traitors
that may creep in among you."
Then he commanded that those that waited upon him
should go and bring forth out of his treasury those white
and glistening robes " that I," said he, " have provided and
laid up in store for my Mansoul." So the white garments
were fetched out of his treasury, and laid forth to the eyes
of the people. Moreover, it was granted to them that they
should take them and put them on, "according," said he,
" to your size and stature." So the people were put into
fine linen, white and clean.
Then said the Prince unto them, " This, O Mansoul, is
my livery, and the badge by which mine are known from
the servants of others. Yea, it is that which I grant to all
that are mine, and without which no man is permitted to see
my face. Wear them, therefore, for my sake, Avho gave
them unto you ; and also if you would be known by the
world to be mine."
But now ! can you think how Mansoul shone ? it was
THK PRINCE UIVJtfG WHITE GARMENTS.
THE HOLY WAR. 170
fair as the sun, clear as the moon, and terrible as an army
with banners.
The Prince added further, and said, " No prince, potentate,
or mighty one of Universe, giveth this livery but myself:
behold, therefore, as I said before, you shall be known by
it to be mine.
" And now," said he, " I have given you my livery, let
me give you also in commandment concerning them ; and
be sure that you take good heed to my words.
" First. Wear them daily, day by day, lest you should at
sometimes appear to others as if you were none of mine.
" Second. Keep them always white ; for if they be soiled,
it is dishonour to me.
" Third. Wherefore gird them up from the ground., and
let them not lag with dust and dirt.
" Fourth. Take heed that you lose them not, lest you
walk naked, and they see your shame.
" Fifth. But if you should sully them, if you should defile
them, the which I am greatly unwilling you should, and the
prince Diabolus will be glad if you would, then speed you
to do that which is written in my law, that yet you may
stand, and not fall before ine, and before my throne. Also,
this is the Avay to cause that I may not leave you, nor forsake
you while here, but may dwell in tnis town of Mansoul for
ever."
And now was Mansoul, and the inhabitants of it, as the
signet upon Emmanuel's right hand. Where was there
now a town, a city, a corporation, that could compare with
Mansoul! A town redeemed from the hand, and from the
power of Diabolus ! A town that the King Shaddai loved,
and that he sent Emmanuel to regain from the Prince of the
infernal cave ; yea, a town that Emmanuel loved to dwell
in, and that he chose for his royal habitation ; a town that
180 THE HOLY WAR.
he fortified for himself, and made strong by the force of his
army. What shall I say, Mansoul has now a most excel-
lent Prince, golden captains and men of war, weapons proved,
and garments as white as snow. Nor are these benefits to
be counted little, but great ; can the town of Mansoul esteem
them so, or improve them to that end and purpose for which
they are bestowed upon them ?
When the Prince had thus completed the modelling of the
town, to show that he had great delight in the work of his
hands, and took pleasure in the good that he had wrought
for the famous and flourishing Mansoul, he commanded and
they set his standard upon the battlements of the castle.
And then,
First. He gave them frequent visits ; not a day now but
the elders of Mansoul must come to him, or he to them, unto
his palace. Now they must walk and talk together, of all
the great things that he had done, and yet further promised
to do for the town of Mansoul. This would he often do
with the Lord Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and the honest
subordinate preacher, Mr. Conscience, and Mr. Recorder.
But oh, how graciously, how lovingly, how courteously, and
tenderly did this blessed Prince now carry it towards the
town of Mansoul ! In all the streets, gardens, orchards, and
other places where he came, to be sure the poor should have
his blessing and benediction ; yea, he would kiss them, and
if they were ill, he would lay hands on them, and make them
well. The captains, also, he would daily, yea, sometimes
hourly encourage with his presence and goodly words. For
you must know that a smile from him upon them would put
more vigour, more life, and stoutness into them, than would
any thing else under heaven.
The Prince would now also feast them, and be with them
continually : hardly a week would pass, but a banquet must
THE HOLY WAR. 181
be had betwixt him and them. You ma/ remember that,
some pages before, we made mention of one feast that they
had together ; but now to feast them was a thing more com-
mon : every day with Mansoul was a feast-day now. Nor
did he, when they returned to their places, send them empty
a ivay ; either they must have a ring, a gold chain, a bracelet,
a white stone, or something; so dear was Mansoul to him
now ; so lovely was Mansoul in his eyes.
Second. When the elders and townsmen did not come to
him, he would send in much plenty of provision unto them ;
meat that came from court, wine and bread that were pre-
pared for his Father's table ; yea, such delicates would he
send unto them, and therewith would so cover their table,
that whoever saw it confessed that the like could not be seen
in any kingdom.
Third. If Mansoul did not frequently visit him, as he de-
sired they should, he would walk out to them, knock at their
doors, and desire entrance, that amity might be maintained
betwixt them and him ; if they did hear and open to him,
as commonly they would, if they were at home, then would
he renew his former love, and confirm it too with some new
tokens, and signs of continued favour.
And was it not now amazing to behold, that in that very
place where sometimes Diabolus had his abode, and enter-
tained his Diabolonians to the almost utter destruction of Man-
soul, the Prince of princes should sit eating and drinking
with them, while all his mighty captains, men of war, trum-
peters, with the singing-men, and singing-women of his
Father, stood round about to wait upon them ! Now did
Mansoul' s cup run over, now did her conduits run sweet
wine, now did she eat the finest of the wheat, and drink
milk and honey out of the rock ! Now, she said, How great
16
182 THE HOLY WAR.
is Iiis goodness ! for since I found favour in his eyes, how
honourable have I been !
The blessed Prince did also ordain a new officer in the
town, and a goodly person he was, his name was Mr. God's-
Peace : this man was set over my Lord Willbewill, my
Lord Mayor, Mr. Recorder, the subordinate preacher, Mr.
Mind, and over all the natives of the town of Mansoul.
Himself was not a native of it, but came with the Prince
Emmanuel from the court. He was a great acquaintance
of Captain Credence and Captain Good-Hope ; some say
they were kin, and I am of that opinion too. This man,
as I said, was made governor of the town in general, espe-
cially over the castle, and Captain Credence was to help him
there. And I made great observation of it, that so long as
all thing's went in Mansoul as this sweet-natured gentleman
would, the town was in most happy condition. Now there
were no jars, no chiding, no intcrferings, no unfaithful do-
ings in all the town of Mansoul ; every man in Mansoul
kept close to his own employment. The gentry, the offi-
cers, the soldiers', and all in place observed their order. And
as for the women and children of the town, they followed
their business joyfully ; they would work and sing, work
and sing, from morning till night : so that quite through the
town of Mansoul now, nothing was to be found but har-
mony, quietness, joy, and health. And this lasted all that
summer.
But there was a man in the town of Mansoul, and his
name was Mr. Carnal-Security ; this man did, after all this
mercy bestowed on this corporation, bring the town of
Mansoul into great and grievous slavery and bondage. A
brief account of him and of his doings take as followeth : — •
When Diabolus at first took possession of the town of
Mansoul, he brought thither, with himself, a great number
THE HOLY AVAR. 183
of Diabolonians, men of his own conditions. Now among
these, there was one whose name was Mr. Self-Conceit, and
a notable brisk man he was, as any that in those days did
possess the town of Mansoul. Diabolus, then perceiving
this man to be active and bold, sent him upon many despe-
rate designs, the which he managed better, and more to the
pleasing of his lord, than most that came with him from the
dens could do. Wherefore, finding him so fit for his purpose,
he preferred him, and made him next to the great Lord
Willbewill, of whom we have written so much before. Now
the Lord Willbewill, being in those days very well pleased
with him, and with his achievements, gave him his daugh-
ter, the Lady Fear-Nothing, to wife. Now, of my Lady
Fear-Nothing, did this Mr. Self-Conceit beget this gentle-
man, Mr. Carnal-Security. Wherefore, there being then in
Mansoul those strange kinds of mixtures, it was hard for
them, in some cases, to find out Avho Avere nati\'es, who
not; for Mr. Carnal -Security sprang from my Lord Will
be will by the mother's side, though he had for his father a
Diabolonian by nature.
Well, this Carnal-Security took much after his father and
mother ; he was self-conceited, he feared nothing, he was
also a very busy man ; liothing of news, nothing of doc-
trine, nothing of alteration, or talk of alteration, could at any
time be on foot in Mansoul, but be sure Mr. Carnal-Security
Avould be at the head or tail of it : but, to be sure, he would
decline those that he deemed the Aveakest, and stood always
with them, in his way of standing, that he supposed Avere
the strongest side.
Noav, Avhen Shaddai the mighty, and Emmanuel his Son,
made war upon Mansoul, to take it, this Mr. Carnal-Secu-
rity was then in town, and was a great doer among the peo-
ple, encouraging them in their rebellion, putting them upon
184 THE HOLY WAR.
hardening themselves in their resisting the King's forces ;
bnt when lie saw that the town of Mansoul was taken, and
converted to the use of the glorious Prince Emmanuel; and
when he also saw what was become of Diabolus, and how
he was unroosted, and made to quit the castle in the greatest
contempt and scorn ; and that the town of Mansoul was
well lined with captains, engines of war, and men, and also
provision ; what doth he but slyly wheel about also ; and
as he had served Diabolus against the good Prince, so he
feigned that he would serve the Prince against his foes.
And having got some little smattering of Emmanuel's
things by the end, being bold, he ventures himself into the
company of the townsmen, and attempts also to chat among
them. Now he knew that the power and strength of the
town of Mansoul was great, and that it could not but be
pleasing to the people, if he cried up their might and their
glory. Wherefore he beginneth his tale with the power and
strength of Mansoul, and affirmed that it was impregnable ;
now magnifying their captains, and their slings, and their
rams ; then crying up their fortifications and strongholds ;
and, lastly, the assurances that they had from their Prince,
that Mansoul should be happy for ever. But when he saw
that some of the men of the town were tickled and taken
with his discourse, he makes it his business, and walking
from street 10 street, house to house, and man to man, he
at last brought Mansoul to dance after his pipe, and to grow
almost as carnally secure as himself; so from talking, they
went to feasting, and from feasting to sporting ; and so to
some other matters. Now Emmanuel was yet in the town
of Mansoul, and he wisely observed their doings. My Lord
Mayor, my Lord Willbewill, and Mr. Recorder, were also
all taken with the words of this tattling Diabolonian gentle-
man ; forgetting that their Prince had given them warning
THE HOLY WAR. 185
before, to take heed that they were not beguiled with any
Diabolonian sleight ; he had further told them, that the se-
curity of the now flourishing town of Mansoul did not so
much lie in her present fortifications and force, as in her so
using of what she had, as might oblige her Emmanuel to
abide within her castle. For the right doctrine of Emma-
nuel was, that the town of Mansoul should take heed, that
they forgot not his Father's love and his ; also, that they
should so demean themselves, as to continue to keep them-
selves therein. Now this was not the way to do it, namely,
to fall in love with one of the Diabolonians, and with such
an one too as Mr. Carnal-Security was, and to be led up
and down by the nose by him : they should have heard
their Prince, feared their Prince, loved their Prince, and
have stoned this naughty pack to death, and taken care to
have walked in the ways of their Prince's prescribing; for
then should their peace have been as a river, when their
righteousness had been like the waves of the sea.
Now when Emmanuel perceived that through the policy
of Mr. Carnal-Security, the hearts of the men of Mansoul
were chilled and abated in their practical love to him,
First. He bemoans them, and condoles their state with
the Secretary, saying-, " Oh that my people had hearkened
unto me, and that Mansoul had walked in my ways ! I
would have fed them with the finest of the wheat; and
with honey out of the rock woidd I have sustained them."
This done, he said in his heart, " I will return to the court,
and go to my palace, till Mansoul shall consider and ac-
knowledge their offence." And he did so, and the cause
and manner of his going away from them was, that Man*
soul declined him, as is manifest in these particulars.
" 1. They left off their former way of visiting lam, they
came not to his royal palace as afore.
16*
186 THE HOLY WAR.
" 2. They did not regard, nor yet take notice, that he
came or came not to visit them.
" 3. The love-feasts that had wont to be between their
Prince and them, though he made them still, and called
them to them, yet they neglected to come to them, or to be
delighted with them.
" 4. They waited not for his counsels, but began to be
headstrong and confident in themselves, concluding that now
they were strong and invincible, and that Mansoul was se-
cure, and beyond all reach of the foe, and that her state
must needs be unalterable for ever."
Now, as was said, Emmanuel perceiving that by the craft
of Mr. Carnal-Security, the town of Mansoul was taken
off from their dependence upon him, and upon his Father
by him, and set upon what, by them, was bestowed upon
it ; he first, as I said, bemoaned their state, then he used
means to make them understand that the way that they
went on in was dangerous : for he sent my Lord High
Secretary to them, to forbid them such ways ; but twice,
when he came to them, he found them at dinner in Mr.
Carnal-Security's parlour : and perceiving also that they
were not willing to reason about matters concerning their
good, he took grief and went his way ; the which when he
had told to the Prince Emmanuel, he took offence and was
grieved also, and so made provision to return to his Father's
court.
Now, the methods of his withdrawing, as I was saying
before, were thus : —
" 1. Even while he was yet with them in Mansoul, he
kept himself close, and more retired than formerly.
" 2. His speech was not now, if he came in their com-
pany, so pleasant and familiar as formerly.
" 3. Nor did he, as in times past, send to Mansoul, from
his table, those dainty bits which he was wont to do.
THE HOLY WAR. 187
" 4. Nor when they came to visit him, as now and then
they would, would he be so easily spoken with, as they
found him to be in times past. They might now knock
once, yea, twice, but he would seem not at all to regard
them ; whereas formerly at the sound of their feet he would
up and run, and meet them half-way, and take them too,
and lay them in his bosom."
But thus Emmanuel carried it now, and by this his car-
riage he sought to make them bethink themselves, and re-
turn to him. But, alas ! they did not consider, they did
not know his ways, they regarded not, they were not
touched with these, nor with the true remembrance of former
favours. Wherefore what doe's he but in private manner
withdraw himself, first from his palace, then to the gate of
the town, and so away from Mansoul he goes, till they
should acknowledge their offence, and more earnestly seek
his face. Mr. God's-Peace also laid down his commission,
and would for the present act no longer in the town of Man-
soul.
Thus they walked contrary to him, and he again, by way
of retaliation, walked contrary to them. But, alas ! by this
time they were so hardened in their way, and had so drunk
in the doctrine of Mr. Carnal-Security, that the departing
of their Prince touched them not, nor was he remembered
by them when gone ; and so, of consequence, his absence
not condoled by them.
Now, there was a day wherein this old gentleman, Mr.
Carnal-Security, did again make a feast for the town of
Mansoul ; and there was at that time in the town one Mr.
Godly-Fear, one now but little set by, though formerly one
of great request. This man, old Carnal-Security, had a
mind, if possible, to gull, and debauch, and abuse, as he did
the pest, and therefore he now bids him to the feast with his
188 THE HOLY WAR.
neighbours. So the day being come, they prepare, and he
goes and appears with the rest of the guests ; and being all
set at the table, they did eat and drink, and were merry,
even all, but this one man : for Mr. Godly-Fear sat like a
stranger, and did neither eat, nor was merry. The which,
when Mr. Carnal-Security perceived, he presently addressed
himself in a speech thus to him : — ■
" Mr. Godly-Fear, are you not well ? You seem to be
ill of body or mind, or both. I have a cordial of Mr. For-
get-Good's making, the which, sir, if you will take a dram
of, 1 hope it may make you bonny and blithe, and so make
you more fit for us feasting companions."
Unto whom the good old gentleman discreetly replied,
" Sir, I thank you for all things courteous and civil ; but for
your cordial, I have no list thereto. But a word to the
natives of Mansoul : You, the elders and chiefs of Mansoul,
to me it is strange to see you so jocund and merry, when
the town of Mansoul is in such woful case."
Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, " You want sleep, good
sir, I doubt. If you please, lie down, and take a nap, and
we meanwhile will be merry."
Then said the good man as follows : " Sir, if you were
not destitute of an honest heart, you could not do as you
have done, and do."
Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, •« Why ?"
Godly. Nay, pray interrupt me not. It is true, the
town of Mansoul was strong, ana, with a proviso, impreg-
nable ; but you, the townsmen, have weakened it, and it now
lies obnoxious to its foes ; nor is it a time to flatter, or be
silent ; it is you, Mr. Carnal-Security, that have wilfully
stripped Mansoul, and driven her glory from her; you have
pulled down her towers, you have broken down her gates,
you have spoiled her locks and bars.
THE HOLY WAR. 1S9
And now, to explain myself: from that time that my
lords of Mansoul and you, sir, grew so great, from that
time, the strength of Mansoul has been offended, and now
he is arisen and is gone. If any shall question the truth of
my words, I will answer him by this, and such like ques-
tions : " Where is the Prince Emmanuel ? When did a
man or woman in Mansoul see him ? When did you hear
from him, or taste any of his dainty bits ?" You are now
a feasting with this Diabolonian monster, but he is not your
Prince. I say, therefore, though enemies from without,
had you taken heed, could not have made a prey of you,
yet, since you have sinned against your Prince, your ene-
mies within have been too hard for you.
Then said Mr. Carnal-Security, " Fie ! fie ! Mr. Godly-
Fear, fie ! Will you never shake off your timorousness?
Are you afraid of being sparrow-blasted ? Who hath hurt
you ? Behold, I am on your side ; only you are for doubt-
ing, and I am for being confident. Besides, is this a time to
be sad ? A feast is made for mirth ; why, then, do you
now, to your shame and our trouble, break out into such
passionate melancholy language, when you should eat and
drink, and be merry ?"
Then said Mr. Godly-Fear again, "I may well be sad,
for Emmanuel is gone from Mansoul. I say again, he is
gone, and you, sir, are the man that has driven him away;
yea, he is gone, without so much as acquainting the nobles
of Mansoul with his going ; and if that is not a sign of his
anger, I am not acquainted with the methods of godliness.
" xlnd now, my lords and gentlemen, for my speech is still
to you, your gradual declining from him did provoke him
gradually to depart from you, the which he did for some
time; if perhaps you would have been made sensible thereby,
and have been renewed by humbling yourselves; but when
190 THE HOLY WAR.
he saw that none would regard nor lay these fearful begin-
nings of his anger and judgment to heart, he went away
from this place ; and this I saw with mine eyes. Where-
fore now, while you boast, your strength is gone ; you are
like the man that had lost his locks, that before did wave
about Ins shoulders. You may, with this lord of your feast,
shake yourselves, and conclude to do as at other times ; but
since without him you can do nothing, and he is departed
from you, turn your feast into a sigh, and your mirth into
lamentation."
Then the subordinate preacher, old Mr. Conscience by
name, he that of old was Recorder of Mansoul, being star-
tled at what was said, began to second it thus : —
" Indeed, my brethren," quoth he, " I fear that Mr.
Godly-Fear tells us true : I, for my part, have not seen my
Prince a long season. I cannot remember the day, for my
part ; nor can I answer Mr. Godly-Fear's question. I
doubt, I am afraid, that it is all naught with Mansoul."
Godly. Nay, I know that you shall not find him in Man-
soul, for he is departed and gone ; yea, and gone for the
faults of the elders, and for that they rewarded his grace
with unsufFerable unkindness.
Then did the subordinate preacher look as if he would
fall down dead at the table ; also, all there present, except
he man of the house, began to look pale and wan. But
having a little recovered themselves, and jointly agreeing to
believe Mr. Godly-Fear and his sayings, they began to con-
sult what was best to be done, (now Mr. Carnal-Security
was gone into his withdra wing-room, for he liked not such
dumpish doings,) both to the man of the house for drawing
them into evil, and also to recover Emmanuel's love.
And, with that, that saying of their Prince came very hot
Into their minds, which he had bidden them do to such as
THE HOLY WAR. 191
were false prophets, that should arise to delude the town of
Mansoul. So they took Mr, Carnal-Security (concluding
thai he must be he) and burned his house upon him with
fire , for he also was a Diabolonian by nature.
So when this was passed and over, they bespeed them-
selves to look for Emmanuel their Prince ; and they sought
him, but they found him not. Then were they more con-
firmed in the truth of Mr. Godly-Fear's sayings, and began
also severely to reflect upon themselves, for their so vile
and ungodly doings ; for they concluded now that it was
through them that their Prince had left them.
Then they agreed and went to my Lord Secretary, (him
whom before they refused to hear — him whom they had
grieved with their doings,) to know of him, for he was a
seer, and could tell where Emmanuel was, and how they
might direct a petition to him. But the Lord Secretary
would not admit them to a conference about this matter, nor
would admit them to his royal place of abode, nor come out
to them, to show them his face or intelligence.
And now was it a day gloomy and dark, a day of clouds
and of thick darkness with Mansoul. Now they saw that
they had been foolish, and began to perceive what the com-
pany and prattle of Mr. Carnal-Security had done, and what
desperate damage his swaggering words had brought poor
Mansoul into. But what further it was likely to cost them,
vhat they were ignorant of. Now Mr. Godly-Fear began
again to be in repute with the men of the town ; yea, they
were ready to look upon him as a prophet.
Well, when the Sabbath day was come, they went to
hear their subordinate preacher; but oh, how he did thunder
and lighten this day ! His text was that in the prophet
Jonah, "They that observe lying vanities forsake their own
mercy " But there was then such power and authority in
192 THE HOLY WAR.
that sermon, and such a dejection seen in the countenances
of the people that day, that the like hath seldom been heard
or seen. The people, when sermon was done, were scarce
able to go to their homes, or to betake themselves to their
employs the week after ; they were so sermon-smitten, and
also so sermon-sick by being smitten, that they knew not
what to do.
He did not only show to Mansoul their sin, but did trem-
ble before them, under the sense of his own, still crying out
of himself, as he preached to them, " Unhappy man that
I am ! that I should do so wicked a thing ! That I, a
preacher ! who.n the Prince did set np to teach to Mansoul
his law, should myself live senseless and sottishly here, and
be one of the first found in transgression ! This transgres-
sion also fell within my precincts : I should have cried out
against the wickedness ; but I let Mansoul lie wallowing in
it, until it had driven Emmanuel from its borders !" With
these things he also charged all the lords and gentry of Man-
soul, to the almost distracting of them. ■
About this time also, there was a great sickness in the
town of Mansoul, and most of the inhabitants were greatly
afflicted. Yea, the captains also, and men of war were
brought thereby to a languishing condition, and that for a
long time together ; so that in case of an invasion, nothing
could to purpose now have been done, either by the towns-
men, or field officers. Oh, how many pale faces, weak
hands, feeble knees, and staggering men, were now seen to
walk the streets of Mansoul ! Here were groans, there
pants, and yonder lay those that were ready to faint.
The garments, too, which Emmanuel had given them
were but in a sorry case ; some were rent, some were torn,
and all in a nasty condition ; some also did hang so loosely
upon them, that the next bush they came at, was ready to
pluck them off.
THE HOLY WAR. 193
After some time spent in this sad and desolate condition,
the subordinate preacher called for a day of fasting, and to
humble themselves for being so Avicked against the great
Shaddai, and his Son. And he desired that Captain Bo-
anerges would preach. So he consented to do it ; and the
day being come, and his text was this, " Cut it down, why
cumbereth it the ground ?" And a very smart sermon he
made upon the place. First, he showed what was the oc-
casion of the words, namely, because the fig-tree was barren ;
then he showed what was contained in the sentence, namely,
repentance, or utter desolation. He then showed also, by
whose authority this sentence was pronounced, and that was
by Sbaddai himself. And, lastly, he showed the reasons of
the point, and then concluded his sermon. But he was very
pertinent in the application, insomuch that he made poor
Mansoul tremble. For this sermon, as well as the former,
wrought much upon the hearts of the men of Mansoul ; yea,
it greatly helped to keep awake those that were roused by
the preaching that went before. So that now, throughout
the whole town, there was little or nothing to be heard or
seen, but sorrow, and mourning, and woe.
Now, after sermon, they got together, and consulted what
was best to be done. " But," said the subordinate preacher,
" I will do nothing of mine own head, without advising with
my neighbour, Mr. Godly-Fear. For if he had afore under-
stood more of the mind of our Prince than we, I do not know
but he also may now, even now we are turning again to
virtue."
So they called and sent for Mr. Godly-Fear, and he forth-
with appeared. Then they desired, that he would further
show his opinion about what they had best to do. Then
said the old gentleman as followeth : " It is my opinion that
this town of Mansoul should, in this day of her distress,
17
104 THE HOLT WAR.
draw up and send an humble petition to their offended Prince
Emmanuel, that he, in his favour and gTace, will turn again
unto you, and not keep anger for ever."
When the townsmen had heard this speech, they did,
with one consent agree to his advice ; so they did presently
draw up their request, and the next was, But who shall
earn,* it ? At last they did all agree to send it by my Lord
Mayor. So he accepted of the service, and addressed him-
self to his journey ; and went and came to the court of
Shaddai, whither Emmanuel the Prince of Mansoul was
gone. But the gate was shut, and a strict watch kept
thereat ; so that the petitioner was forced to stand without
for a great while together. Then he desired that some
would go in to the Prince and tell him who stood at the
gate, and what his business was. So one went and told to
Shaddai, and to Emmanuel his Son, that the Lord Mayor
of the town of Mansoul stood without at the gate of the
King's court, desiring to be admitted into the presence of the
Prince, the King's Son. He also told what was the Lord
Mayor's errand, both to the King and his Son Emmanuel.
But the Prince would not come down, nor admit that the
gate should be opened to him, but sent him an answer to
this effect : " They have turned their back unto me, and not
their face ; but now in the time of their trouble they say
to me, Arise, and save us. But can they not now go to
Mr. Carnal-Security, to whom they went when they
turned from me, and make him their leader, their lord,
and their protection now in their trouble ; why now in
their trouble do they visit me, since in their prosperity
they went astray?"
The answer made my Lord Mayor look black in the face ;
it troubled, it perplexed, it rent him sore. And now he
began again to see what it was, to be familiar with Diabo-
THE HOLY WAR. 195
lonians, such as Mr. Carnal-Security was. When he saw
that at court, as yet, there was little help to be expected,
either for himself or friends in Mansoul, he smote upon his
breast, and returned weeping, and all the way bewailing the
lamentable state of Mansoul.
Well, when he was come within sight of the town, the
elders and chief of the people of Mansoul went out at the
gate to meet him, and to salute him, and to know how ho
sped at court. But he told them his tale in so doleful a
maimer, that they all cried out, and mourned, and wept.
Wherefore they threw ashes and dust upon their heads, and
put sackcloth upon their loins, and went crying out through
the town of Mansoul ; the which, when the rest of the
townsfolk saw, they all mourned and wept. This, therefore,
was a day of rebuke and trouble, and of anguish, to the town
of Mansoul, and also of great distress.
After some time, when they had somewhat refrained them-
selves, they came together to consult again what by them
was yet to be done ; and they asked advice, as they did
before, of that reverend Mr. Godly-Fear, who told them
that there was no way better than to do as they had done,
nor would he that they should be discouraged at all with
that they had met with at court ; yea, though several of
their petitions should be answered with nought but silence
or rebuke : " For," said he, " it is the way of the wise
Shaddai, to make men wait and to exercise patience, and it
should be the way of them in want, to be willing to stay his
leisure."
Then they took courage, and sent again, and again, and
again, and again; for there was not now one day, nor an
hour that went over Mansoul's head, wherein a man might
not have met upon the road one or other riding post, sound-
ing die horn from Mansoul to the court of the King Shaddai ;
196 THE HOLY AVAR.
and all with letters petitionary in behalf of, and for the
Prince's return to Mansoul. The road, I say, was now full
of messengers, going and returning, and meeting one another ;
some from the court, and some from Mansoul ; and this was
the work of the miserable town of Mansoul all that long,
that sharp, that cold and tedious winter.
Now, if you have not forgot, you may yet remember that
I told you before, that after Emmanuel had taken Mansoul,
yea, and after that he had new modelled the town, there re-
mained in several lurking-places of the corporation many of
the old Diabolonians, that either came with the tyrant, when
he invaded and took the town, or that had there, by reason
of unlawful mixtures, their birth, and breeding, and bringing
up. And their holes, dens, and lurking-places were in,
under, or about the wall of the town. Some of their names
are the Lord Adultery, the Lord Murder, the Lord Anger,
the Lord Lasciviousness, the Lord Deceit, the Lord Evil-
Eye, the Lord Blasphemy, and that horrible villain, the old
and dangerous Lord Covetousness. These, as I told you,
with many more, had yet their abode in the town of Man-
soul, and that, after that Emmanuel had driven their prince
Diabolus out of the castle.
Against these, the good Prince did grant a commission to
the Lord Willbewill and others, yea, to the whole town of
Mansoul, to seek, take, secure, and destroy any or all that
they could lay hands on, for that they were Diabolonians
by nature, enemies to the Prince, and those that sought to
ruin the blessed town of Mansoul. But the town of Man-
soul did not pursue this warrant, but neglected to look after,
to apprehend, to secure, and to destroy these Diabolonians.
Wherefore, what do these villains, but by degrees take
courage to put forth their heads, and to show themselves to
'he inhabitants of the town. Yea, and as I was told, some
THE HOLY WAR. 197
of the men of Mansoul grew too familiar with some of them,
to the sorrow of the corporation, as you yet will hear more
of in time and place.
Well, when the Diabolonian lords that were left perceived
that Mansoul had, through sinning, offended Emmanuel their
Prince, and that he had withdrawn himself and was gone,
what do they, but plot the ruin of the town of Mansoul. So
upon a time they met together at the hold of one Mr. Mis-
chief, who was also a Diabolonian, and there consulted how
they might deliver up Mansoul into the hands of Diabolus
again. Now some advised one way, and some another,
every man according to his own liking. At last my Lord
Lasciviousness propounded, whether it might not be best, in
the first place, for some of those that were Diabolonians in
Mansoul to adventure to offer themselves for servaffls to
some of the natives of the town ; " for," said he, " if they
so do, and Mansoul shall accept of them, they may for us,
and for Diabolus our lord, make the taking of the town of
Mansoul more easy than otherwise it will be." But then
stood up the Lord Murder, and said, " This may not be
done at this time ; for Mansoul is now in a kind of a rage,
because by our friend Mr. Carnal-Security she hath been
once ensnared already, and made to offend against her
Prince ; and how shall she reconcile herself unto her lord
again, but by the heads of these men ? Besides, we know
that they have in commission to take and slay us wherever
they shall find us ; let us therefore be wise as foxes : when
we are dead, we can do them no hurt ; but while we live,
we may." Thus, when they had tossed the matter to and
fro, they jointly agreed that a letter should forthwith be sent
away to Diabolus in their name, by which the state of the
town of Mansoul should be showed him, and how much it
is under the frowns of their Prince. " We may also," said
17*
198 THE HOLY AVAR
some, "let him know our intentions, and ask of him his
advice in the case."
So a letter was presently framed, the contents of which
were these : —
" To our great lord, the Prince Diabolus, dwelling below
in the infernal cave : —
" O great father, and mighty Prince Diabolus, we, the
true Diabolonians yet remaining in the rebellious town of
Mansoul, having received our beings from thee, and our
nourishment at thy hands, cannot witli content and quiet
endure to behold, as we do this day, how thou art dispraised,
disgraced, and reproached among the inhabitants of this
town ; nor is thy long absence at all delightful to us, because
greatly to our detriment.
" The reason of this our writing unto our lord, is for that
we are not altogether without hope that this town may be-
come thy habitation again ; for it is greatly declined from its
Prince Emmanuel ; and he is uprisen, and is departeci from
them : yea, and though they send, and send, and send, and
send after him to return to them, yet can they not prevail,
nor get good words from him.
" There has been also of late, and is yet remaining, a very
great sickness and faintings among them ; and that not only
upon the poorer sort of the town, but upon the lords, cap-
tains, and chief gentry of the place, (we only who are of
the Diabolonians by nature remain well, lively and strong,)
so that through their great transgression on the one hand,
and their dangerous sickness on the other, we judge they lie
open to thy hand and power. If, therefore, it shall stand
with thy horrible cunning, and with the cunning of the rest
of the princes with thee, to come and make an attempt to
take Mansoul again, send us word, and we shall to our utmost
power be ready to deliver it into thy hand. Or if what we
THE HOLY WAR. 199
have said shall not by thy fatherhood be thought best and
most meet to be done, send us thy mind in a few words, and
we are all ready to follow thy counsel to the hazarding of
our lives, and what else we have.
" Given under our hands the day and date above-written,
after a close consultation at the house of Mr. Mischief,
who yet is alive, and hath his place in our desirable
town of Mansoul."
When Mr. Profane (for he was the carrier) was come
with his letter to Hell-Gate Hill, he knocked at the brazen
gates for entrance. Then did Cerberus, the porter, for he
is the keeper of that gate, open to Mr. Profane, to whom
he delivered his letter, which he had brought from the Dia-
bolonians in Mansoul. So he carried it in, and presented it
to Diabolus his lord, and said, " Tidings, my lord, from
Mansoul, from our trusty friends in Mansoul."
Then came together from all places of the den, Beelze-
bub, Lucifer, Apollyon, with the rest of the rabblement there
to hear what news from Mansoul. So the letter was broken
up and read, and Cerberus he stood by. When the letter
was openly read, and the contents thereof spread into all the
corners of the den, command was given that, without let or
stop, dead-man's bell should be rung for joy. So the bell
was rung, and the princes rejoiced that Mansoul was likely
to come to ruin. Now, the clapper of the bell went, " The
town of Mansoul is coming to dwell with us ; make room
for the town of Mansoul." This bell therefore they did
ring, because they did hope that they should have Mansoul
again.
Now, when they had performed tins their horrible cere-
mony, they got together again ic consult what answer to
send to their friends in Mansoul; and some advised one
thing and some another : but at length, because the business
200 THE HOLY WAR.
required haste, they left the whole business to the Prince
Diabolus, judging him the most proper lord of the place.
80 he drew up a letter as he thought fit, in answer to what
Mr. Profane had brought, and sent it to the Diabolonians
that dwell in Mansoul, by the same hand that had brought
theirs to him ; and these were the contents thereof: —
" To our offspring, the high and mighty Diabolonians that
yet dwell in the town of Mansoul, Diabolus, the great
prince of Mansoul, wisheth a prosperous issue and con-
clusion of those many brave enterprizes, conspiracies
and designs that you, of your love and respect to our
honour, have in your hearts to attempt to do against
Mansoul.
" Beloved children and disciples, my Lord Adultery, Mur-
der, and the rest, we have here, in our desolate den, received,
to our highest joy and content, your welcome letter, by the
hand of our trusty Mr. Profane ; and to show how accept-
able your tidings were, we rang out our bell for gladness ;
for we rejoiced as much as we could, when we perceived
that yet we had friends in Mansoul, and such as sought our
honour and revenge in the ruin of the town of Mansoul. We
nbo rejoiced to hear that they are in a degenerated condition,
and that they have offended their Prince, and that he is gone.
'J heir sickness also pleaseth us, as does also your health,
night, and strength. Glad also would we be, right horribly
beloved, could we get this town into our clutches again.
Nor will we be sparing of spending our wit, our cunning,
our craft, and hellish inventions to bring to a wished con-
clusion this your brave beginning in order thereto.
" And take this for your comfort, (our birth, and our off
spring,) that shall we again surprise it and take it, we will
attempt to put all your foes to the sword, and will make you
the great lords and captains of the place. Nor need you
THE HOLY WAR. 201
fear, if ever we get it again, that we after that shall be cast
out any more ; for we will come with more strength, and so
lay far more fast hold than at first we did. Besides, it is
the law of that Prince that now they own, that if we get
them a second time, they shall be ours forever.
" Do you, therefore, our trusty Diabolonians, yet more
pry into, and endeavour to spy out the weakness of the
town of Mansoul. We also would that you yourselves do
attempt to weaken them more and more. Send us word
also by what means you think we had best to attempt the
regaining thereof: namely, whether by persuasion to a vain
and loose life ; or, whether by tempting them to doubt and
despair ; or, whether by blowing up of the town by the
gunpowder of pride and self-conceit. Do you also, O ye
brave Diabolonians, and true sons of the pit, be always in
a readiness to make a most hideous assault within, when we
shall be ready to storm it without. Now speed you in your
project, and we in our desires, to the utmost power of our
gates, which is the wish of your great Diabolus, Mansoul's
enemy, and him that trembles when he thinks of judgment
to come. All the blessings of the pit be upon you, and so
we close up our letter.
" Given at the pit's mouth, by the. joint consent of all the
princes of darkness, to be sent, to the force and power
that we have yet remaining in Mansoul, by the hand of
Mr. Profane, by me, Diabolus."
This letter, as was said, was sent to Mansoul, to the Dia-
bolonians that yet remained there, and that yet inhabited the
wall, from the dark dungeon of Diabolus, by the hand of
Mr. Profane, by whom they also in Mansoul sent theirs to
the pit. Now, when this Mr. Profane had made his return,
and was come to Mansoul again, he went and came as he
was wont to the house of Mr. Mischief, for there was the
202 THE HOLY WAR.
conclave, and the place where the contrivers were met.
Now, when they saw that their messenger was returned
safe and sound, they wepe greatly gladded thereat. Then
he presented them with his letter which he had brought
from Diabolus for them ; the which, when they had read
and considered, did much augment their gladness. They
asked him after the welfare of their friends, as how their
Lord Diabolus, Lucifer, and Beelzebub did, with the rest of
those of the den. To which this Profane made answer,
" Well, well, my lords ; they are well, even as well as can
be in their place. They also," said he, " did ring for joy
at the reading of your letter, as you well perceived when
you read it."
Now, as was said, when they had read their letter, and
perceived that it encouraged them in their work, they fell to
their way of contriving again, namely, how they might
complete their Diabolonian design upon Mansoul. And the
first thing that they agreed upon was to keep all things from
Mansoul as close as they could. " Let it not be known, let
not Mansoul be acquainted with what we design against it."
The next thing was, how, or by what means, they should
try to bring to pass the ruin and overthrow of Mansoul ;
and one said after this manner, and another said after that.
Then stood up Mr. Deceit, and said, " My right Diabolo-
nian friends, our lords, and the high ones of the deep dun-
geon, do propound unto us these three ways.
" 1. Whether we had best to seek its ruin by making
Mansoul loose and vain.
" 2. Or whether by driving them to doubt and despair.
" 3. Or whether by endeavouring to blow them up by the
gunpowder of pride and self-conceit.
" Now, I think, if we shall tempt them to pride, that may
do something ; and if we tempt them to wantonness, that
THE HOLY AVAR. 203
may help. But, in my mind, if we could drive them into
desperation, that would knock the nail on the head ; for
then we should have them, in the first place, question the
truth of the love of the heart of their Prince towards them,
and that will disgust him much. This, if it works well,
will make them leave off quickly their way of sending peti-
tions to him ; then farewell earnest solicitations for help and
supply ; for then this conclusion lies naturally before them,
•As good do nothing, as do to no purpose.' " So to Mr.
Deceit they unanimously did consent.
Then the next question was, But how shall we do to
brino- this our project to pass ? and it was answered by the
same gentleman, — that this might be the best way to do it ;
" Even let," quoth he, " so many of our friends as are
willing to venture themselves, for the promoting of their
prince's cause, disguise themselves with apparel, change
their names, and go into the market like far countrymen,
and proffer to let themselves for servants to the famous town
of Mansoul, and let them pretend to do for their masters as
beneficially as may be ; for by so doing they may, if Man-
soul shall hire them, in little time so corrupt and defile the
corporation, that her now Prince shall be not only further
offended with them, but in conclusion shall spue them out
of his mouth. And when this is done, our prince Diabolus
shall prey upon them with ease ; yea, of themselves they
shall fall into the mouth of the eater."
This project was no sooner propounded, but was as
highly accepted, and forward were all Diabolonians now to
engage in so delicate an enterprise ; but it was not thought
fit that all should do thus ; wherefore they pitched upon
two or three, namely, the Lord Covetousness, the Lord
Lasciviousness, and the Lord Anger. The Lord Covetous-
ness called himself by the name of Prudent-Thrifty ; the
204 THE HOLY WAR.
Lord Lasciviousness called himself by the name of Harm-
less-Mirth ; and the Lord Anger called himself by the name
of Good-Zeal.
So upon a market-day they came into the market-place,
three lusty fellows they were to look on, and they were
clothed in sheep's-russet, which was also now in a manner
as white as were the white robes of the men of Mansoul.
Now the men could speak the language of Mansoul well.
So when they were come into the market-place, and hud
offered to let themselves to the townsmen, they were pre-
sently taken up ; for they asked but little wages, and pro-
mised to do their masters great service.
Mr. Mind hired Prudent-Thrifty, and Mr. Godly-Fear
hired Good-Zeal. True, this fellow Harmless-Mirth did
hang a little in hand, and could not so soon get him a mas-
ter as the others did, because the town of Mansoul was
now in Lent ; but after a while, because Lent was almost
out, the Lord Willbewill hired Harmless-Mirth to be both
his waiting man and his lacquey : and thus they got them
masters.
These villains now being got thus far into the houses of
the men of Mansoul, quickly began to do great mischief
therein ; for being filthy, arch, and sly, they quickly cor-
rupted the families where they were ; yea, they tainted their
masters much, especially this Prudent-Thrifty, and him they
call Harmless-Mirth. True, he that went under the visor
of Good-Zeal, was not so well liked of his master ; for he
quickly found that he was but a counterfeit rascal; the
which when the fellow perceived, with speed he made his
escape from the house, or I doubt not but his master had
hanged him.
Well, when these vagabonds had thus far carried on their
design, and had corrupted the town as much as they could,
THE HOLY WAR. 205
in the next place they considered with themselves at what
time their prince Diabolus without, and themselves within
the town, should make an attempt to seize upon Mansoul ;
and they all agreed upon this, that a market-day would be
best for that work ; for why ? then will the townsfolk be
busy in their ways : and always take this for a rule, When
people are most busy in the world, they least fear a sur-
prise. " We also then," said they, " shall be able with
less suspicion to gather ourselves together for the work of
our friends and lords ; yea, and in such a day, if we shall
attempt our work, and miss it, we may, when they shall
give us the rout, the better hide ourselves in the crowd, and
escape."
These things being thus far agreed upon by them, they
wrote another letter to Diabolus, and sent it by the hand of
Mr. Profane, the contents of which were these : —
" The Lords of Looseness send to the great and high
Diabolus from our dens, caves, holes, and strongholds,
in and about the wall of the town of Mansoul, greet-
ing:
" Our great lord, and the nourisher of our lives, Diabo-
lus, — how glad we were when we heard of your fatherhood's
readiness to comply with us, and help forward our design
in our attempts to ruin Mansoul, none can tell but those who,
as we do, set themselves against all appearance of good,
when and wheresoever we find it.
" Touching the encouragement that your greatness is
pleased to give us to continue to devise, contrive, and study
the utter desolation of Mansoul, that we are not solicitous
about: for we know right well that it cannot but be pleas-
ing and profitable to us to see our enemies, and them that
seek our lives, die at our feet, or fly before us. We there-
fore are still contriving, and that to the best of our cunning,
18
9.0$ TIIF, KOLY WAR.
to make this work most facile and easy to your lordships,
and to us.
" First, we considered of that most hellishly cunning,
compacted, threefold project, that by you was propounded
to us in your last ; and have concluded, that though to blow
them up with the gunpowder of pride would do well, and
to do it by tempting them to be loose and vain will help on,
yet to contrive to bring them into the gulf of desperation,
we think will do best of all. Now we, who are at your
beck, have thought of two ways to do this ; first, we, for
our parts, will make them as vile as we can, and then you
with us, at a time appointed, shall be ready to fall upon them
with the utmost force. And of all the nations that are at
your whistle, we think that an army of doubters may be the
most likely to attack and overcome the town of Mansoul.
Thus shall we overcome these enemies, else the pit shall
open her mouth upon them, and desperation shall thrust
them down into it. We have also, to effect this so much
by us desired design, sent already three of our trusty Dia-
bolonians among them ; they are disguised in garb, they
have changed their names, and are now accepted of them ;
namely, Covetousness, Lasciviousness, and Anger. The
name of Covetousness is changed to Prudent-Thrifty, and
him Mr. Mind has hired, and is almost become as bad as
our friend. Lasciviousness has changed his name to Harm-
less-Mirth, and he is got to be the Lord Willbewill's lacquey;
but he has made his master very wanton. Anger changed
his name into Good-Zeal, and was entertained by Mr.'Godly-
Fear ; but the peevish old gentleman took pepper in the
nose, and turned our companion out of his house. Nay, he
has informed us since, that he ran away from him, or else
his old master had hanged him up for his labour.
" Now these have much helped forward our work and
THE HOLY WAR. 207
design upon Mansoul ; for notwithstanding the spite and
quarrelsome temper of the old gentleman last mentioned,
the other two ply their business well, and are likely to ripen
their work apace.
" Our next project is, that it be concluded that you come
upon the town upon a market-day, and that when they are
upon the heat of their business ; for then, to be sure, they
will be most secure, and least think that an assault will be
made upon them. They will also at such a time be less
able to defend themselves, and to offend you in the prosecu-
tion of our design. And we your trusty (and we are sure
your beloved) ones shall, when you shall make your furious
assault without, be ready to second the business within. So
shall we, in all likelihood, be able to put Mansoul to utter
confusion, and to swallow them up before they can come to
themselves. If your serpentine heads, most subtile dragons,
and our highly esteemed lords, can find out a better way
than this, let us quickly know your minds.
" To the monsters of the infernal cave, from the house
of Mr. Mischief in Mansoul, by the hand of Mr. Pro-
fane."
Now all the while that the raging runagates and hellish
Diabolonians were thus contriving the nun of the town of
Mansoul, they (namely, the poor town itself) were in a sad
and woful case ; partly because they had so grievously
offended Shaddai and his Son, and partly because that the
enemies thereby got strength within them afresh ; and also
because, though they had by many petitions made suit to
the Prince Emmanuel, and to his Father Shaddai by him,
for their pardon and favour, yet hitherto obtained they not
one smile ; but contrariwise, through the craft and subtilty
of the domestic Diabolonians, their cloud was made to grow
blacker and blacker, and their Emmanuel to stand vl further
distance.
208 THE HOLY WAR.
The sickness also did still greatly rage in Mansoul, both
among the captains and the inhabitants of the town ; and
their enemies only were now lively and strong, and likely
to become the head, whilst Mansoul was made the tail.
By this time the letter last-mentioned, that was written
by the Diabolonians that yet lurked in the town of Man-
soul, was conveyed to Diabolus in the black den, by the
hand of Mr. Profane. He carried the letter by Hell-Gate
Hill as afore, and conveyed it by Cerberus to his lord.
But when Cerberus and Mr. Profane did meet, they were
presently as great as beggars, and thus they fell into dis-
course about Mansoul, and about the project against her.
" A.h ! old friend," quoth Cerberus, " art thou come to
Hell-Gate Hill again! By St. Mary, I am glad to see
thee !"
Prof. Yes, my lord, I am come again about the concerns
of the town of Mansoul.
Cerb. Prithee, tell me what condition is that town of
Mansoul in at present ?
Prof. In a brave condition, my lord, for us, and for my
lords, the lords of this place, I trow ; for they are greatly
decayed as to godliness, and that is as well as our heart can
wish ; their Lord is greatly out with them, and that doth
also please us well. We have already also a foot in their
dish, for our Diabolonian friends are laid in their bosoms,
and what do we lack but to be masters of the place ! Be-
sides, our trusty friends in Mansoul are daily plotting to
betray it to the lords of this town ; also the sickness rages
bitterly among them ; and that which makes up all, we hope
at last to prevail."
Then said the dog of Hell-Gate, " No time like this to
assault them. I wish that the enterprise be followed close,
and that the success desired may be soon effected ; yea, I
THE HOLY WAR. 209
wish it for the poor Diabolonians' sakes, that live in the
continual fear of their lives in that traitorous town of Man-
soul."
Prof. The contrivance is almost finished, the lords in
Mansoul, that are Diabolonians, are at it day and night, and
the other are like silly doves, they want heart to be con-
cerned with their state, and to consider that ruin is at hand.
Besides, you may, yea, must think, when you put all things
together, that there are many reasons that prevail with Dia-
bolus to make what haste he can.
Cerb. Thou hast said as it is ; I am glad things are at
this pass. Go in, my brave Profane, to my lords, they will
give thee for thy welcome as good a coranto* as the whole
of this kingdom will afford. I have sent thy letter in al-
ready.
Then Mr. Profane went into the den, and his lord Dia-
bolus met him, and saluted him with, " Welcome, my trusty
servant: I have been made glad with thy letter." The rest
of the lords of the pit gave him also their salutations. Then
Profane, after obeisance made to them all, said, " Let Man-
soul be given to my lord Diabolus, and let him be her king
for ever." And with that, the hollow belly and yawning
gorge of hell gave so loud and hideous a groan, (for that is
the music of that place,) that it made the mountains about
it totter, as if they would fall in pieces.
Now, after they had read and considered the letter, they
consulted what answer to return ; and the first that did speak
to it was Lucifer.
Then said he, " The first project of the Diabolonians in
M ansoul is likely to be lucky, and to take ; namely, that
they will, by all the ways and means they can, make Man-
soul yet more vile and filthy : no way to destroy a soul like
* A lively, sprightly dance.
18 s
210 THE HOLY WAR.
this. Our old friend Balaam went this way and prospered
many years ago ; let this therefore stand with us for a maxim,
and be to Diabolonians for a general ride in all ages ; for no-
thing can make this to fail but grace, in which I would hope
that this town has no share. But whether to fall upon them
on a market-day, because of their cumber in business, that I
would should be under debate. And there is more reason why
this head should be debated, than why some other should ; be-
cause upon this will turn the whole of what we shall attempt.
If we time not our business well, our whole project may fail.
Our friends, the Diabolonians, say that a market-day is best ;
for then will Mansoul be most busy, and have fewest thoughts
of a surprise. But what if also they should double their
guards on those days ? (and methinks nature and reason
should teach them to do it ;) and what if they should keep
such a Avatch on those days as the necessity of their present
case doth require ? yea, what if their men should be always
in arms on those days ? then you may, my lords, be dis-
appointed in your attempts, and may bring our friends in
the town to utter danger of unavoidable ruin."
Then said the great Beelzebub, " There is something in
what my lord hath said ; but his conjecture may, or may
not fall out. Nor hath my lord laid it down as that which
must not be receded from ; for I know that he said it only
to provoke to a warm debate thereabout. Therefore we must
understand, if we can, whether the town of Mansoul has
such sense and knowledge of her decayed state, and of the
design that we have on foot against her, as doth provoke
her to set watch and ward at her gates, and to double them
on market-days. But if, after inquiry made, it shall be found
that they are asleep, then any day will do, but a market-day
is best; and this is my judgment in this case."
Then quoth Diabolus, " How should we know this ?"
THE HOLY WAR.
211
and it was answered, " Inquire about it at the mouth of Mr.
Profane." So Profane was called in, and asked the ques-
tion, and he made his answer as follows : —
Prof. My lords, so far as I can gather, this is at present
the condition of the town of Mansoul : they are decayed in
their faith and love ; Emmanuel, their Prince, has given
them the back ; they send often by petition to fetch him
again, but he maketh not haste to answer their request, nor
is there much reformation among them.
Diab. I am glad that they are backward in a reformation,
but yet I am afraid of their petitioning. However, their
looseness of life is a sign that there is not much heart in
what they do, and without the heart things are little worth.
But go on, my masters ; I will divert you, my lords, no
longer.
Bed. If the case be so with Mansoul, as Mr. Profane
has described it to be, it will be no great matter what day
we assault it ; not their prayers, nor their power will do
them much service.
When Beelzebub had ended his oration, then Apollyon
did begin. " My opinion," said he, " concerning this matter,
is, that we go on fair and softly, not doing things in a hurry.
Let our friends in Mansoul go on still to pollute and defile
it by seeking to draw it yet more into sin, (for there is
nothing like sin to devour Mansoul.) If this be done, and
it takes effect, Mansoul, of itself, will leave off to watch, to
petition, or anything else that should tend to her security
and safety ; for she will forget her Emmanuel, she will not
desire his company ; and can she be gotten thus to live, her
Prince will not come to her in haste. Our trusty friend,
Mr. Carnal-Security, with one of his tricks did drive him
out of the town ; and why may not my Lord Covetousness,
■ind my Lord Lasciviousness, by what they may do, keep
212 THE HOLY WAR.
him out of the town ! And this I will tell you, (not because
you know it not,) that two or three Diabolonians, if enter-
tained and countenanced by the town of Mansoul, will do
more to the keeping of Emmanuel from them, and towards
making the town of Mansoul your own, than can an army
of a legion that should be sent out from us to withstand him.
Let, therefore, this first project that our friends in Mansoul
have set on foot, be strongly and diligently carried on with
all cunning and craft imaginable ; and let them send con-
tinually, under one guise or another, more and other of their
men to play with the people of Mansoul ; and then perhaps,
we shall not need to be at die charge of making a war upon
them ; or if that must of necessity be done, yet the more
sinful they are, the more unable, to be sure, they will be to
resist us, and then the more easily we shall overcome them.
And besides, suppose (and that is the worst that can be sup-
posed) that Emmanuel should come to them again, why
may not the same means, or the like, drive him from them
once more ? Yea, why may he not, by their lapse into that
sin again, be driven from them for ever, for the sake of
which he was at the first driven from them for a season ?
And if this should happen, then away go with him his bat-
tering-rams, his slings, his captains, his soldiers, and he
leaveth Mansoul naked and bare. Yea, will not this town,
when she sees herself utterly forsaken of her Prince, of her
own accord open her gates again unto you, and make of you
as in the days of old 1 But this must be done by time, a
few days will not effect so great a work as this."
So soon as Apollyon had made an end of speaking, Dia-
bolus began to blow out his own malice, and to plead his
own cause; and he said, " My lords, and powers of the
cave, my true and trusty friends, I have with much impa-
tience, as becomes me, given ear to your long and tedious
THE HOLY WAR. 213
orations. But my furious gorge, and empty paunch, so
lusteth after a re-possession of my famous town of Mansoul,
that whatever comes out, I can wait no longer to see the
events of lingering projects. I must, and that without further
delay, seek, by all means I can, to fill my insatiable gulf
with the soul and body of the town of Mansoul. Therefore
lend me your heads, your hearts, and your help, now I am
going to recover my town of Mansoul."
When the lords and princes of the pit saw the flaming
desire that was in Diabolus to devour the miserable town
of Mansoul, they left off" to raise any more objections, but
consented to lend him what strength they could : though
had Apollyon's advice been taken, they had far more fear-
fully distressed the town of Mansoul. But, I say, they were
willing to lend him what strength they could, not knowing
what need they might have of him, when they should engage
for themselves. Wherefore, they fell to advising about the
next thing propounded, namely, what soldiers they were,
and also how many, with whom Diabolus should go against
the town of Mansoul to take it ; and after some debate, it
was concluded, according as in the letter the Diabolonians
had suggested, that none were more fit for that expedition
than an army of terrible doubters. They therefore concluded
to send against Mansoul an army of sturdy doubters. The
number thought fit to be employed in that service was be-
tween twenty and thirty thousand. So then the result of
that great council of those high and mighty lords was — That
Diabolus should even now, out of hand, beat up his drum
for men in the land of doubting, which land lieth upon the
confines of the place called Hell-Gate Hill, for men that
might be employed by him against the miserable town of
Mansoul. It was also concluded, that these lords them-
selves should help him in the war, and that they would to
214 THE HOLY WAR.
that end head and manage his men. So they drew up a
letter, and sent back to the Diabolonians that lurked in
Mansoul, and that waited for the backcoming of Mr. Pro-
fane, to signify to them into what method and forwardness
they at present had put their design. The contents whereof
now follow : —
" From the dark and horrible dungeon of hell, Diabolus,
with all the society of the princes of darkness, sends to
our trusty ones, in and about the walls of the town of
Mansoul, now impatiently waiting for our most devilish
answer to their venomous and most poisonous design
against the town of Mansoul.
" Our native ones, in whom from day to day we boast,
and in whose actions all the year long we do greatly delight
ourselves, — we received your welcome, because highly es-
teemed letter, at the hand of our trusty and greatly beloved,
the old gentlemen, Mr. Profane. And do give you to un-
derstand, that when we had broken it open, and had read
the contents thereof, to your amazing memory be it spokfen,
our yawning hollow-bellied place, where we are, made so
hideous and yelling a noise for joy, that the mountains that
stand round about Hell-Gate Hill, had like to have "been
shaken to pieces at the sound thereof.
" We could also do no less than admire jour faithfulness
to us, with the greatness of that subtilty that now hath
showed itself to be in your heads, to serve us against the
town of Mansoul. For you have invented for us so excel-
lent a method for our proceeding against that rebellious peo-
ple, a more effectual cannot be thought of by all the wits
of hell. The proposals, therefore, which now, at last, you
have sent us, since we saw them, we have done little else
but highly approve and admire them.
" Nay, we shall, to encourage you in the profundity of
THE HOLY WAR. 215
your craft, let you know, that at a full assembly and con-
clave of our princes and principalities of this place, your
project was discoursed and tossed from one side of our cave
to the other by their mightinesses ; but a better, and as was
by themselves judged, a more fit and proper way by all
their wits, could not be invented to surprise, take, and make
our own, the rebellious town of Mansoul.
" Wherefore, in fine, all that was said that varied from
what you had in your letter propounded, fell of itself to the
ground, and yours only was stuck to by Diabolus, the prince ;
yea, his gaping gorge and yawning paunch was on fire to
put your invention into execution.
" We therefore give you to understand that our stout,
furious, and unmerciful Diabolus, is raising, for your relief,
and the ruin of the rebellious town of Mansoul, more than
twenty thousand doubters to come against that people. They
are all stout and sturdy men, and men that of old have been
accustomed to war, and that can therefore well endure the
drum. I say, he is doing this work of his with all the
possible speed he can ; for his heart and spirit is engaged in
it. We desire, therefore, that, as you have hitherto stuck
to us, and given us both advice and encouragement thus far,
vou still will prosecute our design ; nor shall you lose, but
be (jainers thereby ; yea, we intend to make you the lords
of Mansoul.
" One thing may not by any means be omitted, that is,
those with us do desire that every one of you that are in
Mansoul would still use all your power, cunning, and skill,
with delusive persuasions, yet to draw the town of Mansoul
into more sin and wickedness, even that sin may be finished
and bring forth death.
" For thus it is concluded with us, that the more vile, sin-
ful, and debauched the town of Mansoul is, the more back-
216 THE HOLY WAR.
ward will be their Emmanuel to come to their help, either
by presence, or other relief ; yea, the more sinful, the more
weak, and so the more unable will they be to make resist-
ance, when we shall make our assault upon them to swallow
them up. Yea, that may cause that their mighty Shaddai
himself may cast them out of his protection ; yea, and send
for his captains and soldiers home, with his slings and rams,
and leave them naked and bare ; and then the town of Man-
soul will, of itself, open to us, and fall as the fig into the
mouth of the eater. Yea, to be sure we then, with a great
deal of ease, shall come upon her and overcome her.
" As to the time of our coming upon Mansoul, we, as yet,
have not fully resolved upon that, though at present some
of us think as you, that a market-day, or a market-day at
night, will certainly be the best. However, do you be
ready, and when you shall hear our roaring drum without,
do you be as busy to make the most horrible confusion
within. So shall Mansoul certainly be distressed before
and behind, and shall not know which way to betake her-
self for help. My Lord Lucifer, my Lord Beelzebub, my
Lord Apollyon, my Lord Legion, with the rest salute you,
as does also my Lord Diabolus ; and we wish both you,
with all that you do, or shall possess, the very self-same
fruit and success for their doing, as we ourselves at present
enjoy for ours.
" From our dreadful confines in the most fearful pit, we
salute you, and so do those many legions here with us,
wishing you may be as hellishly prosperous as we de-
sire to be ourselves. By the letter carrier, Mr. Pro-
fane."
Then Mr. Profane addressed himself for his return to
Mansoul, with his errand from the horrible pit to the Dia-
bolonians that dwelt in that town. So he came up the stairs
THE HOLY WAR. 217
from the deep to tlie mouth of the cave where Cerberus was.
Now when Cerberus saw him, he asked how matters did
go below, about and against the town of Mansoul.
Prof. Things go as well as we can expect. The letter
that I carried thither was highly approved, and well liked
by all my lords, and I am returning to tell our Diabolonians "
so. I have an answer to it here in my bosom, that I am
sure will make our masters that sent me glad ; for the con-
tents thereof are to encourage them to pursue their design
to the utmost, and to be ready also to fall on within, when
they shall see my Lord Diabolus beleaguering the town of
Mansoul.
Cerb. But does he intend to go against them himself?
Prof. Does he ! Ay ! and he will take along with him
more than twenty thousand, all sturdy doubters, and men
of war, picked men, from the land of Doubting, to serve
him in the expedition.
Then was Cerberus glad, and said, " And are there such
brave preparations making to go against the miserable town
of Mansoul ? And would I might be put at the head of a
thousand of them, that I might also show my valour against
the famous town of Mansoul."
Prof. Your wish may come to pass ; you look like one
that has mettle enough, and my lord will have with him
those that are valiant and stout. But my business requires
haste.
Cerb. Ay, so it does. Speed thee to the town of Man-
soul, with all the deepest mischiefs that this place can afford
thee. And when thou shalt come to the house of Mr. Mis-
chief, the place where the Diabolonians meet to plot, tell
them that Cerberus doth wish them his service, and that if
he may, he will with the army come up against the famous
town of Mansoul.
19
218 THE HOLY WAR.
Prof. That I will. And I know that my lords that are
there will be glad to hear it, and to see you also.
So after a few more such kind of compliments, Mr. Pro-
fane took his leave of his friend Cerberus ; and Cerberus
again, with a thousand of their pit-wishes, bid him haste,
with all speed, to his masters. The which when he had
heard, he made obeisance, and began to gather up his heels
to run.
Thus, therefore, he returned, and went and came to Man-
soul ; and going, as afore, to the house of Mr. Mischief,
there he found the Diabolonians assembled, and waiting for
his return. Now when he was come, and had presented
himself, he also delivered to them his letter, and adjoin I
this compliment to them therewith : " My lords, from the
confines of the pit, the high and mighty principalities and
powers of the den salute you here, the true Diabolonians
of the town of Mansoul. Wishing you always the most
proper of their benedictions, for the great service, high
attempts, and brave achievements that you have put your-
selves upon, for the restoring to our prince Diabolus the
famous town of Mansoul."
This was therefore the present state of the miserable town
of Mansoul : she had offended her Prince, and he was gone ;
she had encouraged the powers of hell, by her foolishness,
to come against her to seek her utter destruction.
True, the town of Mansoul was somewhat made sensible
of her sin, but the Diabolonians were gotten into her bow-
els ; she cried, but Emmanuel was gone, and her cries did
not fetch him as yet again. Besides, she kneAV not now
whether ever or never, he would return and come to his
Mansoul again ; nor did they know the power and industry
of the enemy, nor how forward they were to put in execu-
tion that plot of hell that they had devised against her.
THE HOLY WAR. 2 IS)
They did, indeed, still send petition after petition to the
Prince, but he answered all with silence. They did neglect
reformation, and that was as Diabolus would have it ; for
he knew, if they regarded iniquity in their heart, their King
would not hear their prayer ; they therefore did still grow
weaker and weaker, and were as a rolling thing before the
whirlwind. They cried to their King for help, and laid
Diabolonians in their bosoms : what therefore should a
Kino- do to them 1 Yea, there seemed now to be a mixture
in Mansoul : the Diabolonians and the Mansoulians would
walk the streets together. Yea, they began to seek their
peace ; for they thought that, since the sickness had been
so mortal in Mansoul, it was in vain to go to handygripes
with them. Besides, the weakness of Mansoul was the
strength of their enemies ; and the sins of Mansoul, the
advantage of the Diabolonians. The foes of Mansoul did
also now begin to promise themselves the town for a pos-
session : there was no exeat difference now betwixt Man-
soulians and Diabolonians : both seemed to be masters of
Mansoul. Yea, the Diabolonians increased and grew, but
the town of Mansoul diminished greatly. There were
more than eleven thousand men, women, and children, that
died by the sickness in Mansoul.
But now, as Shaddai would have it, there was one whose
name was Mr. Pry well, a great lover of the people of Man-
soul. And he, as his manner was, did go listening up and
down in Mansoul to see, and to hear, if at any time he
might, whether there was any design against it or no. For
he was always a jealous man, and feared some mischief
sometime would befall it, either from the Diabolonians
within, or from some power without. Now upon a time it
so happened, as Mr. Prywell went listening here and there,
that he lighted upon a place called Vile-hill, in Mansoul
220 THE IIOLV WAR.
where Diabolonians used to meet ; so hearing a muttering,
(you must know that it was in the night,) he softly drew
near to hear ; nor had he stood long under the house-end,
(for there stood a house there,) but he heard one confidently
affirm, that it was not, or would not be long before Diabolus
should possess himself again of Mansoul ; and that then the
Diabolonians did intend to put all Mansoulians to the sword,
and would kill and destroy the King's captains, and drive
all his soldiers out of the town. He said, moreover, that
he knew there were above twenty-thousand fighting men
prepared by Diabolus for the accomplishing of this design,
and that it would not be months before they all should see it.
When Mr. Pry well had heard this story, he did quickly
believe it was true ; wherefore he went forthwith to my
Lord Mayor's house, and acquainted him therewith; who,
sending for the subordinate preacher, brake the business to
him ; and he as soon gave the alarm to the town ; for he
was now the chief preacher in Mansoul, because, as yet,
my Lord Secretary was ill at ease. And this was the way
that the subordinate preacher did take to alarm the town
therewith. The same hour lie caused the lecture bell to be
rung ; so the people came together : he gave them then a
short exhortation to watchfulness, and made Mr. Prywell's
news the argument thereof. " For," said he, " an horrible
plot is contrived against Mansoul, even to massacre us all
in a day, nor is this story to be slighted; for Mr. Prywell
is the author thereof. Mr. Prywell was always a lover of
Mansoul, a sober and judicious man, a man that is no tattler,
nor raiser of false reports, but one that loves to look into
the very bottom of matters, and talks nothing of news,
but by very solid arguments. I will call him, and you shall
hear him your own selves."
So be called him, and he came and told his tale so punc-
THE HOLY WAR. 221
tn ally, and affirmed its truth with such ample grounds, that
Mansoul fell presently under a conviction of the truth of
what he said. The preacher did also back him, saying,
" Sirs, it is not irrational for us to believe it, for we have
provoked Shaddai to anger, and have sinned Emmanuel out
of the town ; we have had too much correspondence with
Diabolonians, and have forsaken our former mercies ; no
marvel, then, if the enemy both within and without should
design and plot our ruin ; and what time like this to do it ?
The sickness is now in the town, and we have been made
weak thereby. Many a good meaning man is dead, and
the Diabolonians of late grow stronger and stronger.
" Besides," quoth the subordinate preacher, " I have re-
ceived from this good truth-teller this one inkling further,
that he understood by those that he overheard, that several
letters have lately passed between the furies and the Diabo-
lonians in order to destruction." When Mansoul heard all
this, and not being able to gainsay it, they lift up their voice
and wept. Mr. Prywell did also, in the presence of the
townsmen, confirm all that their subordinate preacher had
said. Wherefore they now set afresh to bewail their folly,
and to a doubling of petitions to Shaddai and his Son.
They also brake the business to the captains, high com-
manders, and men of war in the town of Mansoul, entreat-
ing them to use the means to be strong, and to take good
courage ; and that they would look after their harness, and
make themselves ready to give Diabolus battle by night and
by day, should he come, as they are informed he will, to
beleaguer the town of Mansoul.
When the captains heard this, they being always true
lovers of the town of Mansoul, what do they, but like so
many Samsons they shake themselves, and come together
to consult and contrive how to defeat those bold and hellish
19*
222 THE HOLY WAR.
contrivances that were upon the wheel by the means of
Diabolus and his friends, against the now sickly, weakly,
and much-impoverished town of Mansoul; and they agreed
upon these following particulars : — •
1. That the gates of Mansoul should be kept shut, and
made fast with bars and locks, and that all persons that went
out, or came in, should be very strictly examined by the
captains of the guards, " to the end," said they, " that those
that are managers of the plot amongst us, may, either coming
or going, be taken ; and that we may also find out who are
the great contrivers, amongst us, of our ruin."
2. The next thing was, that a strict search should be
made for all kind of Diabolonians throughout the whole town
of Mansoul ; and that every man's house from top to bot-
tom should be looked into, and that, too, house by house,
that if possible a further discovery might be made of all
such among' them as had a hand in these designs.
3. It was further concluded upon, that wheresoever or
with whomsoever, any of the Diabolonians were found, that
even those of the town of Mansoul that had given them
house and harbour, should, to their sh ime, and the warning
of others, take penance in the public square.
4. It was, moreover, resolved, by the famous town of
Mansoul, that a public fast, and a day of humiliation should
be kept throughout the whole corporation, to the justifying
of their Prince, the abasing of themselves befere him for
their transgressions against him, and against Shaddai, his
Father. It was further resolved, that all such in Mansoul
as did not on that day endeavour to keep that fast, and to
humble themselves for their faults, but that should mind
their worldly employments, or be found wandering up and
down the streets, should be taken for Diabolonians, and
should suffer as Diabolonians, for such their wicked doings.
THE HOLY WAR. 223
5. It was further concluded then, that with what speed,
and with what warmth of mind they could, they would re-
new their humiliation for sin, and their petitions to Shaddai
for help ; they also resolved to send tidings to the court of
all that Mr. Pry well had told them.
6. It was also determined, that thanks should be given
by the town of Mansoul to Mr. Pry well, for his diligent
seeking of the welfare of their town : and further, that for-
asmuch as he was so naturally inclined to seek their good,
and also to undermine their foes, they gave him a commis-
sion of scoutmaster-general, for the good of the town of
Mansoul.
When the corporation, with their captains, had thus con-
cluded, they did as they had said ; they shut up their gates,
they made for Diabolonians strict search, they made those
with whom any were found to take penance in the public
square : they kept their fast, and renewed their petitions to
their Prince, and Mr. Prywell managed his charge and the
trust that Mansoul had put in his hands, with great con-
science and good fidelity ; for he gave himself wholly up to
his employ, and that not only within the town, but he went
out to pry, to see, and to hear.
And not many days after, he provided for his journey,
and went towards Ilell-Gate Kill, into the country where
the doubters were, where he heard of all that had been
talked of in Mansoul, and he perceived also that Diabolus
was almost ready for his march, etc. So he came back
with speed, and, calling the captains and elders of Mansoul
together, he told them where he had been, what he had
heard, and what he had seen. Particularly, he told them
that Diabolus was almost ready for his march, and that he
had made old Mr. Incredulity, that once brake prison in
Mansoul, the general of his army; that his army consisted
224 THE HOLY WAR.
all of doubters, and that their number was above twenty
thousand. He told, moreover, that Diabolus did intend to
bring with him the chief princes of the infernal pit, and that
he would make them chief captains over his doubters. He
told them, moreover, that it was certainly true that several
of the black den would, with Diabolus, ride reformades to
reduce the town of Mansoul to the obedience of Diabolus,
their prince.
He said, moreover, that he understood by the doubters,
among whom he had been, that the reason why old Incre-
dulity was made general of the whole army, was because
none truer than he to the tyrant ; and because he had an
implacable spite against the welfare of the town of Mansoul.
Besides, said he, he remembers the affronts that Mansoul
lias given him, and he is resolved to be revenged of them.
But the black princes shall be made high commanders,
only Incredulity shall be over them all, because, which I
had almost forgot, he can more easily, and more dexte-
rously, beleaguer the town of Mansoul, than can any of
the princes besides.
Now, when the captains of Mansoul, with the elders of
the town, had heard the tidings that Mr. Prywell did bring,
they thought it expedient, without further delay, to put into
execution the laws against the Diabolonians, which their
prince had made for them, and given them in commandment
to manage against them. Wherefore, forthwith a diligent
and impartial search was made in all houses in Mansoul,
for all and all manner of Diabolonians. Now, in the house
of Mr. Mind, and in the house of the great Lord Willbe-
will, were two Diabolonians found. In Mr. Mind's house
was one Lor J Covetousness found; but he had changed his
name to Prudent-Thrifty. In my Lord Willbewill's house
one Lasciviousness was found ; but he had changed his name
THE HOLY WAR. 225
to Harmless-Mirth. These two the captains and elders of
the town of Mansoul took and committed them to custody
under the hand of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler ; and this man
handled them so severely, and loaded them so well with
irons, that in time they both fell into a very deep consump-
tion, and died in the prison-house ; their masters also, ac-
cording to the agreement of the captains and elders, were
brought to take penance in the public square, to their shame,
and for a warning to the rest of the town of Mansoul.
Now this was the manner of penance in those days : the
persons offending being made sensible of the evil of their
doings, were enjoined open confession of their faults, and a
strict amendment of their lives.
After this, the captains and elders of Mansoul sought yet
to find out more Diabolonians, wherever they lurked, Avhe-
ther in dens, caves, holes, vaults, or where else they could,
in or about the wall or town of Mansoul. But though they
could plainly see their footing, and so follow them by their
track and smell to their holds, even to the mouths of their
caves and dens, yet take them, hold them, and do justice
upon them, they could not ; their ways were so crooked,
their holds so strong, and they so quick to take sanctuary
there.
But Mansoul did now with so stiff an hand rule over the
Diabolonians that were left, that they were glad to shrink
into corners : time was when they durst w alk openly, and
in the day ; but now they were forced to embrace privacy
and the night; time was when a Mansoulian was their
companion ; but now they counted them deadly enemies.
This good change did Mr. Prywell's intelligence make in
the famous town of Mansoul.
By this time Diabolus had finished his army, which he
intended to bring with him for the ruin of Mansoul; and
226 THE HOLY WAR.
had set over them captains and other field officers, such as
liked his furious stomach best ; himself was lord paramount,
Incredulity was general of his army, their highest captains
shall be named afterwards ; but now for their officers, colours,
and scutcheons.
1. Their first captain was Captain Rage. He was cap-
tain over the election doubters ;* his were the red colours ;
his standard-bearer was Mr. Destructive, and the great red
dragon he had for his scutcheon.
2. The second captain was Captain Fury : he was cap-
tain over the vocation doubters ; his standard-bearer was
Mr. Darkness, his colours were those that were pale, and he
had for his scutcheon the fiery flying serpent.
3. The third captain was captain Damnation : he was
captain over the grace doubters ; his were the red colours,
Mr. No-Life bare them, and he had for his scutcheon the
black den.
4. The fourth captain was the Captain Insatiable : he
was captain over the faith doubters ; his were the red
colours, Mr. Devourer bare them, and he had for a scutcheon
the yawning jaws.
5. The fifth captain was Captain Brimstone : he was
captain over the perseverance doubters ; his also were the
red colours, Mr. Burning bare them, and his scutcheon was
the blue and stinking flame.
0. The sixth captain was Captain Torment: he was
captain over the resurrection doubters ; his colours were
those that were pale, Mr. Gnaw was his standard-bearer,
and he had the black w r orm for his scutcheon.
7. The seventh captain was Captain No-Ease; he was
captain over the salvation doubters ; his were the red colours,
Mr. Restless bare them, and his scutcheon was the ghastly
picture of death.
• See note at page 291.
the holy war. 227
8. The eighth captain was the Captain Sepulchre : he
was captain over the glory doubters ; his also were the pale
colours, Mr. Corruption was his standard-bearer, and he had
foi his scutcheon a skull, and dead men's bones.
9. The ninth captain was Captain Past-Hope: he was
captain of those that are called the felicity doubters, his
standard-bearer was Mr. Despair ; his also were the red
colours, and his scutcheon was a hot iron and the hard
heart.
These were his captains, and tbese were their forces,
these were their standards, these were their colours, and
these were their scutcheons. Now, over these did the
great Diabolus make superior captains, and they were in
number seven : as namely, the Lord Beelzebub, the Lord
Lucifer, the Lord Legion, the Lord Apollyon, the Lord
Python, the Lord Cerebus, and the Lord Belial ; these seven
he set over the captains, and Incredulity was lord-general,
and Diabolus was king. The reformades also, such as were
like themselves, were made some of them captains of hun-
dreds, and some of them captains of more. And thus was
the army of Incredulity completed.
So they set out at Hell-Gate Hill, for there they had their
rendezvous, from whence they came with a strait course
upon their march toward the town of Mansoul. Now, as
was hinted before, the town had, as Shaddai woidd have it,
received from the mouth of Mr. Prywell, the alarm of their
coming before. "Wherefore, they set a strong watch at the
gates, and had also doubled their guards : they also mounted
their slings in good places, where they might conveniently
cast out their great stones, to the annoyance of the furious
enemy.
Nor could those Diabolonians that were in the town do
the hurt as was designed they should ; for Mansoul was
228 THE HOLY WAR.
now awake. But alas ! poor people, they were sorely
affrighted at the first appearance of their foes, and at their
sitting down before the town, especially when they heard
the roaring of their drum. This, to speak truth, was
amazingly hideous to hear ; it frighted all men seven miles
round, if they were but awake and heard it. The stream-
ing of their colours was also terrible and dejecting to behold.
When Diabolus was come up against the town, first he
made his approach to Ear-gate, and gave it a furious assault,
supposing, as it seems, that his friends in Mansoul had been
ready to do the work within ; but care was taken of that
before, by the vigilance of the captains. Wherefore missing
of the help that he expected from them, and finding his army
warmly attended with the stones that the slingers did sling,
(for that I will say for the captains, that considering the
weakness that was yet upon them, by reason of the long
sickness that had annoyed the town of Mansoul, they did
gallantly behave themselves,) he was forced to make some
retreat from Mansoul, and to entrench himself and his men
in the field without the reach of the slings of the town.
Now having entrenched himself, he did cast up four
mounts against the town : the first he called Mount Dia-
bolus, putting his own name thereon, the more to affright
the town of Mansoul ; the other three he called thus, Mount
Alecto, Mount Megara, and Mount Tisiphone ; for these are
the names of the dreadful furies of hell. Thus he began to
play his game with Mansoul, and to serve it as doth the
lion his prey, even to make it fall before his terror. But,
as I said, the captains and soldiers resisted so stoutly, and
did do such execution with their stones, that they made him,
though against stomach, to retreat ; wherefore Mansoul began
to take courage.
Now upon Mount Diabolus, which was raised on the
THE HOLY WAR. 229
north side of the town, there did the tyrant set up his
standard, and a fearful thing it was to behold ; for he had
wrought in it by devilish art, after the manner of a scutch-
eon, a flaming flame fearful to behold, and the picture of
Mansoul burning in it.
When Diabolus had thus done, he commanded that his
drummer should every night approach the walls of the town
of Mansoul, and so to beat a parley ; the command was to
do it at nights, for in the day time they annoyed him with
their slings ; for the tyrant said, that he had a mind to
parley with the now trembling town of Mansoul, and he
commanded that the drums should beat every night, that
through weariness they might at last, if possible, (at the first
they were unwilling,) be forced to do it.
So this the drummer did as commanded : he arose, and
did beat his drum. But when his drum did go, if one
looked toward the town of Mansoul, " Behold darkness and
sorrow, and the light was darkened in the heaven thereof."
No noise was ever heard upon earth more terrible, except
the voice of Shaddai when he speaketh. But how did
Mansoul tremble ! It now looked for notning but forthwith
to be swallowed up.
When this drummer had beaten for a parley, he made this
speech to Mansoul : " My master has bid me tell you, that
if you will willingly submit, you shall have the good of the
earth ; but if you shall be stubborn, he is resolved to take
you by force." But, by the time he had done beating his
drum, the people of Mansoul had betaken themselves to the
captains that were in the castle, so that there was none to
rd, nor to give this drummer an answer ; so he proceeded
no further that night, but returned again to his master to the
camp.
When Diabolus saw, that by drumming, he could not
20
230 THE HOLY WAR.
work out Mansoul to his will, the next night he sendeth his
drummer without his drum, still to let the townsmen know
that he had a mind to parley with them. But when all
came to all, his parley was turned into a summons to the
town to deliver up themselves : but they gave him neither
heed nor hearing ; for they remembered what at first it cost
them to hear him a few words.
The next night he sends again, and then who should be
his messenger to Mansoul but the terrible Captain Sepulchre;
so Captain Sepulchre came up to the walls of Mansoul, and
made this oration to the town :< —
" O ye inhabitants of the rebellious town of Mansoul ! I
summon you in the name of the Prince Diabolus, that, with-
out any more ado, you set open the gates of your town, and
admit the great lord to come in. But if you shall still rebel,
when we have taken to us the town by force, we will
swallow you up as the grave ; wherefore, if you will
hearken to my summons, say so ; if not, then let me know.
"The reason of this my summons," quoth he, "is, for
that my lord is your undoubted prince and lord, as you
yourselves have formerly owned. Nor shall that assault that
was given to my lord when Emmanuel dealt so dishonour-
ably by him, prevail with him to lose his right, and to for-
bear to attempt to recover his own. Consider, then, O
Mansoul, with thyself, wilt thou show thyself peaceable, or
no ? If thou shalt quietly yield up thyself, then our old
friendship shall be renewed ; but if thou shalt yet refuse
and rebel, then expect nothing but fire and sword."
When the languishing town of Mansoul had heard this
summoner and his summons, they were yet more put to
their dumps, but made to the captain no answer at all ; so
away he went as lie came.
But, after some consultation among themselves, as also
THE HOLY WAR. 231
with some of their captains, the}- applied themselves afresh
to the Lord Secretary for counsel and advice from him ; for
this Lord Secretary was their chief preacher, (as also is
mentioned some pages before,) only now he was ill at ease ;
and of him they begged favour in these two or three things.
1. That he would look comfortably upon them, and not
keep himself so much retired from them as formerly. Also,
that he would be prevailed with to give them a hearing,
while they should make known their miserable condition to
him. But this he told them as before, " that as yet lie was
but ill at ease, and therefore could not do as he had formerly
done."
2. The second thing that they desired was, that he would
be pleased to give them his advice about their now so im-
portant affairs, for that Diabolus was come and set down
before the town, with no less than twenty thousand doubters.
They said, moreover, that both he and his captains were
cruel men, and that they were afraid of diem. But to this
he said, " You must look to the law of the Prince, and there
see what is laid upon yen to do."
3. Then they desired that his Highness would help them
to frame a petition to Shaddai, and unto Emmanuel his Son,
and that he wouh! set his own hand thereto as a token that
he was one with them in it: "For," said they, "my Lord,
many a one have we sent, but can get no answer of peace ;
but now, surely, one with thy hand unto it may obtain good
for Mansoul."
But all the answer that he gave to this was, " that they
had offended their Emmanuel, and had also grieved himself,
and that therefore they must as yet partake of their own
devices."
This answer of the Lord Secretary fell like a millstone
upon them ; yea, it crushed them so that they could not tell
232 THE HOLY WAR.
what to do ; yet they durst not comply with the demands
of Diabolus, nor with the demands of his captain. So then
here were the straits that the town of Mansoul was betwixt,
when the enemy came upon her : her foes were ready to
swallow her up, and her friends did forbear to help her.
Then stood up my Lord Mayor, whose name was my
Lord Understanding, and he began to pick and pick, until he
had picked comfort out of that seemingly bitter saying of
the Lord Secretary ; for thus he descanted upon it : " First,"
said he, " this unavoidably follows upon the saying of my
Lord, ' that we must yet suffer for our sins.' " Secondly,
" But," quoth he, " the word 'yet' sounds as if at last we
should be saved from our enemies ; and that after a few
more sorrows, Emmanuel will come and be our help."
Now the Lord Mayor was the more critical in his dealing
with the Secretary's words, because my lord was more than
a prophet, and because none of his words were such, but
that at all times, they were most exactly significant ; and
the townsmen were allowed to pry into them, and to ex-
pound them to their best advantage.
So they took their leave of my lord, and returned, and
went, and came to the captains, to whom they did tell what
my Lord high Secretary had said ; who, when they had
heard it, were all of the same opinion as was my Lord
Mayor himself. The captains, therefore, began to take
some courage unto them, and to prepare to make some brave
attempt upon the camp of the enemy, and to destroy all that
were Diabolonians, with the roving doubters that the tyrant
had brought with him to destroy the town of Mansoul.
So all betook themselves forthwith to their places — the
Captains to theirs, the Lord Mayor to his, the subordinate
preacher to his, and my Lord Willbewill to his. The cap-
tiins longed to be at some work for their prince : for they
THE HOLY WAR. 233
delighted in warlike achievements. The next day, there-
fore, they came together and consulted ; and after consulta-
tion had, they resolved to give an answer to the captain of
Diabolus with slings ; and so they did at the rising of the
sun on the morrow ; for Diabolus had adventured to come
nearer again, but the sling-stones were to him and his like
hornets. For as there is nothing to the town of Mansoul
so terrible as the roaring of Diabolus's drum, so there is
nothing to Diabolus so terrible as the well playing of Em-
manuel's slings. Wherefore Diabolus was forced to make
another retreat, yet further oft' from the famous town of
Mansoul. Then did the Lord Mayor of Mansoul cause the
bells to be rung, " and that thanks should be sent to the
Lord high Secretary by the mouth of the subordinate
preacher ; for that by his words the captains and elders of
Mansoul had been strengthened against Diabolus."
When Diabolus saw that his captains and soldiers, high
lords and renowned, were frightened, and beaten down by
the stones that came from the golden slings of the Prince of
the town of Mansoul, he bethought himself, and said, " 1
will try to catch them by fawning, I will try to flatter them
into my net."
Wherefore, after a while, he came down again to the
wall, not now with his drum, nor with Captain Sepulchre ;
but having all besugared his lips, he seemed to be a very
sweet-mouthed, peaceable prince, designing nothing for hu-
mour's sake, nor to be revenged on Mansoul for injuries by
them done to him ; but the welfare, and good, and advantage
of the town and people therein, was now, as he said, his
only design. Wherefore, after he had called for audience,
and desired that the townsfolk would give it to him, he pro-
ceeded in his oration, and said : —
"Oh, the desire of my heart, the famous town of Man
'2() : -
234-
THE HOLY WAR.
soul ! how many nights have I watched, and how many
weary steps have I taken, if perhaps I might do thee good !
Far be it, far be it from me to desire to make a war upon
you ; if ye will but willingly and quietly deliver up your-
selves unto me. You know that you were mine of old.
Remember also, that so long as you enjoyed me for your
lord, and I enjoyed you for my subjects, you wanted for
nothing of all the delights of the earth, that I, your lord and
prince, could get for you, or that I could invent to make you
bonny and blithe withal. Consider, you never had so many
hard, dark, troublesome, and heart-afflicting hours, while
you were mine, as you have had since you revolted from
me ; nor shall you ever have peace again, until you and I
become one as before. But, be but prevailed with to em-
brace me again, and I will grant, yea, enlarge your old char-
ter with abundance of privileges ; so that your license and
liberty shall be to take, hold, enjoy, and make your own, all
that is pleasant from the east to the west. Nor shall any
of those incivilities, wherewith you have offended me, be
ever charged upon you by me, so long as the sun and moon
endure. Nor shall any of those dear friends of mine that
now, for the fear of you, lie lurking in dens, and holes, and
caves in Mansoul, be hurtful to you any more ; yea, they
shall be your servants, and shall minister unto you of their
substance, and of whatever shall come to hand. I need
speak no more ; you know them, and have sometime since
been much delighted in their company. Why, then, should
we abide at such odds ? Let us renew our old acquaintance
and friendship again.
" Bear with your friend ; I take the liberty at this time
to speak thus freely unto you. The love that I have to you
presses me to do it, as also does the zeal of my heart for
my friends with you : put me not therefore to further trou-
THE HOLY WAR. 235
ble, nor yourselves to further fears and frights. Have yon
I will, in a way of peace or war ; nor do you flatter your-
selves with the power and force of your captains, or that
your Emmanuel will shortly come in to your help ; for such
strength will do you no pleasure.
" I am come against you with a stout and valiant army,
and all the chief princes of the den are even at the head of
u. Besides, my captains are swifter than eagles, stronger
than lions, and more greedy of prey than are the evening
wolves. AVhat is Og of Bashan ! what is Goliath of Gath !
and what are an hundred more of them, to one of the least
of my captains ! How, then, shall Mansoul think to escape
my hand and force?"
Diabolus having thus ended his flattering, fawning, de-
ceitful, and lying speech, to the famous town of Mansoul,
the Lord Mayor replied to him as follows : —
" O Diabolus, prince of darkness, and master of all de-
ceit ; thy lying flatteries we have had and made sufficient
probation of, and have tasted too deeply of that destructive
cup already. Should we therefore again hearken unto thee,
and so break the commandments of our great Shaddai, to
join in affinity with thee, would not our Prince reject us,
and cast us off forever? And, being cast off by him, can
the place that he has prepared for thee, he a place of rest
for us ? Besides, O thou that art empty and void of all
truth, we are rather ready to die by thy hand, than to fall in
with thy flattering and lying deceits."
When the tyrant saw that there was little to be got by
parleying with my Lord Mayor, he fell into an hellish rage,
and resolved that again, with his army of doubters, lie would
another time assault the town of Mansoul.
So he called for his drummer, who beat up for his men
''and while he did beat, Mansoul did shake) to be in a readi-
23G THE HOLY WAR.
ness to give battle to the corporation : then Diabolus drew
near with his army, and thus disposed of his men. Captain
Cruel and Captain Torment, these he drew up and placed
against Feel-gate, and commanded them to sit down there
far the war. And he also appointed that, if need were,
Captain No-Ease should come in to their relief. ■ At Nose-
gate he placed the Captain Brimstone and Captain Sepul-
chre, and bid them look well to their ward, on that side of
the town of Mansoul. But at Eye-gate he placed that
grimfaced one, the Captain Past-Hope, and there also now
lie did set up his terrible standard.
Now Captain Insatiable, he was to look to the carriages
of Diabolus, and was also appointed to take into custody
those persons and things that should at any time as prey be
taken from the enemy.
Now, Mouth-gate, the inhabitants of Mansoul kept for a
sally-port; wherefore that they kept strong; for that was it,
by and out at which, the townsfolk did send their petitions
to Emmanuel their Prince. That also was the gate from
the top of which the captains did play their slings at the
enemies ; for that gate stood somewhat ascending, so that
the placing of them there, and the letting of them fly from
that place did much execution against the tyrant's army.
Wherefore, for these causes, with others, Diabolus sought,
if possible, to land up Mouth-gate with dirt.
Now, as Diabolus was busy and industrious in preparing
to make his assault upon the town of Mansoul without, so
the captains and soldiers in the corporation were as busy in
preparing within ; they mounted their slings, they set up
their banners, they sounded their trumpets, and put them-
selves in sujh order, as was judged most for the annoyance
of the enemy, and for the advantage of Mansoul, and gave
to their soldiers orders to be ready at the sound of the trum-
THE HOLY WAR. 237
pet for war. The Lord Willbewill also, lie took the charge
of watching against the rebels within, and to do what he
could to take them while without, or to stifle them within
their caves, dens, and holes in the town-wall of Mansoul.
And, to speak the truth of him, ever since he took penance
for his fault, he has showed as much honesty and bravery
of spirit, as any in Mansoul ; for he took one Jolly, and his
brother Griggish, the two sons of his servant Harmless-
Mirth, (for to that day, though the father was committed to
ward, the sons had a dwelling in the house of my lord,) ■ — I
say, he took them, and with his own hands put them to
death. And this was the reason why he hanged them up :
after their father was put into the hands of Mr. True-man
the goaler, they, his sons, began to play his pranks, and to
be ticking and toying with the daughters of their lord ; nay,
it was jealoused that they were too familiar with them, the
which was brought to his lordship's ear. Now his lordship
being unwilling unadvisedly to put any man to death, did not
suddenly fall upon them, but set watch and spies to see if
the thing was true ; of the which he was soon informed,
for his two servants, whose names were Find-out and Tell-
All, caught them together in uncivil manner more than once
or twice, and went and told their lord. So when my Lord
Willbewill had sufficient ground to believe the thing was
true, he takes the two young Diabolonians, (for such they
were, for their father was a Diabolonian born,) and has them
to Eye-gate, where he raised a very high cross, just in the
face of Diabolus, and of his army, and there he hanged the
young villains, in defiance to Captain Past-Hope, and of the
horrible standard of the tyrant.
Now this Christian act of the brave Lord Willbewill did
greatly abash Captain I'ast-Hope, discouraged the army of
Diabolus, put fear into the Diabolonian runagates in Mansoul,
238 THE HOLY WAR.
and put strength and courage into the captains that belonged
to Emmanuel, the Prince ; for they without did gather, and
that by this very act of my Lord, that Mansoul was resolved
to fight, and that the Diabolonians within the town could
not do such things as Diabolus had hopes they would. Nor
was this the only proof of the brave Lord Willbewill's hon-
to the town, nor of his loyalty to his Prince, as will
afterwards appear.
Now, when the children of Prudent-Thrifty, who dwelt
with Mr. Mind, (for Thrift left children with Mr. Mind,
when he was also committed to prison, and their names
were Gripe and Rake-All; — I say, when his children per-
ceived how the Lord Willbewill had served them that dwelt
v, ith him, what do they, but, lest they should drink of the
same cup, endeavour to make their escape. But Mr. Mind,
being wary of it, took them and put them in hold in his
house till morning, (for this was done over night ;) and re-
membering that by the law of Mansoul, all Diabolonians
were to die, (and to be sure they were at least by father's
side such, and some say by mother's side too,) what does
he, but takes them and puts them in chains, and carries them
to the self-same place where my lord hanged his two before,
and there he hanged them.
The townsmen also took great encouragement at this act
of Mr. Mind, and did what they could to have taken some
more of these Diabolonian trou biers of Mansoul ; but at that
time, the rest lay so squat and close, that they could not be
apprehended ; so they set against them a diligent watch, and
went every man to his place.
I told you a little before, that Diabolus and his army were
somewhat abashed and discouraged at the sight of what my
Lord Willbewill did, when he hanged up those two young
Diabolonians ; but his discouragement quickly turned itself
THE HOLY AVAR. 239
into furious madness and rage against the town of Mansoul,
and fight it he would. Also the townsmen and captains
within, they had their hopes and their expectations height-
ened, believing at last, the day would be theirs ; so they
feared them the less. Their subordinate preacher, too, made
a sermon about it ; and he took that theme for his text,
" Gad, a troop shall overcome him : but he shall overcome
at the last." Whence he showed, that though Mansoul
should be sorely put to it at the first, yet the victory should
most certainly be Mansoul's at the last.
So Diabolus commanded that his drummer should beat a
charge against the town ; and the captains also that were in
the town sounded a charge against them, but they had no
drum : they were trumpets of silver with which they sounded
against them. Then they which were of the camp of Dia-
bolus came down to the town to take it, and the captains in
the castle, with the slingers at Mouth-gate, played upon them
amain. And now there was nothing heard in the camp of
Diabolus but horrible rage and blasphemy ; but in the town
good words, prayer, and singing of psalms. The enemy
replied with horrible objections, and the terribleness of their
drum ; but the town made answer with the slapping of their
slings, and the melodious noise of their trumpets. And thus
the fight lasted for several days together, only now and then
they had some small intermission, in the which the towns-
men refreshed themselves, and the captains made ready for
another assault.
The captains of Emmanuel were clad in silver armour,
and the soldiers in that which was of proof; the soldiers of
Diabolus were clad in iron, which was made to give pi ice
to Emmanuel's engine-shot. In the town, some were hurl,
and some were greatly wounded. Now, the worst of it was,
a surgeon was scarce in Mansoul, for thai Emmanuel at
240 THE HOLY WAR.
present was absent. Howbeit, witb the leaves of a tree,
the wounded were kept from dying ; yet their wounds did
greatly putrefy, and some did grievously stink. Of the
townsmen, these were wounded, namely, my Lord Reason ;
he was wounded in the head. Another that was wounded,
was the brave Lord Mayor ; he was wounded in the eye.
Another that was wounded was Mr. Mind ; he received
his wound about the stomach. The honest subordinate
preacher also, he received a shot not far off the heart; but
none of these were mortal.
Many also of the inferior sort were not only wounded,
but slain outright.
Now, in the camp of Diabolus, were wounded and slain
a considerable number ; for instance, Captain Rage, he was
wounded, and so was Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation
was made to retreat, and to intrench himself further off of
Mansoul. The standard also of Diabolus was beaten down,
and his standard-bearer, Captain Much-Hurt, had his brains
beat out with a sling-stone, to the no little grief and shame
of his prince Diabolus.
Many also of the doubters were slain outright, though
enousrh of them were left alive to make Mansoul shake and
totter. Now the victory that day being turned to Mansoul,
did put great valour into the townsmen and captains, and
did cover Diabolus's camp with a cloud, but withal it made
them far more furious. So the next day Mansoul rested,
and commanded that the bells should be rung; the trumpets
also joyfully sounded, and the captains shouted round the
town.
My Lord Willbewill also was not idle, but did notable
service within against the domestics, or the Diabolonians
that were in the town, not only by keeping them in awe,
for he lighted on one at last wltose name was Mr. Anything,
THE HOLY WAR. 241
a fellow of whom mention was made before ; for it was lie,
if you remember, that brought the three fellows to Diabolus,
whom the Diabolonians took out of Captain Boanerges'
companies, and that persuaded them to list themselves under
the tyrant, to fight against the army of Shaddai. My Lord
Willbewill did also take a notable Diabolonian, whose name
was Loose-Foot : this Loose-Foot was a scout to the vaga-
bonds in Mansoul, and that did use to carry tidings out of
Mansoul to the camp, and out of the camp to those of the
enemies in Mansoul. Both these my lord sent away safe
to Mr. True-Man, the gaoler, with a commandment to keep
them in irons ; for he intended then to have them out to be
crucified, when it would be for the best to the corporation,
and most for the discouragement of the camp of the enemies.
My Lord Mayor also, though he could not stir about so
much as formerly, because of the wound that he had lately
received, yet gave he out orders to all that were the natives
of Mansoul, to look to their watch, and stand upon their
guard, and, as occasion should offer, to prove themselves
men.
Mr. Conscience, the preacher, he also did his utmost to
keep all his good documents alive upon the hearts of the
people of Mansoul.
Well, awhile after, the captains and stout ones of the
town of Mansoul agreed and resolved upon a time to make
a sally out upon the camp of Diabolus, ' and this must be
done in the night ; and there was the folly of Mansoul, (for
the night is always the best for the enemy, but the worst
for Mansoul to fight in,) but yet they would do it, their
courage was so high ; their last victory also still stuck in
their memories.
So the night appointed being come, the Prince's brave
captains cast lots, who should lead the van in this new and
21
242 THE HOLY WAR.
desperate expedition against Diabolus, and against his D.a-
bolonian army ; and the lot fell to Captain Credence, to
Captain Experience, and to Captain Good-Hope to lead the
forlorn hope. (This Captain Experience, the Prince created
such, when himself did reside in the town of Mansoul.)
So, as I said, they made their sally out upon the army that
lay in the siege against them ; and their hap was to fall in
with the main body of their enemies. Now Diabolus and
his men being expertly accustomed to night-work, took the
alarm presently, and were as ready to give them battle, as
if they had sent them word of their coming. Wherefore
to it they went amain, and blows were hard on every side ;
the hell drum also was beat most furiously, while the trum-
pets of the Prince most sweetly sounded. And thus the
battle was joined ; and Captain Insatiable looked to the
enemy's carriages, and waited when he should receive some
prey.
The Prince's captains fought it stoutly, beyond what in-
deed could be expected they should ; they wounded many ;
they made the whole army of Diabolus to make a retreat.
But I cannot tell how, but the brave Captain Credence,
Captain Good-Hope, and Captain Experience, as they were
upon the pursuit, cutting down, and following hard after the
enemy in the rear, Captain Credence stumbled and fell, by
which fall he caught so great a hurt, that he could not rise
till Captain Experience did help him up, at which their
men were put in disorder. The captain also was so full of
pain, that he could not forbear but to cry out aloud : at this,
the other two captains fainted, supposing that Captain Cre-
dence had received his mortal wound ; their men also were
more disordered, and had no list to fight. Now Diabolus
being very observing, though at this time as yet he was put
to the worst, perceiving that a halt was made among the
THE HOLY WAR. 243
men that were the pursuers, what does he, but, takh.g it for
granted that the captains were either wounded or dead, he
therefore makes at first a stand, then faces about, and so
comes up upon the Prince's army with as much of his fury
as hell could help him to ; and his hap was to fall in just
among the three captains, Captain Credence, Captain Good-
Hope, and Captain Experience, and did cut, wound, and
pierce them so dreadfully, that what through discouragement,
what through disorder, and what through the wounds that
now they had received, and also the loss of much blood,
they scarce were able, though they had for their power the
three best hands in Mansoul, to get safe into the hold again.
Now, when the body of the Prince's army saw how
these three captains were put to the worst, they thought it
their wisdom to make as safe and good a retreat as they
could, and so returned by the sally-port again ; and so there
was an end of this present action. But Diabolus was so
flushed Avith this night's work, that he promised himself, in
few days, an easy and complete conquest over the town of
Mansoul ; wherefore, on the day following, he comes up to
the sides thereof with great boldness, and demands entrance,
and that forthwith they deliver themselves up to his govern-
ment. The Diabolonians, too, that were within, they began
to be somewhat brisk, as we shall show afterward.
But the valiant Lord Mayor replied, that what he got he
must get by force ; for as long as Emmanuel their Prince
was alive, (though he at present was not so with them as
they wished,) they should never consent to yield Mansoul
up to another.
And with that, the Lord Willbewill stood up and said,
" Diabolus, thou master of the den, and enemy to all that is
good, we poor inhabitants of the town of Mansoul, are too
well acquainted with thy rule and government, and with the
244 THE HOLY WAR.
end of those things that for certain will follow submitting to
thee, to do it. Wherefore, though while we were without
knowledge, we suffered thee to take us, (as the bird that
saw not the snare, fell into the hands of the fowler,) yet
since we have been turned from darkness to light, we have
also been turned from the power of Satan unto God. And
though through thy subtlety, and also the subtlety of the
Diabolonians within, we have sustained much loss, and also
plunged ourselves into much perplexity, yet give up our-
selves, lay down our arms, and yield to so horrid a tyrant
as thou, we shall not; die upon the place we choose rather
to do. Besides, we have hopes that in time, deliverance
will come from court unto us, and therefore we yet will
maintain a war against thee."
This brave speech of the Lord Willbewill, with that also
of the Lord Mayor, did somewhat abate the boldness of
Diabolus, though it kindled the fury of his rage. It also
succoured the townsmen and captains ; yea, it was as a
plaster to the brave Captain Credence's wound ; for you
must know that a brave speech now (when the captains of
the town with their men of war came home routed, and
when the enemy took courage and boldness at the success
that he had obtained to draw up to the walls, and demand
entrance, as he did) was in season, and also advantageous.
The Lord Willbewill also did play the man within ; for
while the captains and soldiers were in the field, he was in
arms in the town, and wherever by him there was a Diabo-
lonian found, they were forced to feel the weight of his
heavy hand, and also the edge of his penetrating sword :
Many, therefore, of the Diabolonians he wounded, as the
Lord Cavil, the Lord Brisk, the Lord Pragmatic, and the
Lord Murmur ; several also of the meaner sort he did sorely
maim ; though there cannot at this time an account be given
THE HOLY WAR. 245
you of any that he slew outright. The cause, or rather the
advantage that my Lord Willbewill had at this time to do
thus, was for that the captains were gone out to fight the
enemy in the field. " For noAv," thought the Diabolonians
within, " is our time to stir and make an uproar in the
town." What do they, therefore, but quickly get them-
selves into a body, and fall forthwith to hurricaning in Man-
soul, as if now, nothing but whirlwind and tempest should
be there. Wherefore, as I said, he takes this opportunity
to fall in among them with his men, cutting and slashing
with courage that was undaunted ; at which the Diaboloni-
ans with all haste dispersed themselves to their holds, and
my lord to his place as before.
This brave act of my lord did somewhat revenge the
wrong done by Diabolus to the captains, and also did let
them know that Mansoul was not to be parted with, for the
loss of a victory or two ; wherefore the wing of the tyrant
was clipped again, as to boasting, — I mean in comparison
of what he would have done, if the Diabolonians had put
the town to the same plight to which he had put the cap-
tains.
Well, Diabolus yet resolves to have the other bout with
Mansoul ; " For," thought he, " since I beat them once, I
may beat them twice." Wherefore he commanded his men
to be ready at such an hour of the night, to make a fresh
assault upon the town ; and he gave it out in special, that
they should bend all their force against Feel-gate, and at-
tempt to break into the town through that. The word that
then he did give to his officers and soldiers was Hell-fire.
" And," said he, " if we break in upon them, as I wish we
do, either with some, or with all our force, let them that
break in look to it, that they forget not the word. And let
nothing be heard in the town of Mansoul but, ' Hell-fire !
21*
216 THE HOI.Y WAR.
Hell-fire ! Hell-fire !' " The drummer was also to beat
without ceasing, and the standard-bearers were to display
their colours ; the soldiers, too, were to put on what cou-
rage they could, and to see that they played manfully their
parts against the town.
So when night was come, and all things by the tyrant
made ready for the work, he suddenly makes his assault
upon Feel-gate, and after he had awhile struggled there, he
throws the gate wide open : for the truth is, those gates
were but Aveak, and so most easily made to yield. When
Diabolus had thus far made his attempt, he placed his cap-
tains (namely, Torment and No-Ease) there ; so he at-
tempted to press forward, but the Prince's captains came
down upon him, and made his entrance more difficult than
he desired. And, to speak truth, they made what resist-
ance they could : but the three of their best and most valiant
captains being wounded, and by their wounds made much
incapable of doing the town that service they would, (and
all the rest having more than their hands full of the doubters,
and their captains that did follow Diabolus,) they were over-
powered with force, nor could they keep them out of the
town. Wherefore the Prince's men and their captains be-
took themselves to the castle, as to the stronghold of the
town : and this they did partly for their own security, partly
for the security of the town, and partly, or rather chiefly,
to preserve to Emmanuel the prerogative-royal of Mansoul :
for so was the castle of Mansoul.
The captains therefore being fled into the castle, the enemy
without much resistance possess themselves of the rest of
the town, and spreading themselves as they went into every
corner, they cried out as they marched, according to the
command of the tyrant, " Hell-fire ! Hell-fire ! Hell-fire !"
so that nothing for a while throughout the town of Mansoul
THE HOLY WAR. 247
could be heard but the direful noise of " Hell-fire !" together
with the roaring of Diabolus's drum. And now did the
clouds hang black over Mansoul, nor to reason, did any-
thing but ruin seem to attend it. Diabolus also quartered
his soldiers in the houses of the inhabitants of the town of
Mansoul. Yea, the subordinate preacher's house was as
full of these outlandish doubters, as ever it could hold, and
so was my Lord Mayor's and my Lord Willbe will's also.
Yea, where was there a corner, a cottage, a barn or a hog-
stye, that now was not full of these vermin ? Yea, they
turned the men of the town out of their houses, and would
lie in their beds and sit at their tables themselves. Ah, poor
Mansoul ! now thou feelest the fruits of sin, and what venom
was in the flattering words of Mr. Carnal-Security ! They
made great havoc of whatever they laid their hands on ; yea,
they fired the town in several places ; many young children
also were by them dashed in pieces ; for you must needs
think that it could not now be otherwise ; for what con-
science, what pity, what bowels of compassion can any
expect at the hands of outlandish doubters ? Many in Man-
soul that were women, both young and old, they abused, so
that they swooned, and many of them died, and so lay at
the top of every street, and in all by-places of the town.
And now did Mansoul seem to be nothing but a den of
dragons, an emblem of hell, and a place of total darkness.
Now did Mansoul lie almost like the barren wilderness ;
nothing but nettles, briars, thorns, weeds, and stinking things
seemed now to cover the face of Mansoul. I told you be-
fore, how that these Diabolonian doubters turned the men
of Mansoul out of their beds, and now I will add, they
wounded them, they mauled them, yea, and almost brained
many of them. Many, did I say, yea most, if not all of
'.hem. Mr. Conscience they so wounded, yea, and his
218 THE HOLY WAR.
Mounds so festered, that he could have no ease day nor
night, but lay as if continually upon a rack ; but that Shad-
dai rules all, certainly they had slain him outright. Mr.
Lord Mayor they so abused, that they almost put out his
eyes ; and had not my Lord Willbewill got into the castle,
they intended to have chopped him all to pieces ; for they
did look upon him, as his heart now stood, to be one of the
very worst that was in Mansoul against Diabolus and his
crew. And indeed he hath showed himself a man, and
more of his exploits you will hear of afterwards.
Now, a man might have walked for days together in
Mansoul, and scarcely have seen one in the town that'looked
like a religious man. Oh, the fearful state of Mansoul now !
Now every corner swarmed with outlandish doubters; red-
coats and black-coats walked the town by clusters, and filled
up all the houses with hideous noises, vain songs, lying
stories, and blasphemous language against Shaddai and his
Son. Now also those Diabolonians that lurked in the walls
and dens and holes that were in the town of Mansoul, came
forth and showed themselves ; yea, walked with open face
in company with the doubters that were in Mansoul. Yea,
they had more boldness now to walk the streets, to haunt
the houses, and to show themselves abroad, than had any of
the honest inhabitants of the now Avoful town of Mansoul.
But Diabolus and his outlandish men were not at peace
in Mansoul ; for they were not there entertained as were
the captains and forces of Emmanuel : the townsmen did
browbeat them what they could ; nor did they partake of
any of the necessaries of Mansoul, but that which they
seized on against the townsmen's will : what they could,
they hid from them, and what they could not, they had with
an ill-will. They, poor hearts ! had rather have had their
room than their company ; but they were at present their
THE HOLY WAR. 249
captives, and their captives, for the present, tht.y were forced
to be. But, I say, they discountenanced them as much as
they were able, and showed them all the dislike that they
could.
The captains also from the castle did hold them in con-
tinual play with their slings, to the chafing and fretting of
the minds of the enemies. True, Diabolus made a great
many attempts to have broken open the gates of the castle,
but Mr. Godly-Fear was made the keeper of that ; and he
was a man of that courage, conduct, and valour, that it was
in vain, as long as life lasted within him, to think to do that
work, though mostly desired ; wherefore all the attempts
that Diabolus made against him were fruitless. I have
wished sometimes that that man had had the whole rule of
the town of Mansoul.
Well, this was the condition of the town of Mansoul for
about two years and a half: the body of the town was the
seat of war, the people of the town were driven into holes,
and the glory of Mansoul was laid in the dust. What rest,
then, could be to the inhabitants, what peace could Mansoul
have, and what sun could shine upon it? Had the enemy
lain so long without in the plain against the town, it had
been enough to have famished them : bat now, when they
shall be within, when the town shall be their tent, their
trench and fort against the castle that was in the town ;
when the town shall be against the town, and shall serve to
be a defence to the enemies of her strength and life : I say,
when they shall make use of the forts, and town-holds, to
secure themselves in, even till they shall take, spoil, and
demolish the castle, — this was terrible ! and yet this was
now the state of the town of Mansoul.
After the town of Mansoul had been in this sad and
lamentable condition, for so long a time as I have told you,
250 THE HOLY WAR.
and no petitions that they presented their Prince, all this
■while, could prevail, the inhabitants of the town, namely,
the elders and chief of Mansoul gathered together, and,
after some time spent in condoling their miserable state and
this miserable judgment coming upon them, they agreed
together to draw up yet another petition, and to send it
away to Emmanuel for relief. But Mr. Godly-Fear stood
up and answered, that he knew that his Lord the Prince
never did, nor ever would receive a petition for these mat-
ters, from the hand of any one, unless the Lord Secretary's
hand was to it; " and this," quoth he, " is the reason that
you prevailed not all this while." Then they said they
would draw up one, and get the Lord Secretary's hand unto
it. But Mr. Godly-Fear answered again, that he knew also
that the Lord Secretary would not set his hand to any peti-
tion that himself had not an hand in composing and drawing
up. "And besides," said he, " the Prince doth know my
Lord Secretary's hand from all the hands in the world ;
wherefore he cannot be deceived by any pretence whatever.
Wherefore my advice is, that you go to my Lord, and im-
plore him to lend ) r ou his aid." (Now he did yet abide in
the castle, where all the captains and men at arms were.)
So they heartily thanked Mr. Godly-Fear, took his coun-
sel, and did as he had bidden them. So they went and came
to my Lord, and made known the cause of their coming to
him : namely, that since Mansoul was in so deplorable a
condition, his Highness would be pleased to undertake to
draw up a petition for them to Emmanuel, the Son of the
mighty Shaddai, and to their King and his Father.
Then said the Secretary to them, " What petition is it
that you would have me draw up for you ?" But they said,
" Our Lord knows best the state and condition of the town
of Mansoul; and how we are backslidden and degenerated
THE HOLY WAR. 251
from the Prince : thou also knowest who is come up to
war against us, and how Mansoul is now the seat of war.
My Lord knows, moreover, what barbarous usages our men,
women, and children, have suffered at their hands ; and how
our homebred Diabolonians do walk now with more bold-
ness than dare the townsmen in the streets of Mansoul. Let
our Lord therefore, according to the wisdom of God that is
in him, draw up a petition for his poor servants to our Prince
Emmanuel." " Well," said the Lord Secretary, " I will
draw up a petition for you, and will also set my hand there-
to." Then said they, " But when shall we call for it, at
the hands of our Lord ?" But he answered, " Yourselves
must be present at the doing of it; yea, you must put your
desires to it. True, the hand and pen shall be mine, but
the ink and paper must be yours ; else how can you say it
is your petition ? Nor have I need to petition for myself,
because I have not offended."
He also added as followeth : " No petition goes from me
in my name to the Prince, and so to his Father by him, but
when the people that are chiefly concerned therein do join
in heart and soul in the matter, for that must be inserted
therein."
So they did hearuTy agree with the sentence of the Lord,
and a petition was forthwith drawn up for them. But now,
who should carry it ? that was next. But the Secretary ad-
vised that Captain Credence should carry it ; for he was a
well-spoken man. They therefore called for him, and pro-
pounded to him the business. " Well," said the captain, " I
gladly accept of the motion ; and though I am lame, I will
do this business, with as much speed, and as well as I can."
The contents of the petition were to this purpose : —
" O our Lord, and Sovereign Prince Emmanuel, the po-
tent, the long-suffering Prince ! Grace is poured into thy
252 THE HOLY WAR.
lips, and to thee belong mercy and forgiveness, though we
have rebelled against thee. We, who are no more worthy
to be called thy Mansoul, nor yet fit to partake of common
benefits, do beseech thee, and thy Father by thee, to do
away our transgressions. We confess that thou mightest
cast us away for them ; but do it not for thy name's sake :
let the Lord rather take an opportunity, at our miserable
condition, to let out his bowels and compassions to us. We
are compassed on every side, Lord ; our own backsb'dings
reprove us ; our Diabolonians within our town fright us ;
and the army of the angel of the bottomless pit distresses
us. Thy grace can be our salvation, and whither to go but
to thee we know not.
" Furthermore, O gracious Prince, we have weakened our
captains, and they are discouraged, sick, and, of late, some
of them grievously worsted and beaten out of the field by
the power and force of the tyrant. Yea, even those of our
captains, in vidiose valour we did formerly use to put most
of our confidence, they are as wounded men. Besides,
Lord, our enemies are lively, and they are strong ; they
vaunt and boast themselves, and do threaten to part us
among themselves for a booty. They are fallen also upon
us, Lord, with many thousand doubters, such as with whom
we cannot tell what to do ; they are all grim-looked and
unmerciful ones, and they bid defiance to us and thee.
" Our wisdom is gone, our power is gone, because thou
art departed from us ; nor have we what we may call ours
but sin, shame, and confusion of face for sin. Take pity
upon us, O Lord, take pity upon us, thy miserable town
of Mansoul, and save us out of the hands of our enemies.
Amen."
This petition, as was said afore, was handed by the Lord
Secretary, and carried to the court by the brave and most
THE HOLY WAR. 253
stout Captain Credence. Now he carried it out at Mouth-
gate, (for that, as I said, was the sally-port of the town,)
and he went and came to Emmanuel with it. Now how it
came out, I do not know ; but for certain it did, and that so
far as to reach the ears of Diabolus. Thus I conclude,
because that the tyrant had it presently by the end, and
charged the town of Mansoul with it, saying, " Thou rebel-
lious and stubborn-hearted Mansoul, I will make thee to
leave off petitioning. Art thou yet for petitioning ? I will
make thee to leave." Yea, he also knew who the mes-
senger was that carried the petition to the Prince, and it
made him both to fear and rage.
Wherefore he commanded that his drum should be beat
aarain, a thino; that Mansoul could not abide to hear : but
when Diabolus will have his drum beat, Mansoul must
abide the noise. Well, the drum was beat, and the Diabo-
lonians were gathered together.
Then said Diabolus, " O ye stout Diabolonians, be it
known unto you, that there is treachery hatched against us
in the rebellious town of Mansoul ; for albeit the town is
in our possession, as you see, yet these miserable Mansoul-
ians have attempted to dare, and have been so hardy as yet to
send to the court to Emmanuel for.help. This I give you to
understand, that ye may yet know how to carry it to the
wretched town of Mansoul. Wherefore, O my trusty Dia-
bolonians, I command that yet more and more ye distress
this town of Mansoul, and vex it with your wiles, slay
their children, brain their ancients, fire their town, and what
other mischief you can ; and let this be the reward of the
Mansoulians from me, for their desperate rebellions against
me."
This, you see, was the charge ; but something stepped
22
254 THE HOLY WAR.
in betwixt that and execution, for as yet there was but little
more done than to rage.
Moreover, when Diabolus had done thus, he went the
next way up to the castle gates, and demanded that, upon
pain of death, the gates should be opened to him, and that
entrance should be given him and his men that followed
after. To whom Mr. Godly-Fear replied, (for he it was
that had the charge of that gate,) that the gate should not
be opened unto him, nor to the men that followed after hi in.
He said, moreover, that Mansoul, when she had suffered
awhile, should be made perfect, strengthened, settled.
Then said Diabolus, " Deliver me, then, the men that
have petitioned against me, especially Captain Credence,
that carried it to your Prince ; deliver that varlet into my
hands, and I will depart from the town."
Then up starts a Diabolonian, whose name was Mr. Fool-
ing, and said, " My Lord offereth you fair : it is better for
you that one man perish, than that your whole Mansoul
should be undone."
But Mr. Godly-Fear made him this replication, " How
long will Mansoul be kept out of the dungeon, when she
hath given up her faith to Diabolus ? As good lose the town
as lose Captain Credence ; for if one be gone, the other
must follow." But to that Mr. Fooling said nothing.
Then did my Lord Mayor reply, and said, " O thou de-
vouring tyrant, be it known unto thee, we shall hearken to
none of thy words ; we are resolved to resist thee as long
as a captain, a man, a sling, and a stone to throw at thee,
shall be found in the town of Mansoul."
But Diabolus answered, " Do you hope, do you wait, do
you look for help and deliverance? You have sent to Em-
manuel, but your wickedness sticks too close in your skirts,
to let innocent prayers come out of your lips. Think you,
THE HOLY WAR. 255
that you shall be prevailers and prosper in this design ?
You will fail in your wish, you will fail in your attempts ;
for it is not only I, but your Emmanuel is against you : yea,
it is he that hath sent me against you to subdue you. For
what, then, do you hope? or by what means will you
escape ?"
Then said the Lord Mayor, " We have sinned indeed ;
but that shall be no help to thee, for our Emmanuel hath
said it, and that in great faithfulness,- ' And him that cometh
to me I will in no wise cast out.' He hath also told us, O
our enemy, that ' all manner of sin and blasphemy shall be
foroiven' to the sons of men. Therefore we dare not de-
spair, but will look for, wait for, and hope for deliverance
still."
Now, by this time, Captain Credence was returned and
come from the court from Emmanuel to the castle of Man-
soul, and he returned to them with a packet. So my Lord
Mayor, hearing that Captain Credence was come, withdrew
himself from the noise of the roaring of the tyrant, and left
him to yell at the wall of the town, or against the gates of
the castle. So he came up to the captain's lodgings, and,
saluting him, he asked him of his welfare, and what was
the best news at court. But when he asked Captain Cre-
dence that, the water stood in his eyes. Then said the
captain, " Cheer up, my lord, for all will be well in time."
And with that he first produced his packet, and laid it by ;
but that the Lord Mayor, and the rest of the captains, took
for sign of good tidings. Now a season of grace being
come, he sent for all the captains and elders of the town,
that were here and there in their lodgings in the castle and
upon their guard, to let them know that Captain Credence
was returned from the court, and that he had something in
general, and something in special, to communicate to them.
256 THE HOLY WAR.
So they all came up to him, and saluted him, and asked him
concerning his iournev, and what was the best news at the
court. And he answered them as he had done the Lord
Mayor before, that all would be well at last. Now, when
the captain had thus saluted them, he opened his packet,
and thence did draw out his several notes for those that he
had sent for.
And the first note was for my Lord Mayor, wherein was
signified : — That the Prince Emmanuel had taken it well
that my Lord Mayor had been so true and trusty in his
office, and the great concerns that lay upon him for the town
and people of Mansoul. Also, he bid him to know, that he
took it well that he had been so bold for his Prince Em-
manuel, and had engaged so faithfully in his cause against
Diabolus. He also signified, at the close of his letter, that
he should shortly receive his reward.
The second note that came out, was for the noble Lord
Willbewill, wherein there was signified : — That his Prince
Emmanuel did well understand how valiant and courageous
lie had been for the honour of his Lord, now in his absence,
and when his name was under contempt by Diabolus. There
was signified also, that his Prince had taken it well that he
had been so faithful to the town of Mansoul, in his keeping
of so strict a hand and eye over and so strict a rein upon
the neck of the Diabolonians, that did still lie lurking hi
their several holes in the famous town of Mansoul. He sig-
nified, moreover, how that he understood that my Lord had,
with his own hand, done great execution upon some of the
chief of the rebels there, to the great discouragement of the
adverse party, and to the good example of the whole town
of Mansoul ; and that shortly his lordship should have his
reward.
The third note came out for the subordinate preacher,
THE HOLY WAR. 257
wherein was signified : — .That his Prince took it well from
«iim, that he had so honestly and so faithfully performed
his office, and executed the trust committed to him by his
Lord, while he exhorted, rebuked, and forewarned Mansoul
according to the laws of the town. He signified, moreover,
that he took it well at his hand that he called to fastingr, to
sackcloth, and ashes, when Mansoul was under her revolt.
Also, that he called for the aid of the Captain Boanerges to
help in so weighty a work : and that shortly he also should
receive his reward.
The fourth note came out for Mr. Godly-Fear, wherein
his Lord thus signified : — That his Lordship observed, that
he was the first of all the men in Mansoul that detected Mr.
Carnal-Security as the only one that, through 'his subtlety
and cunning, had obtained for Diabolus a defection and de-
cay of goodness in the blessed town of Mansoul. More-
over, his Lord gave him to understand, that he still remem-
bered his tears and mourning for the state of Mansoul. It
was also observed, by the same note, that his Lord took
notice of his detecting of this Mr. Carnal-Security, at his
own table among his guests, in his own house, and that in
the midst of his jolliness, even while he was seeking to per-
fect his villanies against the town of Mansoul. Emmanuel
also took notice, that this reverend person, Mr. Godly-Fear,
stood stoutly to it, at the gates of the castle, against all the
threats and attempts of the tyrant ; and that he had put the
townsmen in a way to make their petition to their Prince,
so as that he might accept thereof, and as they might ob-
tain an answer of peace ; and that therefore shortly he
should receive his reward.
After all this, there was yet produced a note which was
written to the Avhole town of Mansoul, whereby they per-
ceived — That their Lord took notice of their so often re
22*
258 THE HOLY WAR.
peating of petitions to him ; and that they should see more
of the fruits of such their doings in time to come. Their
Prince did also therein tell them, that he took it well, that
their heart and mind, now at last, abode fixed upon him and
his ways, though Diabolus had made such inroads upon
them ; and that neither flatteries on the one hand, nor hardships
on the other, could make them yield to serve his cruel de-
signs. There was also inserted at the bottom of this note —
That his Lordship had left the town of Mansoul in the
hands of the Lord Secretary, and under the conduct of
Captain Credence, saying, " Beware that you yet yield
yourselves unto their governance ; and in due time you
shall receive your reward."
So, after the brave Captain Credence had delivered his
notes to those to whom they belonged, he retired himself to
my Lord Secretary's lodgings, and there spends time in con-
versing with him ; for they two were very great one with
another, and did indeed know more how things would go
with Mansoul than did all the townsmen besides. The
Lord Secretary also loved the Captain Credence dearly;
yea, many a good bit was sent him from my Lord's table ;
also, he might have a show of countenance, when the rest
of Mansoul lay under the clouds : so, after some time for
converse was spent, the captain betook himself to his
chambers to rest. But it was not long after, when my lord
did send for the captain again ; so the captain came to him,
and they greeted one another with usual salutations. Then
said the captain to the Lord Secretary, " What hath my
Lord to say to his servant ?" So the Lord Secretary took him
and had him aside, and, after a sign or two of more favour,
he said, " I have made thee the Lord's lieutenant over all
the forces in Mansoul ; so that, from this day forward, all
men in Mansoul shall be at thy word ; and thou shalt be he
THE HOLY WAR. 259
that shall lead in, and that shalt lead out Mansoul. Thou
shalt therefore manage, according to thy place, the war for
thy Prince, and for the town of Mansoul, against the force
and power of Diabolus : and at thy command shall the rest
of the captains be."
Now the townsmen began to perceive what interest the
captain had, both with the court, and also witli the Lord
Secretary in Mansoul ; for no man before could speed
when sent, nor bring such good news from Emmanuel
as he. Wherefore what do they, after some lamentation
that they made no more use of him in their distresses, but
send by their subordinate preacher to the Lord Secretary,
to desire him that all that ever they were and had, might be
put under the government, care, custody, and conduct of
Captain Credence.
So their preacher went and did his errand, and received
this answer from the mouth of his Lord: that Captain
Credence should be the great doer in all the King's army,
against the King's enemies, and also for the welfare of
Mansoul. So he bowed to the ground, and thanked his
Lordship, and returned and told his news to the townsfolk.
But all this was done with all imaginable secrecy, because
the foes had yet great strength in the town. But to return
to our story again.
When Diabolus saw himself thus boldly confronted by
the Lord Mayor, and perceived the stoutness of Mr. Godly-
Fear, he fell into a rage, and forthwith called a council (if
war, that he might be revenged on Mansoul. So all the
princes of the pit came together, and old Incredulity at the
head of them, with all the captains of his army. So they
consult what to do. Now the effect and conclusion of the
council that day was, how they might take the castle, be-
cause they could not conclude themselves masters of the
200 THE HOLY WAR.
town so long as that was in the possession of their ene-
mies.
So one advised this way, and another advised that; but
when they could not agree in their verdict, Apollyon, the
president of the council, stood up, and thus he began: —
" My brotherhood," quoth he, " I have two things to pro-
pound unto you ; and my first is this. Let us withdraw
ourselves from the town into the plain again, for our pre-
sence here will do us no good, because the castle is yet in
our enemies' hands ; nor is it possible that we should take
that, so long as so many brave captains are in it, and that
this bold fellow, Godly-Fear, is made the keeper of the
gates of it. Now, when we have withdrawn ourselves into
the plain, they, of their own accord, will be glad of some
little ease ; and it may be, of their own accord, they again
may begin to be remiss, and even their so being will give
them a bigger blow than we can possibly give them our-
selves. But if that should fail, our going forth of the town
may draw the captains out after us ; and you know what it
cost them when we fought them in the field before. Be-
sides, can we but draw them out into the field, we may lay
an ambush behind the town, which shall, when they are
come forth abroad, rush in and take possession of the castle."
But Beelzebub stood up, and replied, saying, " It is impos-
sible to draw them all off from the castle ; some, you may be
sure, will lie there to keep that ; wherefore it will be vain thus
to attempt, unless we were sure that they will all come out."
He therefore concluded that what was done must be done by
some other means. And the most likely means that the great-
est of their heads could invent, was that which Apollyon had
advised to before, namely, to get the townsmen again to sin.
" For," said he, " it is not our being in the town, nor in the
field, nor our fighting, nor our killing of their men, that can
THE HOLY WAR. 261
make us the masters of Mansoul ; for so long as one in the
town is able to lift up his finger against us, Emmanuel will
take their parts ; and if he shall take their parts, we know
what time of day it will be with us. Wherefore, for my
part," quoth he, " there is, in my judgment, no way to bring
them into bondage to us, like inventing a way to make them
sin. Had we," said he, "left all our doubters at home, we
had done as Avell as we have done now, unless we could
have made them the masters and governors of the castle ;
for doubters at a distance are but like objections refelled
with arguments. Indeed, can we but get them into the
hold, and make them possessors of that, the day will be
our own. Let us, therefore, withdraw ourselves into the
plain, (not expecting that the captains in Mansoul should
follow us,) but yet, I say, let us do this, and before we so
do, let us advise again with our trusty Diabolonians that are
yet in their holds in Mansoul, and set them to work to betray
the town to us ; for they indeed must do it, or it will be left
undone for ever." By these sayings of Beelzebub, (for I
think it was he that gave this counsel,) the whole conclave
was forced to be of his opinion, namely, that the way to get
the castle was to get the town to sin. Then they fell to
inventing, by what means they might do this thing.
Then Lucifer stood up, and said, " The counsel of Beel-
zebub is pertinent. Now the way to bring this to pass, in
mine opinion, is this : let us withdraw our force from the
town of Mansoul ; let us do this, and let us terrify them no
more, either with summons, or threats, or with the noise of
our drum, or any other awakening means. Only let us lie
in the field at a distance, and be as if we regarded them not ;
for frights, I see, do but awaken them, and make them more
stand to their arms. I have also another stratagem in my
head : you know Mansoul is a market-town, and a town
262 THE HOLY WAR.
that delights in commerce ; what therefore if some of our
Diabolonians shall feign themselves far-country men, and
shall go out and bring to the market of Mansoul some of
our wares to sell ; and what matter at what rates they sell
their wares, though it be but for half the worth ? Now let
those that thus shall trade in their market, be those that are
witty and true to us, and I will lay my crown to pawn, it
will do. There are two that are come to my thoughts al-
ready, that I think will be arch at this work, and they are
Mr. Penny-wise-pound-foolish, and Mr. Get-i'the-hundred-
and-lose-i'the-shire ; nor is this man with the long name at
all inferior to the other. What also if you join with them
Mr. Sweet-world and Mr. Present-Good ; they are men
that are civil and cunning, but our true friends and helpers.
Let these, with as many more, engage in this business for
us, and let Mansoul be taken up in much business, and let
them grow full and rich, and this is the way to get ground
of them. Remember ye not that thus we prevailed upon
Laodieea, and how many at present do we hold in this
snare ? Now, when they begin to grow full, they will
forget their misery ; and if we shall not affright them, they
may happen to fall asleep, and so be got to neglect their
town watch, their castle watch, as well as their watch at
the gates.
" Yea, may we not, by this means, so cumber Mansoul
with abundance, that they shall be forced to make of their
castle a warehouse, instead of a garrison fortified against us,
and a receptable for men of war. Thus, if we get our goods
and commodities thither, I reckon that the castle is more than
half ours. Besides, could we so order it that it shall be filled
with such kind of wares, then if we made a sudden assault
upon them, it would be hard for the captains to take shelter
there. Do you not know that of the parable, ' The deceit-
THE HOLY WAR. 263
fulness of riches choke the word V and again, ' When the
heart is* over-charged with surfeiting and drunkenness, and
the cares of this life,' all mischief comes upon them at un-
awares ?
" Furthermore, my lords," quoth he, " you very well
know that it is not easy for a people to be filled with our
things, and not to have some of our Diabolonians as retainers
to their houses and services. Where is a Mansoulian that
is full of this world, that has not for his servants and waiting
men, Mr. Profuse, or Mr. Prodigality, or some other of our
Diabolonian gang, as Mr. Voluptuous, Mr. Pragmatical,
Mr. Ostentation, or the like ? Now these can take the
castle of Mansoul, or blow it up, or make it unfit for a
garrison for Emmanuel, and any of these will do. Yea,
these, for aught I know, may do it for us sooner than an
army of twenty thousand men. Wherefore, to end as I
began, my advice is, that we quietly withdraw ourselves,
not offering any further force, or forcible attempts, upon the
castle, at least at this time ; and let us set on foot our new
project, and let us see if that will not make them destroy
themselves."
This advice was highly applauded by them all, and was
accounted the very masterpiece of hell, namely, to choke
Mansoul with a fulness of this world, and to surfeit her
heart with the good things thereof. But see how things
meet together ! Just as this Diabolonian council was broken
up, Captain Credence received a letter from Emmanuel, the
contents of which were these : That upon the third day lie
would meet him in the field in the plains about Mansoul.
" Meet me in the field!" quoth the captain; " what mean-
eth my lord by this ? I know not what he meaneth by
meeting me in the field." So he took the note in his hand
and did carry it to my Lord Secretary, to ask bis thoughts
THE HOLY WAR.
thereupon ; for my Lord was a seer in all matters concern-
ing the King, and also for the good and comfort of the town
of Mansoul. So he showed my Lord the note and desired
his opinion thereof. " For my part," quoth Captain Cre-
dence, " I know not the meaning thereof." So my Lord
did take and read it j and, after a little pause, he said, " The
Diabolonians have had against Mansoul a great consultation
to-day ; they have, I say, this day been contriving the utter
ruin of the town : and the result of their counsel is, to set
Mansoul into such a way which, if taken, will surely make
her destroy herself. And, to this end, they are making
ready for their own departure out of the town, intending to
betake themselves to the field again, and there to lie till
they shall see whether this their project will take or no.
But be thou ready with the men of thy Lord, (for on the
third day they will be in the plain,) there to fall upon the
Diabolonians ; for the Prince will by that time be in the
field ; yea, by that it is break of day, sun-rising, or before,
and that with a mighty force against them. So he shall be
before them, and thou shalt be behind them, and betwixt
you both their army shall be destroyed."
When Captain Credence heard this, away goes he to the
rest of the captains, and tells them what a note he had a
while since received from the hand of Emmanuel. " And,"
said he, " that which was dark therein has my Lord the
Lord Secretary expounded unto me." He told them, more-
over, what by himself and by them must be done to answer
the mind of their Lord. Then were the captains glad ; and
Captain Credence commanded that all the King's trumpeters
should ascend to the battlements of the castle, and there, in
the audience of Diabolus and of the whole town of Man-
soul, make the best music that heart could invent. The
trumpeters then did as they were commanded. They got
THE HOLY WAR. 2G5
themselves up to the top of the castle, and thus they began
to sound. Then did Diabolus start, and said, " What can
be the meaning of this ? they neither sound Boot-and-sad-
dle, nor Horse-and-away, nor a charge. What do these
mad-men mean, that yet they should be so merry and glad ?"
Then answered him one of themselves and said, " This is
for joy that their Prince Emmanuel is coming to relieve the
town of Mansoul ; that to this end he is at the head of an
army, and that this relief is near."
The men of Mansoul also were greatly concerned at this
melodious charm of the trumpeters : they said, yea, they
answered one another, saying, " This can be no harm to us ;
surely, this can be no harm to us." Then said the Diabo-
lonians, " What had we best to do ?" and it was answered,
" It was best to quit the town ;" and " that," said one, " ye
may do in pursuance of your last counsel, and by so doing
also be better able to give the enemy battle, should an army
from without come upon us." So, on the second day, they
withdrew themselves from Mansoul, and abode in the plains
without ; but they encamped themselves before Eye-gate, in
what terrene and terrible manner they could. The reason
why they would not abide in the town (besides the reasons
that were debated in their late conclave) was, for that they
were not possessed of the stronghold, and " because," said
they, " we shall have more convenience to fight, and also to
fly, if need be, when we are encamped in the open plains."
Besides, the town would have been a pit for them rather
than a place of defence, had the Prince come up and inclosed
them fast therein. Therefore they betook themselves to the
field, that they might also be out of the reach of the slings,
by which they were much annoyed all the while that they
were in the town.
Well, the time that the captains were to fall upon the
23
266 THE HOLY WAR.
Diabolonians being come, they eagerly prepared themselves
for action ; for Captain Credence had told the captains over
night, that they should meet their Prince in the field to-mor-
row. This, therefore, made them yet far more desirous to
be engaging the enemy ; for, " You shall see the Prince in
the field to-morrow," was like oil to a flaming fire ; for of
a long time they had been at a distance : they therefore
were for this the more earnest and desirous of the work.
So, as I said, the hour being come, Captain Credence, with
the rest of the men of war, drew out their forces before it
was day by the sally-port of the town. And, being all
ready, Captain Credence went up to the head of the army,
and gave to the rest of the captains the word, and so they
to their under-officers and soldiers : the word was, " The
sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain
Credence ;" which is, in the Mansoulian tongue, " The
word of God and faith." Then the captains fell on, and
began roundly to front, and flank, and rear Diabolus's camp.
Now, they left Captain Experience in the town, because
he was yet ill of his wounds, which the Diabolonians had
given him in the last fight. But when he perceived that
the captains were at it, what does he but, calling for his
crutches with haste, gets us, and away he goes to the battle,
saying, " Shall I lie here, when my brethren are in the fight,
and when Emmanuel, the Prince, will show himself in the
field to his servants ?" But when the enemy saw the man
come with his crutches, they were daunted yet the more ;
" for," thought they, " what spirit has possessed these Man-
soulians, that they fight us upon their crutches." Well,
the captains, as I said, fell on, and did bravely handle their
weapons, still crying out and shouting, as they laid on
blows, " The sword of the Prince Emmanuel, and the
shield of Captain Credence !"
THE HOLY WAR. 267
Now, when Diabohis saw that the captains were come
out, and that so valiantly they surrounded his men, he con-
cluded that, for the present, nothing from them was to be
looked for but blows, and the dints of their " two-edged
sword."
Wherefore he also falls on upon the Prince's army with
all his deadly force : so the battle was joined. Now who
was it that at first Diabolus met with in the fight, but Cap-
tain Credence on the one hand, and the Lord Willbewiil on
the other : now Willbewiil' s blows were like the blows of
a giant, for that man had a strong arm, and he fell in upon
the doubters, for they were the life<-guard of Diabolus, and
he kept them in play a good while, cutting and battering
shrewdly. Now when Captain Credence saw my lord
engaged, he did stoutly fall on, on the other hand, upon the
same company also ; so they put them to great disorder.
Now Captain Good-Hope had engaged with the vocation
doubters, and they were sturdy men ; but the captain was a
valiant man : Captain Experience did also send him some
aid ; so he made the vocation doubters to retreat. The rest
of the armies were hotly engaged, and that on every side,
and the Diabolonians did fight stoutly. Then did my Lord
Secretary command that the slings from the castle should
be played; and his men could throw stones at an hair's
breadth. But, after a while, those that were made to fly
before the captains of the Prince, did begin to rally again,
and they came up stoutly upon the rear of the Prince's
army: wherefore the Prince's army began to faint; but,
remembering that they should see the face of their Prince
by and by, they took courage, and a very fierce battle was
fought. Then shouted the captains, saying, " The sword
of the Prince Emmanuel, and the shield of Captain Cre-
dence !" and with that Diabolus gave back, thinking that
2G8 THE HOLY WAR.
more aid had been come. But no Emmanuel as yet ap-
peared. Moreover, the battle did hang in doubt ; and they
made a little retreat on both sides. Now, in the time of
respite, Captain Credence bravely encouraged his men to
stand to it ; and Diabolus did the like, as well as he could.
But Captain Credence made a brave speech to his soldiers,
the contents whereof here follow : —
" Gentlemen soldiers, and my brethren in this design, it
rejoiceth me much to see in the field for our Prince, this
day, so stout and so valiant an army, and such faithful lovers
of Mansoul. You have hitherto, as hath become you, shown
yourselves men of truth and courage against the Diabolonian
forces ; so that, for all their boast, they have not yet much
cause to boast of their gettings. Now take to yourselves
your wonted courage, and show yourselves men even this
once only ; for in a few minutes after the next engagement,
this time, you shall see your Prince show himself in the
field ; for we must make this second assault upon this tyrant
Diabolus, and then Emmanuel comes."
No sooner had the captain made this speech to his sol-
diers, but one Mr. Speedy came post to the captain from
the Prince, to tell him that Emmanuel was at hand. This
news when the captain had received, he communicated to
the other field-officers,, and they again to their soldiers and
men of war. Wherefore, like men raised from the dead,
so the captains and their men arose, made up to the enemy,
and cried as before, " The sword of the Prince Emmanuel,
and the shield of Captain Credence !"
The Diabolonians also bestirred themselves, and made
resistance as well as they could ; but in this last engage-
ment the Diabolonians lost their courage, and many of the
doubters fell down dead to the ground. Now, when they
had been in heat of battle about an hour or more, Captain
THE HOLY WAR. 269
Credence lift up his eyes and saw, and, behold, Emmanuel
came ; and he came with colours flying, trumpets sounding,
and the feet of his men scarce touched the ground, they
hasted with that celerity towards the captains that were en-
gaged. Then did Credence wind with his men to the town-
ward, and gave to Diabolus the field: so Emmanuel came
upon him on the one side, and the enemies' place was be-
twixt them both. Then again they fell to it afresh ; and
now it was but a little while more but Emmanuel and Cap-
tain Credence met, still trampling down the slain as they
came.
But when the captains saw that the Prince was come,
and that he fell upon the Diabolonians on the other side,
and that Captain Credence and his Highness had got them
up betwixt them, they shouted, (they so shouted that the
ground rent again,) saying, " The sword of Emmanuel, and
the shield of Captain Credence !" Now, when Diabolus
saw that he and his forces were so hard beset by the Prince
and his princely army, what does he, and the lords of the
pit that were with him, but make their escape, and forsake
their army, and leave them to fall by the hand of Emmanuel,
and of his noble Captain Credence : so they fell all down slain
before them, before the Prince, and before his royal army ;
there was not left so much as one doubter alive ; they lay
spread upon the ground dead men, as one would spread
dung upon the land.
When the battle was over, all things came into order in
the camp. Then the captains and elders of Mansoul came
together to salute Emmanuel, while without the corporation :
so they saluted him, and welcomed him, and that with a
thousand welcomes, for that he was come to the borders of
Mansoul again. So he smiled upon them, and said, " Peace
be to you.' Then they addressed themselves to go to the
23*
270 THE HOLY WAR.
town : they went then to go up to Mansoul, they, the Prince,
with all the new forces that now he had brought with him
to the war. Also all the gates of the town were set open
for his reception, so glad were they of his blessed return.
And this was the manner and order of this going of his
into Mansoul :— -
First. As I said, all the gates of the town were set open,
yea, the gates of the castle also ; the elders, too, of the town
of Mansoul placed themselves at the gates of the town, to
salute him at his entrance thither ; and so they did ; for, as
he drew near, and approached towards the gates, they said,
" Lift up your heads, O ye gates ; and be ye lift up, ye
everlasting doors ; and the King of glory shall come in."
And they answered again, " Who is the King of glory?"
and they made return to themselves, " The Lord, strong
and mighty ; the Lord mighty in battle. Lift up your heads,
O ye gates ; even lift them up, ye everlasting doors," &c.
Secondly. It was ordered also, by those of Mansoul, that
all the way from the town gates to those of the castle, his
blessed Majesty should be entertained with the song, by
them that had the best skill in music in all the town of Man-
soul : then did the elders, and the rest of the men of Man-
soul, answer one another as Emmanuel entered the town,
till he came at the castle gates, with songs and sound of
trumpets, saying, " They have seen thy goings, O God ;
even the goings of my God, my King, in the sanctuary. So
the singers went before, the players on instruments followed
after, and among them were the damsels playing on tim-
brels."
Thirdly. Then the captains, (for I would speak a word
of them,) they in their order waited on the Prince, as he
entered into the gates of Mansoul. Captain Credence went
before, and Captain Good-Hope with him ; Captain Charity
*fes
tt£
*r
THE PRINCE ENTERING MANSQUL.
THE HOLY WAR. 271
came behind with other of his companions, and Captain
Patience followed after all; and the rest of the captains,
some on the right hand, and some on the left, accompanied
Emmanuel into Mansoul. And all the while the colours
were displayed, the trumpets sounded, and continual shout-
ings were among the soldiers. The Prince himself rode
into the town in his armour, which was all of beaten gold,
and in his chariot — the pillars of it were of silver, the bot-
tom thereof of gold, the covering of it was of purple, the
midst thereof being paved with love for the people of the
town of Mansoul.
Fourthly. When the Prince was come to the entrance
of Mansoul, he found all the streets strewed with lilies and
flowers, curiously decked with boughs and branches from
the green trees that stood round about the town. Every
door also was filled with persons, who had adorned every
one the fore-part of their house with something of variety
and singular excellency, to entertain him withal, as he passed
in the streets : they also themselves, as Emmanuel passed
by, did welcome him with shouts and acclamations of joy,
saying, " Blessed be the Prince that cometh in the name of
his Father Shaddai."
Fifthly. At the castle gates the elders of Mansoul,
namely, the Lord Mayor, the Lord Willbewill, the subordi-
nate preacher, Mr. Knowledge, and Mr. Mind, with other
of the gentry of the place, saluted Emmanuel again. They
bowed before him, they kissed the dust of his feet, they
thanked, they blessed, and praised his Highness, for not
taking advantage against them for their sins, but rather had
pity upon them in their misery, and returned to them with
mercies, and to build up their Mansoul for ever. Thus was
he had up straightway to the castle ; for that was the royal
pahce, and the place where his honour was to dwell ; the
272 THE HOLY WAR.
which was ready prepared for his Highness hy the pre-
sence of the Lord Secretary, and the work of Captain Cre-
dence. So he entered in.
Sixthly. The people and commonalty of the town of
Mansoul came to him into the castle to mourn, and weep,
and to lament for their wickedness, by which they had
forced him out of the town. So they, when they were
come, bowed themselves to the ground seven times ; they
also wept, they wept aloud, and asked forgiveness of the
Prince, and prayed that he would again, as of old, confirm
his love to Mansoul.
To the which the great Prince replied, " Weep not, but
go your way, eat the fat, and drink the sweet, and send por-
tions to them for whom nothing is prepared ; for the joy of
your Lord is yoUr strength. I am returned to Mansoul
with mercies, and my name shall be set up, exalted, and
magnified by it." He also took these inhabitants, and kissed
them, and laid them in his bosom.
Moreover, he gave to the elders of Mansoul, and to each
town officer, a chain of gold and a signet. He also sent to
their Avives ear-rings and jewels, and bracelets, and other
tilings. He also bestowed upon the true-born children of
Mansoul many precious things.
When Emmanuel, the Prince, had done all these things
for the famous town of Mansoul, then he said unto them,
first, " Wash your garments, then put on your ornaments,
and then come to me into the castle of Mansoul." So they
went to the fountain that was set open for Judah and Jeru-
salem to wash in ; and there they washed, and there they
made their " garments white," and came again to the Prince
into the castle, and thus they stood before him.
And now there was music and rejoicing throughout the
whole town of Mansoul, and that because their Prince had
THE HOLY WAR. 273
again granted to them his presence and the light of his
countenance; the bells also did ring, and the sun shone
comfortably upon them for a great while together.
The town of Mansoul did also now more thoroughly seek
the destruction and ruin of all remaining Diabolonians that
abode in the walls, and the dens that they had in the town
of Mansoul ; for there was of them that had, to this day,
escaped with life and limb from the hand of their suppress-
ors in the famous town of Mansoul.
But my Lord Willbewill was a greater terror to them
now than ever he had been before ; forasmuch as his heart
was yet more fully bent to seek, contrive, and pursue them
to the death ; he pursued them night and day, and did put
them now to sore distress*, as will afterwards appear.
After things were thus far put into order in the famous
town of Mansoul, care was taken, and order given by the
blessed Prince Emmanuel, that the townsmen should, with-
out delay, appoint some to go forth into the plain to bury
the dead that were there, — the dead that fell by the sword
of Emmanuel, and by the shield of the Captain Credence, —
lest the fumes and ill savours that would arise from them
might infect the air, and so annoy the famous town of
Mansoul. This also was a reason of this order, namely,
that, as much as in Mansoul lay, they might cut off the
name, and being, and remembrance of those enemies from
the thought of the famous town of Mansoul and its inhabi-
tants.
So order was given out by the Lord Mayor, that wise and
trusty friend of the town of Mansoul, that persons should be
employed about this necessary business ; and Mr. Godly-
Fear, and one Mr. Upright, were to be overseers about this
matter : so persons were put under them to work in the
fields, and to bury the slain that lay dead in the plains. And
274 J THE HOLY WAR.
these were their places of employment : some were to make
the graves, some to bury the dead, and some were to go to
and fro in the plains, and also round about the borders of
Mansoul, to see if a skull, or a bone, or a piece of a bone of
a doubter, was yet to be found above ground anywhere near
the corporation ; and if any were found, it was ordered, that
the searchers that searched should set up a mark thereby,
and a sign, that those that were appointed to bury them
might find it, and bury it out of sight, that the name and
remembrance of a Diabolonian doubter might be blotted out
from under heaven ; and that the children, and they that
were to be born in Mansoul, might not know, if possible,
what a skull, what a bone, or a piece of a bone of a doubter
was. So the buriers, and those that were appointed for that
purpose, did as they were commanded : they buried the
doubters, and all the skulls and bones, and pieces of bones
of doubters, wherever they found them ; and so they cleansed
the plains. Now also Mr. God's-Peace took up his com-
mission, and acted again as in former days.
Thus they buried in the plains about Mansoul the election
doubters, the vocation doubters, the grace doubters, the per-
severance doubters, the resurrection doubters, the salvation
doubters, and the glory doubters ; whose captains were Cap-
tain Rage, Captain Cruel, Captain Damnation, Captain In-
satiable, Captain Brimstone, Captain Torment, Captain No-
Ease, Captain Sepulchre, and Captain Past-Hope ; and old
Incredulity was, under Diabolus, their general. There were
also the seven heads of their army ; and they were the Lord
Beelzebub, the Lord Lucifer, the Lord Legion, the Lord
Apollyon, the Lord Python, the Lord Cerberus, and the
Lord Belial. But the princes and the captains, wLh old
Incredulity, their general, did all of them make their escape :
so tlieir men fell down slain by the power of the Prince's
THE HOLY .VAR. 275
forces, and by the hands of the men of the town of Mansoul.
They also were buried as afore related, to the exceeding great
joy of the now famous town of Mansoul. They that buried
them, buried also with them, their arms, which were cruel
instruments of death : (their weapons were arrows, darts,
mauls, firebrands, and the like.) They buried also their
armour, their colours, banners, with the standard of Dia-
bolus, and what else soever they could find that did but
smell of a Diabolonian doubter.
Now when the tyrant had arrived at Hell-Gate Hill, with
his old friend Incredulity, they immediately descended the
den, and having there, with their fellows, for a while condoled
their misfortune and great loss that they sustained against the
town of Mansoul, they fell at length into a passion, and re-
venged they would be, for the loss that they sustained before
the town of Mansoul. Wherefore they presently call a coun-
cil to contrive yet further what was to be done against the
famous town of Mansoul ; for their yawning paunches could
not wait to see the result of their Lord Lucifer's and their
Lord Apollyon's counsel that they had given before ; for their
raging gorge thought every day, even as long as a short for
ever, until they were filled with the body and soul, with the
flesh and bones, and with all the delicates of Mansoul.
They therefore resolved to make another attempt upon the
town of Mansoul, and that by an army mixed and made up
partly of doubters, and partly of blood-men. A more par-
ticular account now take of both.
The doubters are such as have their name from their
nature, as well as from the land and kingdom where they
are born : their nature is to put a queition upon every one
of the truths of Emmanuel; and their country is called the
land of Doubting, and that land lieth off, and furthest remote
to the north, between the land of Darkness and that called the
27G THE HOLY WAR.
"valley of the shadow of death." For though the land of Dark-
ness, and that called " the valley of the shadow of death," be
sometimes called as if they were one and the self-same place,
yet indeed they are two, lying but a little way asunder, and
the land of Doubting points in, and lieth between them. This
is the land of Doubting; and these that came with Diabolus
to ruin the town of Mansoul are the natives of that country.
The blood-men area people that have their name derived
from the malignity of their nature, and from the fury that is
in them to execute it upon the town of Mansoul : their land
lieth under the dog-star, and by that they are governed as to
their intellectuals. The name of their country is the province
of Loath-good ; the remote parts of it are far distant from
the land of Doubting, yet they do both butt and bound upon
the hill called Hell-Gate Hill. These people are always in
league with the doubters, for they jointly do make question
of the faith and fidelity of the men of the town of Mansoul,
and so are both alike qualified for the service of their prince.
Now of these two countries did Diabolus, by the beating
of his drum, raise another army against the town of Mansoul,
of five-and-twenty thousand strong. There were ten thou-
sand doubters, and fifteen thousand blood-men, and they
were put under several captains for the Avar ; and old In-
credulity was again made general of the army.
As for the doubters, their captains were five of the seven
that were heads of the last Diabolonian army, and these are
their names : Captain Beelzebub, Captain Lucifer, Captain
Apollyon, Captain Legion, and Captain Cerberus ; and the
captains that they had before were some of them made lieu-
tenants, and some ensigns of the army.
But Diabolus did not count, that in this expedition of his,
these doubters would prove his principal men, for their man-
hood had been tried before ; also the Mansoulians had put
THE HOLY WAR. 27?
them to the worst : only he did bring them to multiply a
number, and to help, if need was, at a pinch. But his trust
he put in his blood-men, for that they were all rugged
villains, and he knew that they had done feats heretofore.
As for the blood-men, they also were under command ;
and the names of their captains were, Captain Cain, Captain
Nimrod, Captain Ishmael, Captain Esau, Captain Saul,
Captain Absalom, Captain Judas, and Captain Pope.
1 . Captain Cain was over two bands, namely, the zealous
and the angry blood-men : his standard-bearer bare the red
colours, and his scutcheon was the murdering club.
2. Captain Nimrod was captain over two bands, namely,
the tyrannical and encroaching blood-men : his standard-
bearer bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was the great
blood-hound.
3. Captain Ishmael was captain over two bands, namely,
the mocking and scorning blood-men ; his standard-bearer
bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was one mocking at
Abraham's Isaac.
4. Captain Esau was captain over two bands, namely, the
blood-men, that grudged that another should have the blessing;
also over the blood-men that are for executing their private re-
venge upon others : his standard-bt arer bare the red colours,
and his scutcheon was one privately lurking to murder Jacob.
5. Captain Saul was captain over two bands, namely, the
groundlcssly jealous and the devilishly furious blood-men :
his standard-bearer bare the red colours, and his scutcheon
was three bloody darts cast at harmless David.
6. Captain Absalom was captain over two bands, namely,
over the blood-men that will kill a father or a friend for the
glory of this world ; also over those blood-men that will
hold one fair in hand with words, till they shall have pierced
him with their swords: his standard-bearer did bear the red
24
278 THE HOLY WAR.
colours, and his scutcheon was the son pursuing the father's
blood.
7. Captain Judas was over two bands, namely, the blood-
men that will sell a man's life for money, and those also that
will betray their friend with a kiss : his standard-bearer
bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was thirty pieces of
silver and the halter.
8. Captain Pope was captain over one band, for all these
spirits are joined in one under him : his standard-bearer
bare the red colours, and his scutcheon was the stake, the
flame, and the good man in it.
Now, the reason why Diabolus did so soon rally another
force, after he had been beaten out of the field, was, for that
he put mighty confidence in this army of blood-men ; for he
put a great deal of more trust in them than he did before in
his army of doubters ; though they had also often done great
service for him in the strengthening of him in his kingdom.
But these blood-men, he had proved them often, and their
sword did seldom return empty. Besides, he knew that
these, like mastiffs, would fasten upon any ; upon father,
mother, brother, sister, prince, or governor, yea, upon the
Prince of princes. And that which encouraged him the
more was, for that they once did force Emmanuel out of
the kingdom of Universe ; " And why," thought he, " may
they not also drive him from the town of Mansoul !"
So this army of five-and-twenty thousand strong was, by
their general the great Lord Incredulity, led up against the
town of Mansoul. Now Mr. Prywell, the scoutmaster-
general, did himself go out to spy, and he did bring Man-
soul tidings of their coming. Wherefore they shut up their
gates, and put themselves in a posture of defence against
these new Diabolonians that came up against the town.
So Diabolus brought up his army, and beleaguered the
THE HOLY WAR. 279
town of Mansoul ; the doubters were placed about Feel-
gate, and the blood-men set down before Eye-gate and Ear-
gate.
Now when this army had thus encamped themselves,
Incredulity did, in the name of Diabolus, his own name,
and in the name of the blood-men and the rest that were
with him, send a summons as hot as a red-hot iron to Man-
soul, to yield to their demands ; threatening, that if they
still stood it out against them, they would presently burn
down Mansoul with fire. For you must know that, as for
the blood-men, they were not so much that Mansoul should
be surrendered, as that Mansoul should be destroyed, and
cut out off of the land of the living. True, they send to them
to surrender ; but should they so do, that would not stench
or quench the thirst of these men. They must have blood,
the blood of Mansoul, else they die ; and it is from hence
they have their name. Wherefore these blood-men he
reserved while now that they might, when all his engines
proved ineffectual, as his last and sure card to be played
against the town of Mansoul.
Now, when the townsmen had received this red-hot sum-
mons, it begat in them at present some changing and inter-
changing thoughts ; but they jointly agreed, in less than
half an hour, to carry the summons to the Prince, the
which they did when they had writ at the bottom of it,
" Lord, save Mansoul from bloody men !"
So he took it, and looked upon it, and considered it, and
took notice also of that short petition that the men of Man-
soul had written at the bottom of it, and called to him the
noble Captain Credence, and bid him go and take Captain
Patience with him, and go and take care of that side of
Mansoul that was beleaguered by the blood-men. So they
went and did as they were commanded : the Captain Cre
280 THE HOLY WAR.
dence went and took Captain Patience, and they both secured
that side of Mansoul that was besieged by the blood-men.
Then he commanded that Captain Good-Hope and Cap-
tain Charity, and my Lord Willbewill, should take charge
of the other side of the town. " And I," said the Prince,
"will set my standard upon the battlements of your castle,
and do you three watch against the doubters." This done,
he again commanded that the brave captain, the Captain
Experience, should draw up his men in the market-place,
and that there he should exercise them, day by day, before
the people of the town of Mansoul. Now this siege was
long, and many a fierce attempt did the enemy, especially
those called the blood-men, make upon the town of Man-
soul ; and many a shrewd brush did some of the townsmen
meet with from them, especially Captain Self-Denial, who,
I should have told you before, was commanded to take the
care of Ear-gate and Eye-gate now against the blood-men.
This Captain Self-Denial was a young man, but stout, and
a townsman" in Mansoul, as Captain Experience also was.
And Emmanuel, at his second return to Mansoul, made him
a captain over a thousand of the Mansoulians, for the good
of the corporation. This captain, therefore, being an hardy
man, and a man of great courage, and willing to venture
himself for the good of the town of Mansoul, would now
and then sally out upon the blood-men, and give them many
notable alarms, and entered several brisk skirmishes with
them, and also did some execution upon them ; but you
must think that this could not easily be done, but he must
meet with brushes himself, for he carried several of their
marks in his face ; yea, and some in some other parts of
his body.
So, after some time spent for the trial of the faith, and
hope, and love of the town of Mansoul, the Prince Em-
THE HOLY WAR. 281
mannel upon a day calls his captains and men of war
together, and divides them into two companies ; this done,
he commands them at a time appointed, and that in the
morning very early, to sally out upon the enemy, saying,
" Let half of you fall upon the doubters, and half of you
fall upon the blood-men. Those of you that go out against
the doubters, kill and slay, and cause to perish so many of
them as by any means you can lay hands on ; but for you
that go out against the blood-men, slay them not, but take
them alive."
So, at the time appointed, betimes in the morning, the
captains went out as they were commanded against the
enemies. Captain Good-Hope, Captain Charity, and those
that were joined with them, as Captain Innocent and Cap-
tain Experience, went out against the douhters ; and Cap-
tain Credence, and Captain Patience, with Captain Self-
Denial and the rest that were to join with them, went out
against the blood-men.
Now, those that went out against the doubters, drew up
into a body before the plain, and marched on to bid them
battle. But the doubters, remembering their last success,
made a retreat, not daring to stand the shock, but fled from
tlie Prince's men ; wherefore they pursued them, and in
their pursuit slew many, but they could not catch them all.
Now those that escaped went some of them home ; and die
rest by fives, nines, and seventeens, like wanderers, went
straggling up and down the country, where they, upon the
barbarous people, showed and exercised many of their
Diabolonian actions : nor did these people rise up in arms
against them, but suffered themselves to be enslaved by
them. They would also after this show themselves in
companies before the town of Mansoul, but never to abide
24*
282 THE HOLY WAR.
in it; for if Captain Credence, Captain Good-Hope, or
Captain Experience did but show themselves, they fled.
Those that went out against the blood-men did as they
were commanded : they forbore to slay any, but sought to
compass them about. But the blood-men, when they saw
that no Emmanuel was in the field, concluded also that no
Emmanuel was in Mansoul; wherefore they, looking upon
what the captains did, to be, as they called it, a fruit of the
extravagancy of their wild and foolish fancies, rather de-
spised them than feared them. But the captains, minding
their business, at last did compass" them round ; they also
that had routed the doubters came in amain to their aid : so,
in fine, after some little struggling, (for the blood-men also
would have run for it, only now it was too late ; for though
they are mischievous and cruel, where they can overcome,
yet all blood-men are cbickenhearted men, when they once
come to see themselves matched and equalled,) so the cap-
tains took them, and brought them to the Prince.
Now when they were taken, had before the Prince, and
examined, he found them to be of three several counties,
though they all came out of one land.
1. One sort of them came out of Blind-man-shire, and
they were such as did ignorantly what they did.
2. Another sort of them came out of Blind-zeal-shire,
and They did superstitiously what they did.
3. The third sort of them came out of the town of
Malice, in the county of Envy, and they did what they did,
out of spite and implacableness.
For the first of these, namely, they that came out of
Blind-man-shire, when they saw. where they were, and
against whom they had fought, they trembled and cried, as
they stood before him ; and as many of these as asked him
mercy, he touched their lips with his golden sceptre.
THE HOLY WAR. 283
They that came out of Blind-zeal-shire, they did not aa
their fellows did ; for they pleaded that they had a right to
do what they did, because Mansoul was a town whose laws
and customs were diverse from all that dwelt thereabouts.
Very few of these could be brought to see their evil; but
those that did, and asked mercy, they also obtained favour.
Now, they that came out of the town of Malice, that is
in the county of Envy, they neither wept, nor disputed, nor
repented, but stood gnawing their tongues before him for
anguish and madness, because they could not have their
will upon Mansoul. Now these last, with all those of the
other two sorts that did not unfeignedly ask pardon for their
faults, — those he made to enter into sufficient bond to answer
for what they had done against Mansoul, and against her
King, at the great and general assizes to be holden for our
Lord the King, where he himself should appoint for the
country and kingdom of Universe. So they became bound
each man for himself, to come in, when called upon, to
answer before our Lord the King for what they had done
as before.
And thus much concerning this second army that was
sent by Diabolus to overthrow Mansoul.
But there were three of those that came from the land of
Doubting, who, after they had wandered and ranged tlie
country awhile, and perceived that they had escaped, were
so hardy as to thrust themselves, knowing that yet there
were in the town Diabolonians, — I say, they were so hardy
as to thrust themselves into Mansoul among them. (Three,
did I say ? I think there were four.) Now, to whose house
should these Diabolonian doubters go, but to the house of
an old Diabolonian in Mansoul, whose name was Evil-
Questioning, a very great enemy he was to Mansoul, and a
great doer among the Diabolonians there. Well, to this
284 THE HOLY WAR.
Evil-Questioning's house, as was said, did these Diabdo-
nians come ; (you may be sure that they had directions
how to find the way thither ;) so he made them welcome,
pitied their misfortune, and succoured them with the best
that he had in his house. Now, after a little acquaintance,
(and it was not long before they had that,) this old Evil-
Questioning asked the doubters if they were all of a town ;
(lie knew that they were all of one kingdom ;) and they
answered, " No, nor of one shire either ; for I," said one,
" am an election doubter ;" " I," said another, " am a voca- ■
tion doubter ;" then said the third, " I am a salvation
doubter ;" and the fourth said he was a grace doubter.
" Well," quoth the old gentleman, " be of what shire you
will, I am persuaded that you are down boys : you have
the very length of my foot, are one with my heart, and
shall be welcome to me." So they thanked him, and were
glad that they had found themselves an harbour in Mansoul.
Then said Evil-Questioning to them, " How many of.
your company might there be that came with you to the
siege of Mansoul?" And they answered, "There were
but ten thousand doubters in all, for the rest of the army
consisted of fifteen thousand blood-men. These blood-men,"
quoth they, " border upon our country ; but, poor men ! as
we hear, they were every one taken by Emmanuel's forces."
" Ten thousand !" quoth the old gentleman : " I will pro-
mise you, that is a round company. But how came it to
pass, since you were so mighty a number, that you fainted,
and durst not fight your foes ?" " Our general," said they,
" was the first man that did run for it." " Pray," quoth
their landlord, " who was that, your cowardly general ?"
" He was once the Lord Mayor of Mansoul," said they :
" but pray call him not a cowardly general ; for whether any
from the east to the west has done more service for our
THE HOLY WAR. 285
prince Diabolus, than has my Lord Incredulity, will be a
hard question for you to answer. But had they catched
him they would for certain have hanged him ; and we pro-
mise you, hanging is but a bad business." Then said the
old gentleman, " I would that all the ten thousand doubters
were now well armed in Mansoul, and myself at the head
of them ; I would see what I could do." " Ay," said they,
" that would be well if we could see that ; but wishes, alas !
what are they ?" and these words were spoken aloud.
" Well," said old Evil-Questioning," take heed that you
talk not too loud ; you must be squat and close, and must
take care of yourselves while you are here, or, I will assure
you, you will be snapped." " Why ?" quoth the doubters.
'• Why !" quoth the old gentleman ; " why ! because both
the Prince and Lord Secretary, and their captains and sol-
diers, are all at present in town ; yea, the town is as full of
them as ever it can hold. And besides, there is one whose
name is Willbewill, a most cruel enemy of ours, and him
the Prince has made keeper of the gates, and has com-
manded him, that with all the diligence he can, he should
look for, search out, and destroy all, and ail manner of Dia-
bolonians. And if he lighteth upon you, down you go,
though your heads were made of gold."
And now, to see how it happened, one of the Lord Will-
bewill's faithful soldiers, whose name was Mr. Diligence,
stood all this while listening under old Evil-Questioning's
eaves, and heard all the talk that had been betwixt him and
the doubters that he entertained under his roof.
The soldier was a man that my lord had much confidence
in, and that he loved dearly ; and that both because he was
a man of courage, and also a man that was unwearied in
seeking after Diabolonians to apprehend them.
ISow this man, as I told vou, heard all tlu talk that was
286 THE HOLY WAR.
between old Evil-Questioning and these Diabolonians ;
wherefore what does he, but goes to his lord, and tells him
what he had heard. " And sayest thou so, ray trusty ?"
quoth my lord. " Ay," quoth Diligence, " that I do ; and
if your lordship will be pleased to go with me, you shall
find it as I have said." "And are they there ?" quoth my
lord. " I know Evil-Questioning well, for he and I were
great in the time of our apostasy : but I know not now
where he dwells." " But I do," said his man, " and if your
lordship will go, I will lead you the way to his den." " Go!"
quoth my lord, " that I will. Come, my Diligence, let us
go find them out."
So my lord and his man went together the direct way to
nis house. Now his man went before to show him his
way, and they went till they came even under old Mr. Evil-
Questioning's wall. Then said Diligence, " Hark ! my
lord, do you know the old gentleman's tongue when you
hear it ?" " Yes," said my lord, " I know it well, but I
have not seen him many a day. This I know, he is cun-
ning ; I wish he doth not give us the slip." " Let me alone
for that," said his servant Diligence. " But how shall we
find the door?" quoth my lord. "Let me alone for that,
too," said his man. So he had my Lord Willbewill about,
and showed him the way to the door. Then my lord, with-
out more ado, broke open the door, rushed into the house,
and caught them all live together, even as Diligence his man
had told them. So my lord apprehended them, and led
them away, and committed them to the hand of Mr. True-
man, the gaoler, and commanded, and he did put them in
ward. This done, my Lord Mayor was acquainted in the
morning with what my Lord Willbewill had done over
night, and his lordship rejoiced much at the news, not only
because there were doubters apprehended, but because that
TIIE HOLY WAR. 2L»7
old Evil-Questioning was taken ; for he had been a very-
great trouble to Mansoul, and much affliction to my Lord
Mayor himself. He had also been sought for often, but no
hand could ever be laid upon him till now.
Well, the next thing was to make preparation to try
these five, that by my lord had been apprehended, and that
were in the hands of Mr. Trueman, the gaoler. So the
day was set, and the court called and come together, and
the prisoners brought to the bar. My Lord WillbewUl had
power to have slain them, when at first he took them, and
that without any more ado ; but he thought it at this time
more for the honour of the Prince, the comfort of Mansoul,
and the discouragement of the enemy, to bring them forth
to public judgment.
But, I say, Mr. Trueman brought them in chains to the
bar, to the town-hall, for that was the place of judgment.
So, to be short/ the jury was impanelled, the witnesses
sworn, and the prisoners tried for their lives : the jury was
the same that tried Mr. No-Truth, Pitiless, Haughty, and
the rest of their companions.
And, first, old Questioning himself was set to the bar;
for he was the receiver, the entertainer, and comforter of
these doubters, that by nation were outlandish men : then
he was bid to hearken to bis charge, and was told that he
had liberty to object, if he had ought to say for himself. So
his indictment was read: the manner and form here fol-
lows : —
" Mr. Questioning, Thou art here indicted by the name
of Evil-Questioning, an intruder upon the town of Mansoul,
for that thou art a Diabolonian by nature, and also a hater
of the Prince Emmanuel, and one that hast studied the ruin
of the town of Mansoul. Thou art also here indicted for
countenancing the King's enemies, after wholesome lawa
288 THE HOLY WAR.
made to the contrary: for, 1. Thou hast questioned the
truth of her doctrine and state : 2. In wishing- that ten thou-
sand doubters were in her ; 3. In receiving, in entertaining,
and encouraging of her enemies, that came from their army
unto thee. What sayest thou to this indictment 1 art thou
guilty or not guilty ?"
"My lord," quoth he, " I know not the meaning of this
indictment, forasmuch as I am not the man concerned in it ;
the man that standeth by this charge accused before this
bench, is called by the name of Evil-Questioning, which
name I deny to be mine, mine being Honest-Inquiry. The
one indeed sounds like the other ; but, I trow, your lord-
ships know that between these two there is a wide differ-
ence ; for I hope that a man even in the worst of times, and
that, too, amongst the worst of men, may make an honest
inquiry after things, without running the danger of death."
Then spake my Lord Willbewill, for lie was one of the
witnesses : " My lord, and you the honourable bench and
magistrates of the town of Mansoul, you all have heard
with your ears that the prisoner at the bar has denied his
name, and so thinks to shift from the charge of the indict-
ment. But I know him to be the man concerned, and that
his proper name is Evil-Questioning. I have known him,
my lord, above these thirty years, for he and I (a shame it
is for me to speak it) were great acquaintance, when Diabo-
lus, that tyrant, had the government of Mansoul ; and I
testify, that he is a Diabolonian by nature, an enemy to our
Prince, and a hater of the blessed town of Mansoul. He
has, in times of rebellion, been at and lain in my house, my
lord, not so little as twenty nights together,. and we did use
to talk then, for the substance of talk, as he and his doubters
have talked of late : true, I have not seen him many a day.
I supposed that the coming of Emmanuel to Mansoul, has
THE HOLY WAR. 289
made him change his lodgings, as this indictment has driven
him to change his name ; hut this is the man, my lord."
Then said the court unto him, " Hast thou any more to
say ?"
" Yes," quoth the old gentleman, " that I have ; for all
that as yet has been said against me, is but by the mouth of
one witness ; and it is not lawful for the famous town of
Mansoul, at the mouth of one witness, to put any man to
death."
Then stood forth Mr. Diligence, and said, " My lord, as
I was upon my watch such a night at the head of Bad
Street, in this town, I chanced to hear a muttering within
this gentleman's house. Then, thought I, what is to do
here ? So I went up close, but very softly, to the side of the
house to listen, thinking, as indeed it fell out, that there I
might light upon some Diabolonian conventicle. So, as I •
said, I drew nearer and nearer ; and when I was got up
close to the wall, it was but a while before I perceived that
there were outlandish men in the house ; but I did well un-
derstand their speech, for I have been a traveller myself.
Now, hearing such language in such a tottering cottage as
this old gentleman dwelt in, I clapped mine ear to a hole in
the window, and there heard them talk as followeth : — This
old Mr. Questioning asked these doubters what they were,
whence they came, and what was their business in these
parts ; and they told him to all these questions, yet he did
entertain them. He also asked what numbers there were
of them ; and they told him ten thousand men. He then
asked them why they made no more manly assault upon
Mansoul ; and they told him : so he called their general
coward, for marching off when he should have fought for
his prince. Further, this old Evil-Questioning wished, and
I heard him wish, would all the ten thousand doubters were
25
290 THE HOLY WAR.
now in Mansoul, and himself at the head of them. He bid
them also to take heed and lie squat ; for if they were
taken, they must die, although they had heads of gold."
Then said the court : " Mr. Evil-Questioning, here is
now another witness against you, and his testimony is full :
1. He swears that you did receive these men into your
house, and that you did nourish them there, though you
knew that they were Diabolonians, and the King's enemies.
2. He swears that you did wish ten thousand of them in
Mansoul. 3. He swears that you did give them advice to
be squat and close, lest they were taken by the King's ser-
vants. All which manifested! that thou art a Diabolonian ;
for hadst thou been a friend to the King, thou wouldst have
apprehended them."
Then said Evil-Questioning : " To the first of these T
answer, The men that came into mine house were strangers,
and I took them in ; and is it now become a crime in Man-
soul for a man to entertain strangers ? That I did also nou-
rish them is true : and why should my charity be blamed ?
As for the reason why I wished ten thousand of them in
Mansoul, I never told it to the witnesses, nor to themselves.
I might wish them to be taken, and so my wish might mean
well to Mansoul, for aught that any yet knows. I did also
bid them take heed that they fell not into the captains'
hands ; but that might be, because I am umVilling that any
man should be slain, and not because I would have the
King's enemies, as such, escape."
My Lord Mayor then replied : " That though it was a
virtue to entertain strangers, yet it was treason to entertain
the King's enemies. And for what else thou hast said, thou
dost by words but labour to evade and defer the execution
of judgment. But could there be no more proved against
thee, but that thou art a Diabolonian, thou must for that dio
THE HOLY WAR. 291
the death by the law ; but to be a receiver, a nourisher, a
countenancer, and a harbourer of others of them, yea of
outlandish Diabolonians, yea, of them that came from far
on purpose to cut off and destroy our Mansoul — this must
not be borne."
Then said Evil-Questioning : " I see how the game will
go : I must die for my name, and for my charity." And so
he held his peace.
Then they called the outlandish doubters to the bar, and
the first of them that was arraigned was the election doubter.
So his indictment was read ; and because he was an out
landish man, the substance of it was told him by an inter-
preter ; namely, " That he was there charged with being
an enemy of Emmanuel the Prince, a hater of the town of
Mansoul, and an opposer of her most wholesome doc-
trine."
Then the judge asked him if he would plead? but he
said only this — That he confessed that he was an election
doubter, and that that was the religion that he had ever been
brought up in. And said, moreover, " If I must die for my
religion, I trow, I shall die a martyr, and so I care the
less."
Judge. Then it was replied : " To question election* is to
overthrow a great doctrine of the gospel, namely, the omnis-
ciency, and power, and will of God : to take away the liberty
of God with his creature, to stumble the faith of the town
* Election, in this passage, may be understood to be that act of
divine grace by which the sinner, being in a condition in which
he cannot by his own strength turn and prepare himself to faith,
and calling upon God, is enlightened, regenerated, and saved;
Christ giving him a good will, and working with him when he
has that good will, so that he is saved by grace and not of works
— a doctrine in which Protestant Christians of all denominations
agree. - [Commiitcc of Publication.]
292 THE HOLY WAR.
of Mansoul, and to make salvation to depend upon works,
and not upon grace. It also belied the word, and disquieted
the minds of the men of Mansoul ; therefore by the best of
laws he must die."
Then was the vocation doubter called, and set to the bar ;
and his indictment for substance was the same with the
other, only he was particularly charged with denying the
calling of Mansoul.
The judge asked him also what he had to say for himself?
So he replied : " That he never believed that there was
any such thing as a distinct and powerful call of God to
Mansoul, otherwise than by the general voice of the word ;
nor by that neither, otherwise than as it exhorted them to
forbear evil, and to do that which is good, and in so doing a
promise of happiness is annexed."
Then said the judge : " Thou art a Diabolonian, and hast
denied a great part of one of the most experimental truths
of the Prince of the town of Mansoul ; for he has called,
and she has heard a most distinct and powerful call of her
Emmanuel, by which she has been quickened, awakened,
and possessed with heavenly grace to desire to have com-
munion with her Prince, to serve him, and do his will, and
to look for her happiness merely of his good pleasure. And
for thine abhorrence of this good doctrine, thou must die the
death."
Then the grace-doubter was called, and his indictment
was read, and he replied thereto : " That though he was of
the land of doubting, his father was the offspring of a Phari-
see, and lived in a good fashion among his neighbours, and
that he taught him to believe, and believe it I do, and will,
that Mansoul shall never be saved freely by grace."
Then said the judge: " Why, the law of the Prince is
plain: 1, Negatively, 'not of works;' 2. Positively, 'by
THE HOLY WAR. 293
grace you are saved.' And thy religion sellletli in and upon
the works of the flesh : for the works of the law are the
works of the flesh. Besides, in saying as thou hast done,
thou hast robbed God of his glory, and given it to a sinful
man ; thou hast robbed Christ of the necessity of his under-
taking, and the sufficiency thereof, and hast given both these
to the works of the flesh. Thou hast despised the work of
the Holy Ghost, and hast magnified the will of the flesh,
and of the legal mind. Thou art a Diabolonian, the son of
a Diabolonian ; and for thy Diabolonian principles thou must
die."
The court then, having proceeded thus far with them, sent
out the jury, who forthwith brought them in guilty of death.
Then stood up the Recorder, and addressed himself to the
prisoners : " You, the prisoners at the bar, you have been
here indicted, and proved guilty of high crimes against Em-
manuel our Prince, and against the welfare of the famous
town of Mansoul, crimes for which you must be put to
death, and die ye accordingly."
So they were sentenced to the death of the cross. The
place assigned them for execution, was that where Diabolus
drew up his last army against Mansoul : save only that old
Evil-Questioning was hanged at the top of Bad Street, just
over against his own door.
When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves
of their enemies, and of the troublers of their peace, in the
next place a strict commandment was given out, that yet
my Lord Willbewill should, with Diligence his man, search
for, and do his best to apprehend what town Diabolonians
were yet left alive in Mansoul. The names of several of
them were, Mr. Fooling, Mr. Let-Good-Slip, Mr. Slavish-
Fear, Mr. No-Love, Mr. Mistrust, Mr. Flesh, and Mr. Sloth.
Tt was also commanded, that he should apprehend Mr. Evil-
25*
294 THE HOLY WAR.
Questioning's children, that he left behind him, and that they
should demolish his house. The children that he left be-
hind him were these : Mr. Doubt, and he was his eldest
son ; the next to him was Legal-Life, Unbelief, Wrong-
Though ts-of-Christ r Clip-Promise, Carnal-Sense, Live-by-
feeling, Self-Love. All these he had by one wife, and her
name was No-Hope ; she was the kinswoman of old In-
credulity, for he was her uncle ; and when her father, old
Dark, was dead, he took her and brought her up, and when
she was marriageable, he gave her to this old Evil-Question-
ing to wife.
Now the Lord Willbewill did put into execution his com-
mission, with great Diligence, his man. He took Fooling in
the streets, and hanged him up in Want-wit-Alley, over
against his own house. This Fooling was he that would
have had the town of Mansoul deliver up Captain Credence
into the hands of Diabolus, provided that then he would
have withdrawn his force out of the town. He also took
Mr. Let-Good-Slip one day as he was busy in the market,
and executed him according to law. Now there was an
honest poor man in Mansoul, and his name was Mr. Medi-
tation, one of no great account in the days of apostasy, but
now of repute with the best of the town. This man, there-
fore, they were willing to prefer. Now Mr. Let-Good-Slip
had a great deal of wealth heretofore in Mansoul, and, at
Emmanuel's coming, it was sequestered to the use of the
Prince : this, therefore, was now given to Mr. Meditation,
to improve for the common good, and after him to his son,
Mr. Think-Well : this Think-Well he had by Mrs. Piety
his wife, and she was the daughter of Mr. Recorder.
After this, my lord apprehended Clip-Promise ; now be-
cause he was a notorious villain, for by his doings much of
the King's coin was abused, therefore he was made a public
THE HOLY WAR. 295
example. He was arraigned and judged to be first set in
the pillory, then to be whipped by all the children and ser-
vants in Mansoul, and then to be hanged till he was dead.
Some may wonder at the severity of this man's punishment ;
but those that are honest traders in Mansoul, are sensible of
the great abuse that one clipper of promises, in little time,
may do to the town of Mansoul. And truly my judgment
is, that all those of his name and life should be served even
as he.
He also apprehended Carnal-Sense, and put him in hold ;
but how it came about, I cannot tell, but he brake prison, and
made his escape : yea, and the bold villain will not yet quit
the town, but lurks in the Diabolonian dens a days, and
haunts like a ghost, honest men's houses at nights. Where-
fore, there was a proclamation set up in the market-place
in Mansoul, signifying that whosoever could discover Carnal-
Sense, and apprehend him and slay him, should be admitted
daily to the Prince's table, and should be made keeper of the
treasure of Mansoul. Many, therefore, did bend themselves
to do this thing, but take him and slay him they could not,
though often he was discovered.
But my lord toos Mr. Wrong-Thonghts-of-Christ, and
put him in prison, and he died there ; though it was long
first, for he died of a lingering consumption.
Self-Love was also taken and committed to custody ; but
there were many that were allied to him in Mansoul, so his
judgment was deferred. But at last Mr. Self-Denial stood
up, and said : " If such villains as these may be winked at
in Mansoul, I will lay down my commission. He also took
him from the crowd, and had him among his soldiers, and
there he was brained. But some in Mansoul muttered at it,
though none durst speak plainly, because Emmanuel was in
town. Bu* this brave act of Captain Self Denial came to
296 THE HOLY WAR.
the Prince's ears , so he sent for him, and made him a lord
in Mansoul. My Lord Willbewill also obtained great com-
mendations of Emmanuel, for what he had done for the
town of Mansoul.
Then my Lord Self-Denial took courage, and set to the
pursuing of the Diabolonians, with my Lord Willbewill ;
and they took Live-by-Feeling, and they took Legal-Life,
and put them in hold till they died. But Mr. Unbelief was
a nimble Jack : him they could never lay hold of, though
they attempted to do it often. He therefore, and some few
more of the subtlest of the Diabolonian tribe, did yet remain
in Mansoul, to the time that Mansoul left off to dwell any
longer in the kingdom of Universe. But they kept them to
their dens and holes : if one of them did appear, or happen
to be seen in any of the streets of the town of Mansoul, the
whole town would be up in arms after them ; yea, the very
children in Mansoul would cry out after them as after a
thief, and would wish that they might stone them to death
with stones. And now did Mansoul arrive to some good
degree of peace and quiet ; her Prince also did abide within
her borders ; her captains, also, and her soldiers did their
duties ; and Mansoul minded her trade that she had with
the country that was afar off; also she was busy in her
manufacture.
When the town of Mansoul had thus far rid themselves
of so many of their enemies, and the troublers of their peace,
the Prince sent to them, and appointed a day wherein he
would, at the market-place, meet the whole people, and
there give them in charge concerning some further matters,
that, if observed, would tend to their further safety and
comfort, and to the condemnation and destruction of their
home-bred Diabolonians. So the day appointed was come,
and the tow; nsmen met together ; Emmanuel also came down
THE HOLY WAR. 297
in his chariot, and all his captains in their state attending
him, on the right hand and on the left. Then was silence
made, and, after some mutual expressions of love, the Prince
began, and thus proceeded : —
" You my Mansoul, and the beloved of mine heart, many
and great are the privileges that I have bestowed upon you ;
I have singled you out from others, and have chosen you to
myself, not for your worthiness, but for mine own sake. I
have also redeemed you, not only from the dread of my
Father's law, but from the hand of Diabolus. This I have
done because I loved you, and because I have set my heart
upon you to do you good. I have also, that all things that
might hinder thy way to the pleasures of paradise might be
taken out of the way, laid down for thee for thy soul a
plenary satisfaction, and have bought thee to myself; a
price not of" corruptible things, as of silver and gold, but a
price of blood, mine own blood, which I have freely spilled
upon the ground to make thee mine. So I have reconciled
thee, O my Mansoul, to my Father, and entrusted thee in
the mansion-houses that are with my Father in the royal
city, where things are, O my Mansoul, that eye hath not
seen, nor hath entered into the heart of man to conceive.
" Besides, O my Mansoul, thou seest what I have done, and
how I have taken thee out of the hands of thine enemies ;
unto whom thou hadst deeply revolted from thy Father, and
by whom thou wast content to be possessed, and also to be
destroyed. I came to thee first by my law, then by my
gospel, to awaken thee and show thee my glory. And thou
knowest what thou wast, what thou saidst, what thou didst,
and how many times thou rebelledst against my Father and
me ; yet I left thee not, as thou seest this day, but came to
thee, have borne thy manners, have waited upon thee, and,
after all, accepted of thee, even of my mere grace and
298 THE HOLY WAR.
favour ; and would not suffer thee to be lost, as thou most
•willingly wouldst have been. I also compassed thee about,
and afflicted thee on every side, that I might make thee
weary of thy ways, and bring down thy hcaU with molesta-
tion to a willingness to close with thy p;ood a;id happiness.
And when I had gotten a complete crnqreat over thee, I
turned it to thy advantage.
"Thou seest, also, what a company of my Father's host
I have lodged within thy borders ; cay-tains and ruie.i&, sol-
diers and men of war, engines and ex -.client devices to sub-
due and bring down thy foes : thou 'cnowest my meaning,
O Mansoul. And they are my seivants, and thine, too,
Mansoul. Yea, my design of posses; ing of thee with them,
and the natural tendency of each of them is to defend,
purge, strengthen, and sweeten thee for myself, O Mansoul,
and to make thee meet for my Father's presence, blessing,
and glory ; for thou, my Mansoul, art created to be prepared
unto these.
" Thou seest, moreover, my Mansoul, how I have passed
by thy backslidings, and have healed thee. Indeed I was
angry with thee, but I have turned mine anger away from
thee, because I loved thee still, and mine anger and my in-
dignation is ceased in the destruction of thine enemies, O
Mansoul. Nor did thy goodness fetch me again unto thee,
after that I, for thy trangressions, have hid my face, and
withdrawn my presence from thee. The way of backsliding
was thine, but the way and means of thy recovery was
mine. I invented the means of thy return ; it was I that
made an hedge and a wall, when thou wast beginning to turn
to things in which I delighted not. It was I that made thy
sweet bitter, thy day night, thy smooth way thorny, and
that also confounded all that sought thy destruction. It was
I that set Mr. Godly-Fear lo work in Mansoul. It was I
THE HOLY WAR. 299
that stirred up thy conscience and understanding, thy will
and thy affections, after thy great and woful decay. It was
I that put life into thee, O Mansoul, to seek me, that thou
mightest find me, and in thy finding find thine own health,
happiness, and salvation. It was I that fetched the second
time the Diabolonians out of Mansoul ; and it was I that
overcame them, and that destroyed them before thy face.
" And now, my Mansoul, I am returned to thee in peace,
and thy transgressions against me are as if they had not been.
Nor shall it be with thee as in former days, but I will do
better for thee than at thy beginning. For yet a little while,
O my Mansoul, even after a few more times are gone over
thy head, I will (but be not thou troubled at what I say) take
down this famous town of Mansoul, stick and stone, to the
ground. And I will carry the stones thereof, and the timber
thereof, and the walls thereof, and the dust thereof, and the
inhabitants thereof, into mine own country, even into a king-
dom of my Father ; and will there set it up in such strength
and glory, as it never did see in the kingdom where now it
is placed. I will even there set it up for my Father's habita-
tion ; for for that purpose it was at first erected in the king-
dom of Universe ; and there will I make it a spectacle of
wonder, a monument of mercy, and the admirer of its own
mercy. There shall the natives of Mansoul see all that, of
which they have seen nothing here : there shall they be
equal to those unto whom they have been inferior here.
And there shalt thou, O my Mansoul, have such commu-
nion with me, with my Father, and with your Lord Secre-
tary, as is not possible here to be enjoyed, nor ever could
be, shouldest thou live in Universe the space of a thousand
years.
" And there, my Mansoul, thou shalt be afraid of mur-
lerers no more ; of Diabolonians and their threats no more.
300 THE HOLY WAR.
There, there shall be no more plots, nor contrivances, nor
designs against thee, O my Mansoul. There thou shalt no
more hear the evil-tidings, or the noise of the Diabolonian
drum. There thou shalt not see the Diabolonian standard-
bearers, nor yet behold Diabolus's standard. No Diabolo-
nian mount shall be cast up against thee there ; nor shall
there the Diabolonian standard be set up to make thee
afraid. There thou shalt not need captains, engines, sol-
diers, and men of war. There thou shalt meet with no
sorrow, nor grief ; nor shall it be possible that any Diabo-
lonian should again, for ever, be able to creep into thy skirts,
burrow in thy walls, or be seen again within thy borders all
the days of eternity. Life shall there last longer than here
you are able to desire it should ; and yet it shall always be
sweet and new, nor shall any impediment attend it for ever.
"There, O Mansoul, thou shalt meet with many of those
that have been like thee, and that have been partakers of thy
sorrows ; even such as I have chosen, and redeemed, and
set apart, as thou, for my Father's court and city-royal. All
they will be glad in thee, and thou, when thou seest them,
shalt be glad in thine heart.
" There are things, Mansoul, even things of my Father's
providing, and mine, that never were seen since the begin-
ning of the world ; and they are laid up with my Father,
and sealed up among his treasures for thee, till thou shalt
come thither to enjoy them. I told you before, that I would
remove my Mansoul, and set it up elsewhere ; and Avhere I
will set it, there are those that love thee, and those that
rejoice in thee now : but how much more, when they shall
see thee exalted to honour ! My Father will then send
them for you to fetch you ; and their bosoms are chariots
to put you in. And you, O my Mansoul, shall ride upon
(he wings of the wind. They will come to convey, con-
THE HOLY WAR. 301
duct, and bring you to that, when your eyes see more, that
will be your desired haven.
" And thus, O my Mansoul, I have showed unto thee
what shall be done to thee hereafter, if thou canst hear, if
thou canst understand ; and now I will tell thee what at
present must be thy duty and practice, until I come and
fetch thee to myself, according as is related in the Scriptures
of truth.
" First, I charge thee that thou dost hereafter keep more
white and clean the liveries which I gave thee before my
last withdrawing from thee. Do it, I say, for this will be
thy wisdom. They are in themselves fine linen, but thou
must keep them white and clean. This will be your wis-
dom, your honour, and will be greatly for my glory. When
your garments are white, the world will count you mine.
Also, when your garments are white, then I am delighted in
your ways ; for then your goings to and fro will be like a
flash of lightning, that those that are present must take
notice of; also their eyes will be made to dazzle thereat.
Deck thyself, therefore, according to my bidding, and make
thyself by my law straight steps for thy feet ; so shall thy
King greatly desire thy beauty, for he is thy Lord, and wor-
ship thou him.
" Now, that thou mayest keep them as I bid thee, I have,
as I before did tell thee, provided for thee an open fountain
to wash thy garments in. Look, therefore, that thou wash
often in my fountain, and go not in defiled garments ; for as
it is to my dishonour and my disgrace, so it will be to thy
discomfort, when you shall walk in filthy garments. Let
not, therefore, my garments, your garments, the garments
that I gave thee, be defiled or spotted by the flesh. Keep
thy garments always white, and let thy head lack no ointment.
" My Mansoul, I have oftentimes delivered thee from the
26
302 THE HOLY WAR.
designs, plots, attempts, and conspiracies of Diabolus ; and
for all this I ask thee nothing, but that thou render not to
me evil for my good ; but that thou bear in mind my love,
and the continuation of my kindness to my beloved Man-
soul, so as to provoke thee to walk in thy measure according
to the benefit bestowed on thee. Of old, the sacrifices were
bound with cords to the horns of the altar. Consider what
is said to thee, O my blessed Mansoul.
" O my Mansoul, I have lived, I have died. I live, and
will die no more for thee. I live that thou mayest not die.
Because I live, thou shalt live also. I reconciled thee to my
Father by the blood of my cross ; and being reconciled,
thou shalt live through me. I will pray for thee ; I will fight
for thee ; I will yet do thee good.
"Nothing can hurt thee but sin; nothing can grieve me
but sin ; nothing can make thee base before thy foes but sin ;
take heed of sin, my Mansoul.
" And dost thou know why I at first, and do still suffer
Diabolonians to dwell in thy walls, O Mansoul ? It is to
keep thee wakening, to try thy love, to make thee watchful,
and to cause thee yet to prize my noble captains, their sol-
diers, and my mercy.
" It is also, that yet thou mayest be made to remember
what a deplorable condition thou once wast in. I mean
when, not some, but all did dwell, not in thy walls, but in
thy castle, and in thy stronghold, Mansoul.
" O my Mansoul, should I slay all them within, many
there be without, that would bring thee into bondage ; for,
were all those within cut off", those without would find thee
sleeping ; and then, as in a moment, they would swallow up
my Mansoul. I therefore left them in thee, not to do thee
hurt, (the which they yet will, if thou hearken to them, and
serve them,) but to do thee good, the which they must, if
THfc HOLV WAR. 303
thou watch and fight against them. Know, therefore, that
whatever they shall tempt thee to, my design is, that they
should drive thee, not further off, but nearer to my Father,
to teach thee war, to make petitioning desirable to thee, and
to make thee little in thine own eyes. Hearken diligently
to this, my Mansoul.
" Show me, then, thy love, my Mansoul, and let not those
that are within thy walls take thy affections off from him
that hath redeemed thy soul. Yea, let the sight of a Dia-
bolonian heighten thy love to me. I came once, and twice,
and thrice, to save thee from the poison of those arrows
that would have wrought thy death ; stand for me, thy
Friend, my Mansoul, against the Diabolonians, and I will
stand for thee before my Father, and all his court. Love
me against temptation, and I will love thee notwithstanding
thine infirmities.
" O my Mansoul, remember what my captains, my sol-
diers, and mine engines have done for thee. They have
fought for thee, they have suffered by thee, they have borne
much at thy hands to do thee good, Mansoul. Hadst
thou not had them to help thee, Diabolus had certainly
made a hand of thee. Nourish them, therefore, my Man-
soul. When thou dost well, they will be well ; when thou
dost ill, they will be ill, and sick, and weak. Make not my
captains sick, O Mansoul ; for if they be sick, thou canst
not be well ; if they be weak, thou canst not be strong ; if
they be faint, thou canst nof be stout and valiant for thy
King, Mansoul. Nor must thou think always to live by
sense : thou must live upon my word. Thou must believe,
O my Mansoul, when I am from thee, that yet I love thee,
and bear thee upon mine heart for ever.
" Remember, therefore, O my Mansoul, that thou art
beloved of me : as I have, therefore, taught thee to watch
304 THE HOLY WAR.
to fight, to pray, and to make war against my foes ; so now
I command thee to believe that my love is constant to thee.
O my Mansoul, how have I set my heart, my love upon
thee ! Watch. Behold I lay none other burden upon thee,
than what thou hast already. Hold fast, till I come."
PUBLISHED BY THE
American Baptist Publication Society,
118 ARCH STREET, PHILADELPHIA.
During the year ending May 1st, 1852, forty-three new publications
weie issued, (all of which, except eight, have been sterrotyped.) em- 1
tracing 7,514 pages. Of the pages issued, 528 were octavo; 3,040,
duodecimo; 3,754, 18mo., and 192 in 64mo; being equal to 11,028
pages, 18mo. Deducting the pages contained in four adopted books
and in three ornamental editions, the publications issued by the •
Society the past year, are equal to 10,334 pages 18mo.
Among the new publications issued the past year, are,—
HEYWOOD'S HEART TREASURE, or the Furniture of a Holy Soul.
Edited by Rev. G. B. Ide, D. D. 18mo. 420 pages. 55 cents.
HALL'S HELP TO ZION'S TRAVELLERS. Edited by Rev. How- ^
ard Malcom, D. D. 18mo. 252 pages. 35 cents.
THE WAY TO CHRIST AND THE WALK IN CHRIST. By G.
W. Anderson, Professor in the University at Lewisburg, Pa.
18mo. 156 pages. 30 cents.
MINUTES OF TnE PHILADELPHIA ASSOCIATION, from 1707 |
to 1807 ; being the first hundred years of its existence. Edited i
by Rev. A. D. Gillette. 8vo. 480 pages. Price, $1.50.
INFANT BAPTISM A PART AND PILLAR OF POPERY. By \
John Gill, D. D. Edited by George B. Ide, D. D. 25 cents.
LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG. By Maria Jane Jewsbury. 35 cents.
SCENES IN CHINA. By Mrs. H. Shuck. 16 engravings. 40 cts.
THE FORGET-ME-NOT. Gift for Sabbath School Children. 25 cts.
THE SINNER'S PROGRESS. By John Buntan. 65 cents.
THE HEAVENLY FOOTMAN. By John Bunyan. 15 cents.
THE BARREN FIG-TREE. By John Bunyan. 25 cents.
" Bunyan's DIRECTING Works," " Bunyan's SEARCHING Works,"
"Bunyan's CONSOLING Works," "Bunyan's DOCTRINAL'
Works," "Bunyan's EXPERIMENTAL Works." Each volume
is complete in itself and sold separately. 75 cents.
Also, numerous SUNDAY SCHOOL BOOKS, besides TRACTS, Ac.
SUNDAY SCHOOL BOOKS
PUBLISHED BI THE
American Baptist Publication Society,
Within the year ending May 1st, 28 5 2.
HIE FOKGET-ME-NOT. A Gift for Sabbath School Children. With
five engravings. 18mo. 108 pages. 25 cents.
THE FORGET-ME-NOT. With an illuminated title-page in six
colors, fine paper, and gilt edges. 90 cents.
SCENES IN CHINA. By Mrs. Henrietta Shuck. The first Amer-
ican Female Missionary to China. 16 engravings. 40 cents.
SCENES IN CHINA. With illuminated title page in six colors, ,
fine paper, and gilt edges. $1.25. Plain edges. $1.00.
LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG, in a Series of Letters. By Maria Jane i
Jewshury. 18mo. 222 pages. 35 cents.
LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG. With a mezzotint frontispiece, fine
■ paper and gilt edges. $1,00.
MANUAL FOR SUNDAY SCHOOL CELEBRATIONS. 30 cents.
THE HEAVENLY FOOTMAN. By John Bunyan. 15 cents.
BUDS OF PARADISE; or Sketches of Pious Children. 20 cents.
THE BUD OF TEXAS; or Little Jennie. 10 cents.
THE BUD OF THE MERRIMACK ; or Little Mackie. 10 cents.
THE BUD OF THE DELAWARE ; or Little Mamie. 10 cents.
HENRY CURRAN ; or a Reminiscence of my School. 12 cents.
THE BEREAVED MOTHERS; or the Contrast. 16 cents.
MEMOIR OF JOSEPH WISTAR. By A. D. Gillette. 15 cents.
THE FRAZIER FAMILY; or nome Politeness. 15 cents.
THE VOYAGE OF THE SHIP CHRISTIAN. An Allegory. 16 cts. I
LOST OPPORTUNITIES; or the History of Clarissa Newton. 12 cts.
JESSIE CAREY. A Story of Early Piety. 14 cents.
THE BAPTIST CATECHISM, commonly called Reach's Catechism.
Large type. 3 cts. single. 36 cents per dozen. $3 per hundred.
THE BAPTIST CATECHISM, with References. 36 cents per dozen.
INDEPENDENCE DAY; or Two Modes of Spending it. 20 cents.
THE SUNDAY SCHOOL TEACHER. 18mo. 104 pages. 20 cents. I
€UB^Gira
mi wp)
VALUABLE BOOKS
PUBLISHED BY THB
COMPLETE WORKS OP ANDREW FELLER. In three large J;
octavo volumes, embracing 2,448 pages. Price, $5,00.
BUNYAN'S AWAKENING WORKS. 12mo. 420 pages. 75 cents.
BUNYAN'S INVITING WORKS.
BUNTAN'S DEVOTIONAL WORKS
BUNYAN'S DIRECTING WORKS.
BUNYAN'S SEARCHING WORKS.
BUNYAN'S CONSOLING WORKS.
BUNYAN'S DOCTRINAL WORKS. 12mo
BUNYAN'S EXPERIMENTAL WORKS.
12mo. 408 pages. 75 cents.
12mo. 432 pages. 75 cents.
12mo. 418 pages. 75 cents.
12mo. 422 pages. 75 cents.
12mo. 428 pages. 75 cents.
432 pages.
432 pages
75 cents. |
75 cents.
60 cents.
65 cents.
BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS. 12mo. 360 pages
BUNYAN'S SINNER'S PROGRESS. 12mo. 324 pages.
BUNYAN'S HOLY WAR. 12mo. 304 pages. 60 cents.
CRUDEN'S CONDENSED CONCORDANCE. 568 pages. $1.50.
INFANT BAPTISM A PART AND PILLAR OF POPERY. By
John Gill, D. D. Edited by George B. Ide, D. D. 25 cents.
PENGILLY'S SCRIPTURE GUIDE TO BAPTISM. &4 cents.
REMINGTON'S REASONS FOR BECOMING A BAPTIST. 6 cts.
HALL'S HELP TO ZION'S TRAVELLERS. 18mo. 252 pages. 35 cts.
SCENES IN CHINA. By the late Mrs. Henrietta Shuck. The
first American Female Missionary to China. With 16 en-
gravings. 40 cents.
LIGHT FOR THE YOUNG, in a Series of Letters. By Maria Jane
Jewsbury. 18mo. 222 pages. 35 cents.
BUDS OF PARADISE ; or Sketches of Pious Children. 20 cents.
THB BAPTIST FAMILY ALMANAC. Price, 6 cents single;
50 cents per dozen; $4 per hundred; $30 per thousand.
S3r2J13-
-EJl^EJI^
£JlSJ3 3
VALUABLE BOOKS,
PUBLISHED BV THE W
American Baptist publication SocUtg,
No. 118 ARCH STREET,
PHILADELPHIA.
EFFIE MAURICE.
Effie Maurice, or What is my God? By Emily C. Judson.
An Illustration of the First Commandment. It has a hand-
some lithograph frontispiece. 100 pages, 18mo. 16 cents.
ANNA BAILEY.
Anna Bailey, and Image Worship. By Emily C. Judson.
It illustrates the Second Commandment. 78 pages, 18mo.
Price 15 cents.
JOHN FRINK.
John Frink, or the Third Commandment. By Emily C.
Judson. 92 pages, 18mo., Price 16 cents.
CLOSING SCENES.
Closing Scenes ; or Death Beds of Young Persons. A
book abounding in narratives of thrilling interest. 194
pages, 18mo. Price 25 cts., in half-binding; 30 cts., in cloth.
M. E. WAY.
A brief Memoir of Micajah E. Way, a youthful Christian,
who was baptized at twelve years of age and died at six-
teen. Price 9 cents. In paper covers, 4 cents.
CATECHISM.
Helps for Children, or plain and easy Catechisms. 25
cents per dozen.
CHILDREN'S TRACTS
1. The Cripple of Rarotonga. 5. What is the Fashion?
2. Did you ever see a book ? 6. A piece of Wood.
3. I wish I was a Soldier I 7. The Prize!
4. lam glad I am not Poor I 8. The Sailor and the S. School.
9. I feel different inside.
Packages of Children's Tracts, containing ten copies of
each Tract, ( 376 pages,) for 25 cents.
Tracts in English, French and German are sold at the
(u rate of 1500 pages for a dollar ; 376 pages for 25 cents ; or <J)
^ 15 pages for a cent. />
RftRVFAClUjV
A*
000 264 049 8
CENTRAL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY
University of California, San Diego
| DATE DUE
JAM 3 WW
JAN H IQflO
\j r* 1 1 \j u lyOU
CI 39
UCSD Libr.